Athabasca University LGST 489 (Rev C2) Alternative Dispute ... · Athabasca University LGST 489...
Transcript of Athabasca University LGST 489 (Rev C2) Alternative Dispute ... · Athabasca University LGST 489...
Athabasca University LGST 489 (Rev C2)
Alternative Dispute Resolution
Detailed Syllabus and Assessment Information
Unit 1
Unit 1 sets the stage for a detailed look at dispute resolution by introducing the major models for
understanding conflict and its consequences Conflict can be understood as the basis of disputes
and claims Therefore this unit examines different theories of how we view and react to conflict
how conflict is transformed into disputes and legal claims and how we try to resolve conflict in
whatever form it takes The major focus is on determining how the legal system currently
understands and attempts to resolve conflicts that have been transformed into lawsuits which
then provides the basis for a comparison with ldquoalternativerdquo processes
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 1 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Identify and discuss various ways of perceiving and understanding conflict
2 Describe how culture and gender differences affect our understanding of and reaction to
conflict
3 Discuss the course of conflict from escalation to de-escalation and resolution
4 Describe the Canadian legal systemrsquos current view of conflict that has taken the form of a
lawsuit
Required Readings
Brahm Eric Conflict Stages Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess
Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted September 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayconflict-stagesgt
Book Summary of Social Conflict Escalation Stalemate and Settlement by Dean G Pruitt and
Jeffrey Z Rubin Beyond Intractabilityorg
Felstiner William L F Abel Richard L amp Sarat Austin (1980-81) The Emergence and
Transformation of Disputes Naming Blaming Claiming Law amp Society Review 15 631-
654
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2012) Women in Dispute Resolution Parties Lawyers and Dispute
Resolvers What Difference Does lsquoGender Differencersquo Make Dispute Resolution Magazine
Vol 18 No 3 4-10
Optional Readings
Book Summary of The Handbook of Conflict Resolution Theory and Practice by Morton
Deutsch and Peter T Coleman eds Beyond Intractabilityorg
Book Summary of Intractable Conflicts and their Transformations by Louis Kriesberg Terrell
Northrup and Stuart Thorson eds New York Syracuse University Press 1989 249 pp Beyond
Intractabilityorg
Book Summary of Preparing for Peace Conflict Transformation Across Cultures by John Paul
Lederach Syracuse New York Syracuse University Press 1995 by Tanya Glaser
Hauss Charles (Chip) (2003) Interpersonal Conflict and Violence Beyond Intractability Eds
Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado
Boulder Posted August 2003 lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayinterpersonal-
violencegt
Kirby Justine (1997) Would a Principled Negotiation Have Saved Eve A Feminist Analysis
of Getting to Yes Otago Law Review 9 122ndash143
LeBaron Michelle (2003) Culture-Based Negotiation Styles Beyond Intractability Eds Guy
Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder
Posted July 2003 lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayculture-negotiationgt
Menkel-Meadow (1985) The Transformation of Disputes by Lawyers What the Dispute
Paradigm Does and Does Not Tell Us Journal of Dispute Resolution 1985 25ndash44
Riskin L (1982) Mediation and lawyers Ohio State Law Journal 43 29ndash60
Rubinson Robert (2011) Mapping the World Facts and Meaning In Adjudication and
Mediation Maine Law Review 63 61ndash87
Silbey Susan S amp Merry Sally Engle (1984) What Do Plaintiffs Want Reexamining the
Concept of Dispute Justice System Journal 9 151ndash178
Wehr Paul Conflict Mapping Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess
Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted September 2006
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayconflict-mappinggt
Unit 2
Unit 2 provides a general introduction to alternative dispute resolution the attempt to define
ADR its historical background its current resurgence and why it is gaining popularity This unit
introduces the most popular forms and uses of ADR with a particular focus on its use in several
professions An ongoing topic of the course is also introduced in Unit 2 namely the use of ADR
methods versus traditional methods of dispute resolution
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 2 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Define ADRrsquos different forms (eg mediation negotiation neutral evaluation)
2 Describe some of the ideas and theories that have contributed to the emergence of ADR
3 Explain the purposes and uses of ADR
4 Compare and reconcile the use of ADR in relation to more traditional forms of dispute
resolution particularly within the legal system
5 Describe how ADR is being incorporated into lawyering policing and other professional
practices
Required Readings
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2000) Mothers and Fathers of Invention The Intellectual Founders of
ADR Ohio State Journal on Dispute Resolution 16 1ndash37
Morris Catherine ldquoDefinitions in the Field of Conflict Transformationrdquo
Optional Readings
Feinberg Kenneth (2009) Reexamining the Arguments in Owen M Fiss Against Settlement
Fordham Law Review 78(3) 1171-1176
Fiss O (1984) Against settlement Yale Law Journal 93 1073ndash1089
Fiss O (2009) The history of an idea Fordham Law Review 78(3) 1273-1280
Twining W (1993) Alternative to what Theories of litigation procedure and dispute
settlement in Anglo-American jurisprudence Some neglected classics The Modern Law Review
56 380ndash392
Unit 3
Unit 3 begins the discussion on negotiation by providing a broad definition of negotiation and
describing various types of negotiation It also explores the essence of negotiation and the
principles behind it As you read this unit examine your own style of negotiating Do you
negotiate to get as much as possible for yourself or do you sacrifice for the happiness of others
Do you want everyone to get an equal share or do you want everyone to get the most possible
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 3 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Define ldquonegotiationrdquo in general
2 Define and compare ldquointegrativerdquo (win-win) ldquodistributiverdquo (win-lose) and ldquoprincipledrdquo
negotiation
3 Describe and discuss the theories behind the different types of negotiations
4 Analyze negotiation structure and dynamics using the concepts of aspiration goal
reserve level settlement zone and BATNA
Required Readings
Alfredson Tanya and Cungu Azeta Negotiation Theory Foundation and Approaches in
Negotiation Theory and Practice A Review of the Literature EASYPol online resources for
Policy Making Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations pages 6-17
httpwwwfaoorgdocsupeasypol5504-5_negotiation_background_paper_179enpdf
Spangler Brad Best Alternative to a Negotiated Agreement (BATNA) Beyond
Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium
University of Colorado Boulder Posted June 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaybatnagt
Spangler Brad Competitive and Cooperative Approaches to Conflict Beyond Intractability
Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado
Boulder Posted July 2003 lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaycompetitive-cooperative-
framesgt
Spangler Brad Distributive Bargaining Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi
Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted June 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaydistributive-bargaininggt
Spangler Brad Integrative or Interest-Based Bargaining Beyond Intractability Eds Guy
Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder
Posted June 2003 lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayinterest-based-bargaininggt
Spangler Brad Zone of Possible Agreement (ZOPA) Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess
and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted
June 2003 lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayzopagt
Optional Readings
Cohen Jonathan R (2016) A Genesis of conflict The zero-sum mindset University of Florida
Law Faculty Publication
Lande John (2009) Learning from ldquocooperativerdquo negotiators in Wisconsin Dispute Resolution
Magazine 15 20ndash23
Lande John (2014) A framework for advancing negotiation theory Implications from a study
of how lawyers reach agreement in pretrial negotiation Cardozo Journal of Conflict Resolution
16 1-62
Lax David A amp Sebenius James K (1986) The manager as negotiator Bargaining for
cooperation and competitive gain New York The Free Press (Summary ldquoThe Negotiators
Dilemma Creating and Claiming Valuerdquo)
Massachusetts Institute of Technology ldquoNegotiation and Conflict Managementrdquo (Open Access
Course)
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2004) From legal disputes to conflict resolution and human problem
solving Legal dispute resolution in a multidisciplinary context Journal of Legal Education 54
7-29
ldquoNegotiationrdquo (YouTube video)
Smith M Shane Game Theory Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess
Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted August 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayprisoners-dilemmagt
ldquoWilliam Ury The walk from lsquonorsquo to lsquoyesrsquordquo (YouTube video)
Unit 4
Unit 4 introduces skills and techniques used in negotiation It addresses the steps required in
preparing for negotiation skills used in negotiation itself and the qualifications of a ldquogoodrdquo
negotiator Unit 4 describes how to gain and use power to negotiate onersquos goals and provides
examples to evaluate your own negotiating skills
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 4 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe the steps in preparing for negotiation and explain why they are important
2 Describe the skills needed in negotiation and start to practise them
3 Identify and explain the sources of power available in negotiation
4 Explain the concepts of positions and interests in negotiation theory
5 Describe various kinds of negotiation formats and the ldquotyperdquo of negotiator required for
each
Required Readings
Alfredson Tanya and Cungu Azeta Practical Steps to Integrative Bargaining The Seven
Elements of Principled Negotiation in Negotiation Theory and Practice A Review of the
Literature EASYPol online resources for Policy Making Food and Agriculture Organization of
the United Nations pages 18-25 httpwwwfaoorgdocsupeasypol5504-
5_negotiation_background_paper_179enpdf
Dugan Maacuteire A Power Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict
Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted June 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaypowergt
Ebner Noam (2014) Analytical preparation for negotiation A checklist Creighton University
School of Law - Werner Institute for Negotiation and Dispute Resolution
Maiese Michelle Interests Positions Needs and Values Beyond Intractability Eds Guy
Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder
Posted August 2004 lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayinterestsgt
Optional Readings
Condlin Robert (2016) The ldquonaturerdquo of legal dispute bargaining University of Maryland Legal
Studies Research Paper
Dobrijevie Gordana Negotiation and Power
(wwwsingipediacomattachmentphpattachmentid=1651ampd)
Ebner Noam (2016) Negotiation Mediation and Conflict Resolution Channel (YouTube)
Fox Kenneth H (2010) Negotiation as a post-modern process Hamline Journal of Public Law
amp Policy 31 367ndash384
Performing Artist Contract Negotiation ndash Competitive Style (Video) (Source
httpwwwadrvideoorg )
Performing Artist Contract Negotiation ndash Cooperative Style (Video) (Source
httpwwwadrvideoorg )
Sebenius James K (2014) Better deals through level II strategies Advance your interests by
helping to solve their internal problems Harvard Business School Working Paper
Schneider Andrea Kupfer et al (2014) Cooking up a deal Negotiation recipes for success
Marquette Law School Legal Studies Paper No 14-10 UC Irvine School of Law Research Paper
No 2014-27
Spangler Brad Option Identification Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi
Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted January
2004 lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayoption-identificationgt
Unit 5
Unit 5 explores the use of negotiation skills in specific contexts including within police work
involving crisis negotiations This unit also examines concerns and issues pertaining to how
negotiations may be practised differentlymdashor whether they work at allmdashwithin intercultural
situations or for women Do negotiations sometimes fail because in our society our underlying
ideologies make wrong assumptions and judgments about gender and culture For example do
paternalistic or racist ideologies affect how gender and cultural minority issues are examined (or
ignored) in negotiation contexts
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 5 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe ways in which negotiations are used in real-life situations
2 Explain the use of negotiation skills in resolving a crisis situation
3 Describe how negotiation skills and styles may differ according to gender and culture
4 Identify and explain the kinds of ideologies that may contribute to confusion and biases
in negotiations
5 Identify and explain the systemic inequities that create difficulties for women and cultural
minorities
6 Describe some ways of considering gender and cultural differences and inequities in a
negotiation
7 Identify and explain the ethical requirements of a negotiator
Required Readings
Adair Wendi L amp Brett Jeanne M (2005) The negotiation dance Time culture and
behavioral sequences in negotiation Organization Science 16 33ndash51 (Source authorrsquos
homepage at University of Waterloo - httpsuwaterloocapsychologypeople-profileswendi-
adair)
Kirby J (1997) Would Principled Negotiation Have Saved Eve A Feminist Analysis of
Getting to YES Otago Law Review 9 122ndash143
LeBaron Michelle (2003) Culture-Based Negotiation Styles Beyond Intractability Eds Guy
Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder
Posted July 2003 lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayculture-negotiationgt
Milo-Locker Shiri (2004) ldquoThe decision to settle ndash balance setoffs and tradeoffs between
rational emotional and psychological forcesrdquo Mediatecom
Optional Readings
Ayres Ian (1991) Fair driving Gender and race discrimination in retail car negotiations
Harvard Law Review 104(4) 817-872
Burgess Heidi (2013) Active Listening Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi
Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgcoreknowledgeactive-listeninggt
Hammer Mitchell (2008) The SAFE Model of Negotiating Critical Incidents
Johnson Julia (2014) Gender differences in negotiation Implications for the workplace Duke
University School of Law
Kennedy J F (1961) Inaugural address Inauguration of John F Kennedy January 20 1961
Retrieved November 30 2011 from httpwwwhpolorgjfkinaugural
Kray Laura amp Thompson Leigh (2005) Gender stereotypes and negotiation performance An
examination of theory and research Research in Organizational Behavior 26 103-182
(source httpfacultybiohaasberkeleyedufaculty-listkray-laura )
Pearson L B (1957) ldquoThe four faces of peacerdquo The Honourable Lester Bowles Pearsonrsquos
acceptance speech upon presentation of the Nobel Peace Prize in 1957 Retrieved November 30
2011 from httpwwwunacorgenlink_learncanadapearsonspeechnobelasp
Queen v Cognos Inc [1993] 1 SCR 87
Wang Lu-in (2010) Negotiating the situation The reasonable person in context Lewis amp Clark
Law Review 14 1285-1311
White James J (1980) Machiavelli and the bar Ethical limitations on lying in negotiation Law
amp Social Inquiry 5 926ndash938
Unit 6
Unit 6 begins with an attempt to define ldquomediationrdquo in its various forms styles and strategies by
pointing out the commonalities among these elements This unit discusses the role of the
mediator the requirement to be neutral and other critical issues in mediation Unit 6 also
discusses the principles behind the use of mediation in the legal system and why mediation is
considered an ldquoalternativerdquo
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 6 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Define ldquomediationrdquo and describe its role in the legal system
2 Describe the role of the mediator and some of the skills required for acting in that role
3 Explain the difference between mediation and negotiation
4 Discuss the possible effects of mediation on the Canadian legal system and on our views
of justice
5 Explain how a mediator views conflict
6 Identify and describe various mediation models and mediatorsrsquo styles
7 Describe how the mediatorrsquos style affects mediation
8 Identify and explain some critical issues in mediation
9 Identify and describe the sources of power in a mediator
10 Identify and describe the forms of power that need to be monitored in mediation
Required Readings
Alexander Nadja (2011) The Mediation Meta-Model - the realities of mediation practice ADR
Bulletin Vol 12 No 6 Article 5
Maiese Michelle Neutrality Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess
Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted June 2005
httpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgbi-essayneutrality
Riskin Leonard L (2003) Decision-making in mediation The new old grid and the new new
grid system Notre Dame Law Review 79 1ndash53
Spangler Brad Problem-Solving Mediation Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and
Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted
September 2003 httpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgbi-essayproblem-solving-mediation
Spangler Brad Transformative Mediation Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi
Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted October
2003 httpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaytransformative-mediation
Optional Readings
Alfini James J (1991) Trashing bashing and hashing it out Is this the end of ldquogood
mediationrdquo Florida State Law Review 19 47-75
Glaser Tanya (2016) Summary of Christopher Moore The Mediation Process Practical
Strategies for Resolving Conflict (3rd ed 2004) San Francisco Jossey-Bass Publishers
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2015) Mediation Arbitration and Alternative Dispute Resolution
(ADR) International Encyclopedia of the Social and Behavioral Sciences Elsevier Ltd 2015
UC Irvine School of Law Research Paper No 2015-59
Morris C (1997) The trusted mediator In J Macfarlane (Ed) Rethinking disputes The
mediation alternative Toronto Emond Montgomery
Shapira Omer (2009) Exploring the concept of power in mediation Mediatorsrsquo sources of
power and influence tactics Ohio State Journal on Dispute Resolution 24 535-568
Silbey Susan S amp Merry Sally E (1986) Mediator settlement strategies Law amp Policy 8 7ndash
32 (source httpwebmitedussilbeywwwpubhtml)
Smyth Gemma (2009) Strengthening social justice in informal dispute resolution processes
through cultural competence Windsor Yearbook of Access to Justice 27 111ndash126
Unit 7
The primary focus of Unit 7 is on the mediation process and mediation skills This unit outlines
guidelines for conducting a mediation and the steps to be taken in preparing for and performing
dispute resolution It also provides tips for efficient and effective mediation and describes the
skills required to mediate a dispute
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 7 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe a process for facilitative mediation
2 Identify some common steps found in the mediation process
3 Describe required skills to be used by a mediator
4 Perform listening and questioning skills used by a mediator
5 Explain and critique the use of caucuses in mediation
Required Readings
Kaufman Sanda Michael Elliott and Deborah Shmueli Frames Framing and Reframing
Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium
University of Colorado Boulder Posted September 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayframinggt
Maiese Michelle Emotions Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess
Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted July 2005
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayemotiongt
Maiese Michelle Ground Rules Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess
Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted September 2004
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayground-rulesgt
Salem Richard Empathic Listening Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi
Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted July 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayempathic-listeninggt
Spangler Brad Caucus Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict
Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted June 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaycaucusgt
Optional Readings
Cleveland Mediation Center (Producer) (2010) Community mediation demosmdashOpening
statement [video] Cleveland OH Author Retrieved November 30 2011 from
httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Y1ABs7QfMYo
CommunityMediation (2016) Mediator Training Clip 1 - Agenda - Language amp Interruptions
[video] Retrieved July 12 2016 from httpswwwyoutubecomwatchv=X-mrHWhWIXA
Noesner G W and Mike Webster (1997) Crisis intervention using active listening skills in
negotiations FBI Law Enforcement Bulletin 66 13ndash19
Unit 8
Unit 8 examines the use of mediation in several areas including family disputes where it is now
common criminal matters and public policy and administrative proceedings This unit also
discusses issues of race culture and gender with respect to their possible effects on the
mediation process Finally Unit 8 outlines the ethical requirements of the mediator
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 8 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe various ways in which mediation is used in real-life situations
2 Describe in detail the use of mediation and the required process for mediation in family
disputes and in juvenile crime situations
3 Explain how mediation may be affected by and how it can be altered to accommodate
issues of gender and culture
4 Outline the ethical requirements of a mediator
5 Identify the ethical issues in victim-offender mediation (VOM)
6 List and explain the principles of consensus-building decision making
7 Describe the impact of culture in mediation
Required Readings
Hallevy Prof Gabriel (2011) Therapeutic victim-offender mediation within the criminal justice
process ndash Sharpening the evaluation of personal potential for rehabilitation while righting
wrongs under the alternative-dispute-resolution (ADR) philosophy Harvard Negotiation Law
Review 16 65-94 Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=2693515
Lande John (2012) The revolution in family law dispute resolution Journal of the American
Academy of Matrimonial Lawyers 24 411-449 University of Missouri School of Law Legal
Studies Research Paper No 2012-10 Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=2035605
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2011) Mediating multiculturally Culture and the ethical mediator In
Mediation ethics Cases amp Commentaries 305-338 Ellen Waldman ed San Francisco CA
Jossey-Bass 2011 UC Irvine School of Law Research Paper No 2012-28 Georgetown Public
Law Research Paper No 12-061
Umbreit Mark (2009) Restorative justice victim offender mediation overview (YouTube
video)
Optional Readings
ADR Institute of Canada Inc (2011) Code of Ethics and Code of Conduct for Mediators
Toronto ON Author
Bush RA Baruch (1994) Symposium The dilemmas of mediation practice ldquoA study of
ethical dilemmas and policy implicationsrdquo Journal of dispute resolution 1994(1) 1-56
Cormick G Dale N Emond P Sigurdson SG amp Stuart B (1996) Building consensus for
a sustainable future Putting principles into practice Ottawa Government of Canada (source
httppublicationsgccasitearchivee-
archivedhtmlurl=httppublicationsgccacollectionscollection_2016trnee-nrteeEn133-10-1-
1996-engpdf)
Gallagher Lora Elizabeth (2013) Detour ahead Victim-offender mediation as a mandatory
deviation program for juveniles University of Mississippi School of Law
Kahane David (2003) Dispute resolution and the politics of cultural generalization Negotiation
Journal 19 5ndash27
MacDonald J (Producer) amp Dickie B (Director) (2000) Hollow Water [Motion picture]
National Film Board of Canada
MacDonald J (Producer) amp Konowal C (Director) (1997) A Glimmer of Hope [Motion
picture] National Film Board of Canada
Macfarlane J (2003) Transforming relationships through participatory justice Ottawa Law
Commission of Canada Retrieved November 30 2011 from httpdsp-
psdpwgscgccaCollectionJL2-22-2003Epdf
Macfarlane J (2005) The emerging phenomenon of collaborative family law (CFL) A
qualitative study of CFL cases Ottawa Justice Canada
Native Womenrsquos Association of Canada (2007) Aboriginal women and the legal justice system
in Canada Issue Paper Corner Brook NL Author Retrieved November 30 2011 from
httpwwwlaagovnlcalaanawspdfnwac-legalpdf
OVC Bulletin 2000 (rev 2007) A Description of Victim-Offender Mediation Washington DC
Author Retrieved November 30 2011 from
httpswwwncjrsgovovc_archivesreportsrjbulletin1rjmc_2html
Umbreit Mark S Wilson Sheryl amp Warner Roberts Ann (2006) ldquoRestorative Justice for
Victims Offenders and Communityrdquo (PPT) (source
httpwwwcehdumnedusswRJPProjectsVictim-Offender-
DialogueRJ_Principlesdefaultasp)
Umbreit Mark S Coates R B amp Vos Betty (2001) Victim Impact of Restorative Justice
Conferencing with Juveniles What We Have Learned From Two Decades of Victim-Offender
Dialogue Through Mediation and Conferencing (source
httpwwwcehdumnedusswRJPProjectsVictim-Offender-
DialogueRestorative_Group_Conferencingdefaultasp)
United Nations Economic and Social Council (2002) Basic principles on the use of restorative
justice programmes in criminal matters Resolution 200212 Retrieved November 30 2011
from httpwwwunorgenecosocdocs2002resolution202002-12pdf
Unit 9
Unit 9 introduces new more creative processes that have been tailored to meet the unique needs
of participants the particular circumstances of disputes and the specific obstacles presented The
primary focus is on ADR processes that involve a third-party neutral evaluator such as the mini-
trial and judicial settlement conferences and the use of an ombudsperson This unit defines the
role of a neutral evaluator and describes the process used in each method considered
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 9 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe some hybrid ADR processes currently available
2 Describe the role and identify the qualities of a neutral evaluator
3 Describe the different processes used in each of the various hybrid models
4 Describe the role of an ombudsperson and identify some elements of the processes used
by an ombudsperson
Required Readings
Elliott David C (1995) Medarb Fraught with danger or ripe with opportunity Alberta Law
Review 34 163-179 (source httpwwwdavidelliottcadisputeresolutionhtm)
Rowe Mary (1991) The ombudsmanrsquos role in a dispute resolution system Negotiation journal
7(4) 353-361 (source httpmrowescriptsmiteduPublicationshtml)
Wittmann Neil C (2015) Judicial dispute resolution in the Court of Queenrsquos Bench Making
resolution accessible Canadian arbitration and mediation journal 25(1) 14-20 (source
httpadriccaresourcesjournal-articles)
Optional Readings
Agrios John A amp Agrios Janice A (2004) A handbook on judicial dispute resolution for
Canadian lawyers Canadian Forum on Civil Justice (source httpwwwcfcj-
fcjcorgclearinghousejudicial-dispute-resolution )
Alberta Law Reform Institute (1993) Civil litigation The judicial mini-trial Dispute Resolution
ndash Special Series Discussion Paper No 1 (source
httpswwwalriualbertacaindexphppublicationsLawadministration-of-justicealternate-
dispute-resolutioncivil-litigation-the-judicial-mini-trial- )
Creutzfeldt Naomi J and Bradford Ben (2015) Dispute resolution outside of courts Procedural
justice and decision acceptance among users of ombuds services in the UK Law amp Society
Review 50(4) Forthcoming Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=2805917
ldquoThe Mini-Trialrdquo (2016) Department of Justice Canada
Rooke John D (2009) Improving excellence Evaluation of the judicial dispute resolution
program in the Court of Queenrsquos Bench of Alberta Canadian Forum on Civil Justice (source
httpwwwcfcj-fcjcorgclearinghousejudicial-dispute-resolution )
Rowe Mary P (2009) An organizational ombuds office in a system for dealing with conflict
and learning from conflict or ldquoconflict management systemrdquo Harvard Negotiation Law Review
14 279-288 (source httpwwwhnlrorgarticlesarchive)
Semple Noel (2011) Judicial settlement-seeking in parenting disputes Consensus and
controversy Conflict Resolution Quarterly 29 No 3 309-332 Available at SSRN
httpssrncomabstract=1687268
Unit 10
This unit provides some background to the practice of resolving disputes using the technology of
the Internet It surveys some of the current methods of online dispute resolution (ODR) and
raises issues regarding its advantages and disadvantages
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 10 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe what is meant by online dispute resolution
2 Identify and describe some of the current types and methods of ODR in use
3 Identify and explain some advantages and disadvantages of ODR
Required Reading
Brannigan Colm (2008) Online dispute resolution In CCH alternative dispute resolution
practice manual (source httpmediatecaOnline-Dispute-Resolutionhtml)
Brett Jeanne M Olekalns Mara Friedman Ray Goates Nathan Anderson Cameron Lisco
Cara Cherry (2007) Sticks and stones language face and online dispute resolution Academy
of Management Journal 50(1) 85-99
Ebner N (2014) Negotiation via the (new) email In M Benoliel (Ed) Negotiation excellence
Successful deal making (2nd ed) Singapore World Scientific Publishing
Ebner N amp Zeleznikow J (2015) Fairness trust and security in online dispute resolution
Hamline Journal of Public Law and Policy 36(2) 143-160
Optional Readings
Brannigan Colm (2016) Online dispute resolution The tools of the future for mediators
arbitrators and lawyers are here today ADR Perspectives May 2016 (source
httpadriccaresourcesadr-perspectives-newsletter)
Civil Justice Council United Kingdom (2015) Online dispute resolution for low value civil
claims
Conference on Online Dispute Resolution (2013) Presentations and Papers Stanford Law
School
Civil Resolution Tribunal British Columbia (2016) ldquoCRT Overviewrdquo
European Commission ldquoAlternative and Online Dispute Resolution (ADRODR)rdquo
Goodman Joseph W (2003) The pros and cons of online dispute resolution An assessment of
cyber-mediation websites Duke Law amp Technology Review 2 1-16
International Journal of Online Dispute Resolution
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2016) Is ODR ADR Reflections of an ADR founder from the 15th
ODR conference Law Technology and Access to Justice
National Center for Technology and Dispute Resolution (2016) httpwwwodrinfo
Thompson Darin (2015) Creating new pathways to justice using simple artificial intelligence
and online dispute resolution International Journal of Online Dispute Resolution 2(1) 4-53
United Nations Commission on International Trade Law (2016) ldquoOnline Dispute Resolution
On-Line Resourcesrdquo
Virtual Mediation Lab
Unit 11
Unit 11 focuses on what has been learned about the design of suitable ADR processes and
systems It also explores the issue of how to evaluate the success of ADR initiatives and how to
determine which ADR method is appropriate in a given dispute and its context Within the
discussion of the pros and cons of ADR issues of culture and gender are again raised with the
concern about whether a process can be designed to accommodate everyone You will find
yourself needing to answer the question of whether alternative dispute resolution is a good
alternative
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 11 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Identify and describe the elements to be considered in designing an appropriate dispute
resolution process
2 Describe specific problems and concerns relating to culture and gender in attempts to
design appropriate dispute resolution processes
3 Describe some methods of evaluating dispute resolution processes and systems
4 Describe some measures of the effectiveness of alternative dispute resolution processes
and their effects on the legal system
Required Reading
Amsler (formerly Bingham) Lisa Blomgren (2009) Designing justice Legal institutions and
other systems for managing conflict Ohio State Journal on Dispute Resolution Forthcoming
Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=1294063
Brahm Eric and Julian Ouellet Designing New Dispute Resolution Systems Beyond
Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium
University of Colorado Boulder Posted September 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaydesigning-dispute-systemsgt
British Columbia Ministry of Attorney General (2016) Reaching resolution A guide to
designing public sector dispute resolution systems Victoria Ministry of Attorney General
Optional Readings
Baruch Bush Robert A (1989) Defining quality in dispute resolution Taxonomies and anti-
taxonomies of quality arguments Denver University Law Review 66 335ndash380
Galanter Marc amp Cahill Mia (1994) ldquoMost cases settlerdquo Judicial promotion and regulation of
settlements Stanford Law Review 46(6) 1339-1391
Greenberg Elayne E (2015) Fitting the forum to the pernicious fuss A dispute resolution
design to address implicit bias and lsquoisms in the workplace St Johnrsquos School of Law Legal
Studies Research Paper Series
Kelman Herbert C (2005) Building trust among enemies The central challenge for
international conflict resolution International Journal of Intercultural Relations 29 639-650
(source httpscholarharvardedusearchsitekelman)
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2009) Are there systemic ethics issues in dispute system design And
what we should [not] do about it Lessons from international and domestic fronts Harvard
Negotiation Law Review 14 195-231
Rabinovich-Einy Orna amp Katsh Ethan (2012) Technology and the future of dispute systems
design Harvard Negotiation Law Review 17 151ndash199 (source
httpwwwhnlrorgarticlesarchive)
Reuben Richard C (2005) Democracy and dispute resolution Systems design and the new
workplace Harvard Negotiation Law Review 14 1ndash342
Rolph Elizabeth amp Moller Erik (1995) Evaluating agency alternative dispute resolution
programs A usersrsquo guide to data collection and use Santa Monica CA Rand Corporation
Rowe Mary (2001) Designing integrated conflict management systems Guidelines for
practitioners and decision makers in organizations Cornell University Institute on Conflict
Resolution
Silbey Susan S amp Merry Sally Engle (1984) What Do Plaintiffs Want Reexamining the
Concept of Dispute Justice System Journal 9 151-178
United States Postal Service ldquoRedressrdquo
Various (2009) Dispute System Design Issue of Harvard Negotiation Law Review 14 1ndash342
Unit 12
Unit 12 considers the current trends of ADR in Canada and elsewhere and where it appears to be
headed in the foreseeable future This final unit also suggests ideas about the future effects of
ADR on the legal system on justice and on society
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 12 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe some current and future trends in ADR
2 Explain how the Canadian legal system has changed and continues to change with the
advancement of ADR
3 Describe the effect of ADR on societal views of ldquojusticerdquo
4 Explain your views on the appropriateness of ADR in the Canadian legal system
Required ReadingViewing
View some videos available through the International Mediation Institute Mediation Podcasts
Read some blog posts from the following sites
Mediatecom The Weekrsquos Best Blog Posts
International Mediation Institute Mediation Blogs
Optional Readings
Eisenberg Deborah Thompson (2016) What we know (and need to know) about court-annexed
dispute resolution South Carolina Law Review 67 245-265
Hernandez-Crespo Mariana D (2012) From noise to music The potential of the multi-door
courthouse model to advance systemic inclusion and participation as a foundation for sustainable
rule of law in Latin America Journal of Dispute Resolution 2012
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2009) Maintaining ADR integrity Alternatives to the High Cost of
Litigation 27(1) 1-9
Merry Sally Engle (1988) Legal pluralism Law amp Society Review 22 869ndash896
Stipanowich Thomas amp Lamare J Ryan (2013) Living with ADR Evolving perceptions and
use of mediation arbitration and conflict management in Fortune 1000 corporations Harvard
Negotiation Law Review 19 1-68
Assessment in Alternative Dispute Resolution
To receive credit for Alternative Dispute Resolution you must complete all course
assignments achieve a mark of at least 50 on the final exam and achieve an overall
course grade of at least 50
The weightings for each assessment item are as follows
Activity Credit Weight Date Due
Assignment 1 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 4
Assignment 2 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 8
Assignment 3 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 10
Assignment 4 oral presentation 10 of final grade End of Unit 11
Assignment 5 oral response 10 of final grade End of Unit 12
Final Examination 50 of final grade End of all Units
Total 100 of final grade
Assignments 1 and 2
You are required to submit two written online responses You may answer any one question
arising from each of the following unit clusters
bull Units 1 to 4
bull Units 5 to 8
All responses should be completed by the time you finish studying Unit 10
Written responses should be between 500 and 750 words each
Example question ldquoThink of an occasion when you consciously decided not to pursue a potential
grievance What were your reasons What would have stimulated you to pursue it Using the ideas and
terminology of this unit describe the conflict you experiencedrdquo
Assignment 3
For this assignment put yourself in the place of mediator who uses a facilitative style and who is
preparing to conduct interest-based mediation with two parties who have a legal dispute arising
out of an accident Your practice is to hold a separate private meeting with each of the parties
before the mediation starts to help assess the dispute and prepare the parties to engage in an
interest-based mediation process Part of that preparation consists in assisting the parties to
identify their real interests needs and concerns in relation to the conflict in which they find
themselves
With that in mind read the transcript of what one of the parties has told you as if you were
listening to them face to face Then prepare an oral submission as follows
Your submission should consist of five oral responses you might make to the client in order to
help prepare him for the upcoming mediation including a better awareness of his needs interests
concerns and possible settlement range
Each of the five responses should be in the following two part format
1 First restate (or reflect) something you have heard from the client to show that you
understand what you are being told This should take the form of a statement starting
with the words ldquoYou said helliprdquo or ldquoYou indicated helliprdquo or ldquoYou went on to say helliprdquo or
similar
2 Then follow that up with a question designed to bring out a need concern interest or
emotion of this party or a reframing statement that may help this party to view the
dispute in a different light A question may also be used to help clarify his position
options for settlement or potential range of settlement figures
A question probing interests may be worded something like ldquoBased on what you have
said it seems to me that what you are really interested in (concerned about) is hellip Would
that be correctrdquo A reframing statement might be in the form of ldquoWould another way of
putting it be helliprdquo A question for clarification might be ldquoDo I understand it correctly that
helliprdquo You are not restricted to these wordings Be creative
The essential goal of this assignment is to encourage you to think of ways a mediator might help
a disputing party prepare to engage in interest-based mediation and negotiation with a view to
settlement of the dispute
Assignment 4
For Assignment 4 put yourself in the place of a mediator who is starting the first mediation
session with two disputing parties As part of your opening remarks explain the intent and
process of mediation and your role as a mediator and try to create a safe and supportive
environment for the parties Record what you would say (Hint try not to read a prepared script)
The maximum recording length for this assignment is 5 minutes
Assignment 5
For Assignment 5 put yourself in the place of a mediator who is hearing an opening statement
(or ldquostoryrdquo) from one of the disputing parties As part of the mediation process summarize or
ldquorepeat backrdquo the statement you hear using the techniques and skills you have learned about in
this course Include at least one reframe Record your response to the statement you hear
The time limit indicated for this assignment is 11 minutes which includes listening to the story and
recording your summary
Final Exam
Final Exam The final examination is worth 50 of your total course mark It is a closed book
online exam written over 3 hours Please consult the Online Exams (MuchLearning) section of
the Procedures for Applying for and Writing Examinations in your online Student Manual and
visit httpregistrarathabascaucaexamsonlinestudent for more information
Part A of the exam comprises 15 multiple choice and truefalse questions (2 marks each) similar
to those in the self-study quizzes This part covers the whole course Part B comprises 6
questions (5 marks each) that are drawn from the learning objectives listed for the units in the
course Each question is to be answered in a paragraph Part C (40 marks) requires you to answer
8 questions (5 marks each) based on a scenario like the one presented in Assignment 3 The
questions ask you to analyze the facts given in relation to what you have learned about
negotiation mediation and hybrid processes
See exam procedures for information on how to book your exam and other questions you may
have
Resolvers What Difference Does lsquoGender Differencersquo Make Dispute Resolution Magazine
Vol 18 No 3 4-10
Optional Readings
Book Summary of The Handbook of Conflict Resolution Theory and Practice by Morton
Deutsch and Peter T Coleman eds Beyond Intractabilityorg
Book Summary of Intractable Conflicts and their Transformations by Louis Kriesberg Terrell
Northrup and Stuart Thorson eds New York Syracuse University Press 1989 249 pp Beyond
Intractabilityorg
Book Summary of Preparing for Peace Conflict Transformation Across Cultures by John Paul
Lederach Syracuse New York Syracuse University Press 1995 by Tanya Glaser
Hauss Charles (Chip) (2003) Interpersonal Conflict and Violence Beyond Intractability Eds
Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado
Boulder Posted August 2003 lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayinterpersonal-
violencegt
Kirby Justine (1997) Would a Principled Negotiation Have Saved Eve A Feminist Analysis
of Getting to Yes Otago Law Review 9 122ndash143
LeBaron Michelle (2003) Culture-Based Negotiation Styles Beyond Intractability Eds Guy
Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder
Posted July 2003 lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayculture-negotiationgt
Menkel-Meadow (1985) The Transformation of Disputes by Lawyers What the Dispute
Paradigm Does and Does Not Tell Us Journal of Dispute Resolution 1985 25ndash44
Riskin L (1982) Mediation and lawyers Ohio State Law Journal 43 29ndash60
Rubinson Robert (2011) Mapping the World Facts and Meaning In Adjudication and
Mediation Maine Law Review 63 61ndash87
Silbey Susan S amp Merry Sally Engle (1984) What Do Plaintiffs Want Reexamining the
Concept of Dispute Justice System Journal 9 151ndash178
Wehr Paul Conflict Mapping Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess
Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted September 2006
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayconflict-mappinggt
Unit 2
Unit 2 provides a general introduction to alternative dispute resolution the attempt to define
ADR its historical background its current resurgence and why it is gaining popularity This unit
introduces the most popular forms and uses of ADR with a particular focus on its use in several
professions An ongoing topic of the course is also introduced in Unit 2 namely the use of ADR
methods versus traditional methods of dispute resolution
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 2 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Define ADRrsquos different forms (eg mediation negotiation neutral evaluation)
2 Describe some of the ideas and theories that have contributed to the emergence of ADR
3 Explain the purposes and uses of ADR
4 Compare and reconcile the use of ADR in relation to more traditional forms of dispute
resolution particularly within the legal system
5 Describe how ADR is being incorporated into lawyering policing and other professional
practices
Required Readings
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2000) Mothers and Fathers of Invention The Intellectual Founders of
ADR Ohio State Journal on Dispute Resolution 16 1ndash37
Morris Catherine ldquoDefinitions in the Field of Conflict Transformationrdquo
Optional Readings
Feinberg Kenneth (2009) Reexamining the Arguments in Owen M Fiss Against Settlement
Fordham Law Review 78(3) 1171-1176
Fiss O (1984) Against settlement Yale Law Journal 93 1073ndash1089
Fiss O (2009) The history of an idea Fordham Law Review 78(3) 1273-1280
Twining W (1993) Alternative to what Theories of litigation procedure and dispute
settlement in Anglo-American jurisprudence Some neglected classics The Modern Law Review
56 380ndash392
Unit 3
Unit 3 begins the discussion on negotiation by providing a broad definition of negotiation and
describing various types of negotiation It also explores the essence of negotiation and the
principles behind it As you read this unit examine your own style of negotiating Do you
negotiate to get as much as possible for yourself or do you sacrifice for the happiness of others
Do you want everyone to get an equal share or do you want everyone to get the most possible
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 3 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Define ldquonegotiationrdquo in general
2 Define and compare ldquointegrativerdquo (win-win) ldquodistributiverdquo (win-lose) and ldquoprincipledrdquo
negotiation
3 Describe and discuss the theories behind the different types of negotiations
4 Analyze negotiation structure and dynamics using the concepts of aspiration goal
reserve level settlement zone and BATNA
Required Readings
Alfredson Tanya and Cungu Azeta Negotiation Theory Foundation and Approaches in
Negotiation Theory and Practice A Review of the Literature EASYPol online resources for
Policy Making Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations pages 6-17
httpwwwfaoorgdocsupeasypol5504-5_negotiation_background_paper_179enpdf
Spangler Brad Best Alternative to a Negotiated Agreement (BATNA) Beyond
Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium
University of Colorado Boulder Posted June 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaybatnagt
Spangler Brad Competitive and Cooperative Approaches to Conflict Beyond Intractability
Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado
Boulder Posted July 2003 lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaycompetitive-cooperative-
framesgt
Spangler Brad Distributive Bargaining Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi
Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted June 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaydistributive-bargaininggt
Spangler Brad Integrative or Interest-Based Bargaining Beyond Intractability Eds Guy
Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder
Posted June 2003 lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayinterest-based-bargaininggt
Spangler Brad Zone of Possible Agreement (ZOPA) Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess
and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted
June 2003 lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayzopagt
Optional Readings
Cohen Jonathan R (2016) A Genesis of conflict The zero-sum mindset University of Florida
Law Faculty Publication
Lande John (2009) Learning from ldquocooperativerdquo negotiators in Wisconsin Dispute Resolution
Magazine 15 20ndash23
Lande John (2014) A framework for advancing negotiation theory Implications from a study
of how lawyers reach agreement in pretrial negotiation Cardozo Journal of Conflict Resolution
16 1-62
Lax David A amp Sebenius James K (1986) The manager as negotiator Bargaining for
cooperation and competitive gain New York The Free Press (Summary ldquoThe Negotiators
Dilemma Creating and Claiming Valuerdquo)
Massachusetts Institute of Technology ldquoNegotiation and Conflict Managementrdquo (Open Access
Course)
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2004) From legal disputes to conflict resolution and human problem
solving Legal dispute resolution in a multidisciplinary context Journal of Legal Education 54
7-29
ldquoNegotiationrdquo (YouTube video)
Smith M Shane Game Theory Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess
Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted August 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayprisoners-dilemmagt
ldquoWilliam Ury The walk from lsquonorsquo to lsquoyesrsquordquo (YouTube video)
Unit 4
Unit 4 introduces skills and techniques used in negotiation It addresses the steps required in
preparing for negotiation skills used in negotiation itself and the qualifications of a ldquogoodrdquo
negotiator Unit 4 describes how to gain and use power to negotiate onersquos goals and provides
examples to evaluate your own negotiating skills
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 4 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe the steps in preparing for negotiation and explain why they are important
2 Describe the skills needed in negotiation and start to practise them
3 Identify and explain the sources of power available in negotiation
4 Explain the concepts of positions and interests in negotiation theory
5 Describe various kinds of negotiation formats and the ldquotyperdquo of negotiator required for
each
Required Readings
Alfredson Tanya and Cungu Azeta Practical Steps to Integrative Bargaining The Seven
Elements of Principled Negotiation in Negotiation Theory and Practice A Review of the
Literature EASYPol online resources for Policy Making Food and Agriculture Organization of
the United Nations pages 18-25 httpwwwfaoorgdocsupeasypol5504-
5_negotiation_background_paper_179enpdf
Dugan Maacuteire A Power Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict
Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted June 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaypowergt
Ebner Noam (2014) Analytical preparation for negotiation A checklist Creighton University
School of Law - Werner Institute for Negotiation and Dispute Resolution
Maiese Michelle Interests Positions Needs and Values Beyond Intractability Eds Guy
Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder
Posted August 2004 lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayinterestsgt
Optional Readings
Condlin Robert (2016) The ldquonaturerdquo of legal dispute bargaining University of Maryland Legal
Studies Research Paper
Dobrijevie Gordana Negotiation and Power
(wwwsingipediacomattachmentphpattachmentid=1651ampd)
Ebner Noam (2016) Negotiation Mediation and Conflict Resolution Channel (YouTube)
Fox Kenneth H (2010) Negotiation as a post-modern process Hamline Journal of Public Law
amp Policy 31 367ndash384
Performing Artist Contract Negotiation ndash Competitive Style (Video) (Source
httpwwwadrvideoorg )
Performing Artist Contract Negotiation ndash Cooperative Style (Video) (Source
httpwwwadrvideoorg )
Sebenius James K (2014) Better deals through level II strategies Advance your interests by
helping to solve their internal problems Harvard Business School Working Paper
Schneider Andrea Kupfer et al (2014) Cooking up a deal Negotiation recipes for success
Marquette Law School Legal Studies Paper No 14-10 UC Irvine School of Law Research Paper
No 2014-27
Spangler Brad Option Identification Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi
Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted January
2004 lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayoption-identificationgt
Unit 5
Unit 5 explores the use of negotiation skills in specific contexts including within police work
involving crisis negotiations This unit also examines concerns and issues pertaining to how
negotiations may be practised differentlymdashor whether they work at allmdashwithin intercultural
situations or for women Do negotiations sometimes fail because in our society our underlying
ideologies make wrong assumptions and judgments about gender and culture For example do
paternalistic or racist ideologies affect how gender and cultural minority issues are examined (or
ignored) in negotiation contexts
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 5 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe ways in which negotiations are used in real-life situations
2 Explain the use of negotiation skills in resolving a crisis situation
3 Describe how negotiation skills and styles may differ according to gender and culture
4 Identify and explain the kinds of ideologies that may contribute to confusion and biases
in negotiations
5 Identify and explain the systemic inequities that create difficulties for women and cultural
minorities
6 Describe some ways of considering gender and cultural differences and inequities in a
negotiation
7 Identify and explain the ethical requirements of a negotiator
Required Readings
Adair Wendi L amp Brett Jeanne M (2005) The negotiation dance Time culture and
behavioral sequences in negotiation Organization Science 16 33ndash51 (Source authorrsquos
homepage at University of Waterloo - httpsuwaterloocapsychologypeople-profileswendi-
adair)
Kirby J (1997) Would Principled Negotiation Have Saved Eve A Feminist Analysis of
Getting to YES Otago Law Review 9 122ndash143
LeBaron Michelle (2003) Culture-Based Negotiation Styles Beyond Intractability Eds Guy
Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder
Posted July 2003 lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayculture-negotiationgt
Milo-Locker Shiri (2004) ldquoThe decision to settle ndash balance setoffs and tradeoffs between
rational emotional and psychological forcesrdquo Mediatecom
Optional Readings
Ayres Ian (1991) Fair driving Gender and race discrimination in retail car negotiations
Harvard Law Review 104(4) 817-872
Burgess Heidi (2013) Active Listening Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi
Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgcoreknowledgeactive-listeninggt
Hammer Mitchell (2008) The SAFE Model of Negotiating Critical Incidents
Johnson Julia (2014) Gender differences in negotiation Implications for the workplace Duke
University School of Law
Kennedy J F (1961) Inaugural address Inauguration of John F Kennedy January 20 1961
Retrieved November 30 2011 from httpwwwhpolorgjfkinaugural
Kray Laura amp Thompson Leigh (2005) Gender stereotypes and negotiation performance An
examination of theory and research Research in Organizational Behavior 26 103-182
(source httpfacultybiohaasberkeleyedufaculty-listkray-laura )
Pearson L B (1957) ldquoThe four faces of peacerdquo The Honourable Lester Bowles Pearsonrsquos
acceptance speech upon presentation of the Nobel Peace Prize in 1957 Retrieved November 30
2011 from httpwwwunacorgenlink_learncanadapearsonspeechnobelasp
Queen v Cognos Inc [1993] 1 SCR 87
Wang Lu-in (2010) Negotiating the situation The reasonable person in context Lewis amp Clark
Law Review 14 1285-1311
White James J (1980) Machiavelli and the bar Ethical limitations on lying in negotiation Law
amp Social Inquiry 5 926ndash938
Unit 6
Unit 6 begins with an attempt to define ldquomediationrdquo in its various forms styles and strategies by
pointing out the commonalities among these elements This unit discusses the role of the
mediator the requirement to be neutral and other critical issues in mediation Unit 6 also
discusses the principles behind the use of mediation in the legal system and why mediation is
considered an ldquoalternativerdquo
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 6 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Define ldquomediationrdquo and describe its role in the legal system
2 Describe the role of the mediator and some of the skills required for acting in that role
3 Explain the difference between mediation and negotiation
4 Discuss the possible effects of mediation on the Canadian legal system and on our views
of justice
5 Explain how a mediator views conflict
6 Identify and describe various mediation models and mediatorsrsquo styles
7 Describe how the mediatorrsquos style affects mediation
8 Identify and explain some critical issues in mediation
9 Identify and describe the sources of power in a mediator
10 Identify and describe the forms of power that need to be monitored in mediation
Required Readings
Alexander Nadja (2011) The Mediation Meta-Model - the realities of mediation practice ADR
Bulletin Vol 12 No 6 Article 5
Maiese Michelle Neutrality Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess
Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted June 2005
httpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgbi-essayneutrality
Riskin Leonard L (2003) Decision-making in mediation The new old grid and the new new
grid system Notre Dame Law Review 79 1ndash53
Spangler Brad Problem-Solving Mediation Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and
Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted
September 2003 httpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgbi-essayproblem-solving-mediation
Spangler Brad Transformative Mediation Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi
Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted October
2003 httpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaytransformative-mediation
Optional Readings
Alfini James J (1991) Trashing bashing and hashing it out Is this the end of ldquogood
mediationrdquo Florida State Law Review 19 47-75
Glaser Tanya (2016) Summary of Christopher Moore The Mediation Process Practical
Strategies for Resolving Conflict (3rd ed 2004) San Francisco Jossey-Bass Publishers
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2015) Mediation Arbitration and Alternative Dispute Resolution
(ADR) International Encyclopedia of the Social and Behavioral Sciences Elsevier Ltd 2015
UC Irvine School of Law Research Paper No 2015-59
Morris C (1997) The trusted mediator In J Macfarlane (Ed) Rethinking disputes The
mediation alternative Toronto Emond Montgomery
Shapira Omer (2009) Exploring the concept of power in mediation Mediatorsrsquo sources of
power and influence tactics Ohio State Journal on Dispute Resolution 24 535-568
Silbey Susan S amp Merry Sally E (1986) Mediator settlement strategies Law amp Policy 8 7ndash
32 (source httpwebmitedussilbeywwwpubhtml)
Smyth Gemma (2009) Strengthening social justice in informal dispute resolution processes
through cultural competence Windsor Yearbook of Access to Justice 27 111ndash126
Unit 7
The primary focus of Unit 7 is on the mediation process and mediation skills This unit outlines
guidelines for conducting a mediation and the steps to be taken in preparing for and performing
dispute resolution It also provides tips for efficient and effective mediation and describes the
skills required to mediate a dispute
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 7 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe a process for facilitative mediation
2 Identify some common steps found in the mediation process
3 Describe required skills to be used by a mediator
4 Perform listening and questioning skills used by a mediator
5 Explain and critique the use of caucuses in mediation
Required Readings
Kaufman Sanda Michael Elliott and Deborah Shmueli Frames Framing and Reframing
Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium
University of Colorado Boulder Posted September 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayframinggt
Maiese Michelle Emotions Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess
Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted July 2005
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayemotiongt
Maiese Michelle Ground Rules Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess
Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted September 2004
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayground-rulesgt
Salem Richard Empathic Listening Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi
Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted July 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayempathic-listeninggt
Spangler Brad Caucus Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict
Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted June 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaycaucusgt
Optional Readings
Cleveland Mediation Center (Producer) (2010) Community mediation demosmdashOpening
statement [video] Cleveland OH Author Retrieved November 30 2011 from
httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Y1ABs7QfMYo
CommunityMediation (2016) Mediator Training Clip 1 - Agenda - Language amp Interruptions
[video] Retrieved July 12 2016 from httpswwwyoutubecomwatchv=X-mrHWhWIXA
Noesner G W and Mike Webster (1997) Crisis intervention using active listening skills in
negotiations FBI Law Enforcement Bulletin 66 13ndash19
Unit 8
Unit 8 examines the use of mediation in several areas including family disputes where it is now
common criminal matters and public policy and administrative proceedings This unit also
discusses issues of race culture and gender with respect to their possible effects on the
mediation process Finally Unit 8 outlines the ethical requirements of the mediator
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 8 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe various ways in which mediation is used in real-life situations
2 Describe in detail the use of mediation and the required process for mediation in family
disputes and in juvenile crime situations
3 Explain how mediation may be affected by and how it can be altered to accommodate
issues of gender and culture
4 Outline the ethical requirements of a mediator
5 Identify the ethical issues in victim-offender mediation (VOM)
6 List and explain the principles of consensus-building decision making
7 Describe the impact of culture in mediation
Required Readings
Hallevy Prof Gabriel (2011) Therapeutic victim-offender mediation within the criminal justice
process ndash Sharpening the evaluation of personal potential for rehabilitation while righting
wrongs under the alternative-dispute-resolution (ADR) philosophy Harvard Negotiation Law
Review 16 65-94 Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=2693515
Lande John (2012) The revolution in family law dispute resolution Journal of the American
Academy of Matrimonial Lawyers 24 411-449 University of Missouri School of Law Legal
Studies Research Paper No 2012-10 Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=2035605
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2011) Mediating multiculturally Culture and the ethical mediator In
Mediation ethics Cases amp Commentaries 305-338 Ellen Waldman ed San Francisco CA
Jossey-Bass 2011 UC Irvine School of Law Research Paper No 2012-28 Georgetown Public
Law Research Paper No 12-061
Umbreit Mark (2009) Restorative justice victim offender mediation overview (YouTube
video)
Optional Readings
ADR Institute of Canada Inc (2011) Code of Ethics and Code of Conduct for Mediators
Toronto ON Author
Bush RA Baruch (1994) Symposium The dilemmas of mediation practice ldquoA study of
ethical dilemmas and policy implicationsrdquo Journal of dispute resolution 1994(1) 1-56
Cormick G Dale N Emond P Sigurdson SG amp Stuart B (1996) Building consensus for
a sustainable future Putting principles into practice Ottawa Government of Canada (source
httppublicationsgccasitearchivee-
archivedhtmlurl=httppublicationsgccacollectionscollection_2016trnee-nrteeEn133-10-1-
1996-engpdf)
Gallagher Lora Elizabeth (2013) Detour ahead Victim-offender mediation as a mandatory
deviation program for juveniles University of Mississippi School of Law
Kahane David (2003) Dispute resolution and the politics of cultural generalization Negotiation
Journal 19 5ndash27
MacDonald J (Producer) amp Dickie B (Director) (2000) Hollow Water [Motion picture]
National Film Board of Canada
MacDonald J (Producer) amp Konowal C (Director) (1997) A Glimmer of Hope [Motion
picture] National Film Board of Canada
Macfarlane J (2003) Transforming relationships through participatory justice Ottawa Law
Commission of Canada Retrieved November 30 2011 from httpdsp-
psdpwgscgccaCollectionJL2-22-2003Epdf
Macfarlane J (2005) The emerging phenomenon of collaborative family law (CFL) A
qualitative study of CFL cases Ottawa Justice Canada
Native Womenrsquos Association of Canada (2007) Aboriginal women and the legal justice system
in Canada Issue Paper Corner Brook NL Author Retrieved November 30 2011 from
httpwwwlaagovnlcalaanawspdfnwac-legalpdf
OVC Bulletin 2000 (rev 2007) A Description of Victim-Offender Mediation Washington DC
Author Retrieved November 30 2011 from
httpswwwncjrsgovovc_archivesreportsrjbulletin1rjmc_2html
Umbreit Mark S Wilson Sheryl amp Warner Roberts Ann (2006) ldquoRestorative Justice for
Victims Offenders and Communityrdquo (PPT) (source
httpwwwcehdumnedusswRJPProjectsVictim-Offender-
DialogueRJ_Principlesdefaultasp)
Umbreit Mark S Coates R B amp Vos Betty (2001) Victim Impact of Restorative Justice
Conferencing with Juveniles What We Have Learned From Two Decades of Victim-Offender
Dialogue Through Mediation and Conferencing (source
httpwwwcehdumnedusswRJPProjectsVictim-Offender-
DialogueRestorative_Group_Conferencingdefaultasp)
United Nations Economic and Social Council (2002) Basic principles on the use of restorative
justice programmes in criminal matters Resolution 200212 Retrieved November 30 2011
from httpwwwunorgenecosocdocs2002resolution202002-12pdf
Unit 9
Unit 9 introduces new more creative processes that have been tailored to meet the unique needs
of participants the particular circumstances of disputes and the specific obstacles presented The
primary focus is on ADR processes that involve a third-party neutral evaluator such as the mini-
trial and judicial settlement conferences and the use of an ombudsperson This unit defines the
role of a neutral evaluator and describes the process used in each method considered
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 9 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe some hybrid ADR processes currently available
2 Describe the role and identify the qualities of a neutral evaluator
3 Describe the different processes used in each of the various hybrid models
4 Describe the role of an ombudsperson and identify some elements of the processes used
by an ombudsperson
Required Readings
Elliott David C (1995) Medarb Fraught with danger or ripe with opportunity Alberta Law
Review 34 163-179 (source httpwwwdavidelliottcadisputeresolutionhtm)
Rowe Mary (1991) The ombudsmanrsquos role in a dispute resolution system Negotiation journal
7(4) 353-361 (source httpmrowescriptsmiteduPublicationshtml)
Wittmann Neil C (2015) Judicial dispute resolution in the Court of Queenrsquos Bench Making
resolution accessible Canadian arbitration and mediation journal 25(1) 14-20 (source
httpadriccaresourcesjournal-articles)
Optional Readings
Agrios John A amp Agrios Janice A (2004) A handbook on judicial dispute resolution for
Canadian lawyers Canadian Forum on Civil Justice (source httpwwwcfcj-
fcjcorgclearinghousejudicial-dispute-resolution )
Alberta Law Reform Institute (1993) Civil litigation The judicial mini-trial Dispute Resolution
ndash Special Series Discussion Paper No 1 (source
httpswwwalriualbertacaindexphppublicationsLawadministration-of-justicealternate-
dispute-resolutioncivil-litigation-the-judicial-mini-trial- )
Creutzfeldt Naomi J and Bradford Ben (2015) Dispute resolution outside of courts Procedural
justice and decision acceptance among users of ombuds services in the UK Law amp Society
Review 50(4) Forthcoming Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=2805917
ldquoThe Mini-Trialrdquo (2016) Department of Justice Canada
Rooke John D (2009) Improving excellence Evaluation of the judicial dispute resolution
program in the Court of Queenrsquos Bench of Alberta Canadian Forum on Civil Justice (source
httpwwwcfcj-fcjcorgclearinghousejudicial-dispute-resolution )
Rowe Mary P (2009) An organizational ombuds office in a system for dealing with conflict
and learning from conflict or ldquoconflict management systemrdquo Harvard Negotiation Law Review
14 279-288 (source httpwwwhnlrorgarticlesarchive)
Semple Noel (2011) Judicial settlement-seeking in parenting disputes Consensus and
controversy Conflict Resolution Quarterly 29 No 3 309-332 Available at SSRN
httpssrncomabstract=1687268
Unit 10
This unit provides some background to the practice of resolving disputes using the technology of
the Internet It surveys some of the current methods of online dispute resolution (ODR) and
raises issues regarding its advantages and disadvantages
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 10 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe what is meant by online dispute resolution
2 Identify and describe some of the current types and methods of ODR in use
3 Identify and explain some advantages and disadvantages of ODR
Required Reading
Brannigan Colm (2008) Online dispute resolution In CCH alternative dispute resolution
practice manual (source httpmediatecaOnline-Dispute-Resolutionhtml)
Brett Jeanne M Olekalns Mara Friedman Ray Goates Nathan Anderson Cameron Lisco
Cara Cherry (2007) Sticks and stones language face and online dispute resolution Academy
of Management Journal 50(1) 85-99
Ebner N (2014) Negotiation via the (new) email In M Benoliel (Ed) Negotiation excellence
Successful deal making (2nd ed) Singapore World Scientific Publishing
Ebner N amp Zeleznikow J (2015) Fairness trust and security in online dispute resolution
Hamline Journal of Public Law and Policy 36(2) 143-160
Optional Readings
Brannigan Colm (2016) Online dispute resolution The tools of the future for mediators
arbitrators and lawyers are here today ADR Perspectives May 2016 (source
httpadriccaresourcesadr-perspectives-newsletter)
Civil Justice Council United Kingdom (2015) Online dispute resolution for low value civil
claims
Conference on Online Dispute Resolution (2013) Presentations and Papers Stanford Law
School
Civil Resolution Tribunal British Columbia (2016) ldquoCRT Overviewrdquo
European Commission ldquoAlternative and Online Dispute Resolution (ADRODR)rdquo
Goodman Joseph W (2003) The pros and cons of online dispute resolution An assessment of
cyber-mediation websites Duke Law amp Technology Review 2 1-16
International Journal of Online Dispute Resolution
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2016) Is ODR ADR Reflections of an ADR founder from the 15th
ODR conference Law Technology and Access to Justice
National Center for Technology and Dispute Resolution (2016) httpwwwodrinfo
Thompson Darin (2015) Creating new pathways to justice using simple artificial intelligence
and online dispute resolution International Journal of Online Dispute Resolution 2(1) 4-53
United Nations Commission on International Trade Law (2016) ldquoOnline Dispute Resolution
On-Line Resourcesrdquo
Virtual Mediation Lab
Unit 11
Unit 11 focuses on what has been learned about the design of suitable ADR processes and
systems It also explores the issue of how to evaluate the success of ADR initiatives and how to
determine which ADR method is appropriate in a given dispute and its context Within the
discussion of the pros and cons of ADR issues of culture and gender are again raised with the
concern about whether a process can be designed to accommodate everyone You will find
yourself needing to answer the question of whether alternative dispute resolution is a good
alternative
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 11 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Identify and describe the elements to be considered in designing an appropriate dispute
resolution process
2 Describe specific problems and concerns relating to culture and gender in attempts to
design appropriate dispute resolution processes
3 Describe some methods of evaluating dispute resolution processes and systems
4 Describe some measures of the effectiveness of alternative dispute resolution processes
and their effects on the legal system
Required Reading
Amsler (formerly Bingham) Lisa Blomgren (2009) Designing justice Legal institutions and
other systems for managing conflict Ohio State Journal on Dispute Resolution Forthcoming
Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=1294063
Brahm Eric and Julian Ouellet Designing New Dispute Resolution Systems Beyond
Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium
University of Colorado Boulder Posted September 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaydesigning-dispute-systemsgt
British Columbia Ministry of Attorney General (2016) Reaching resolution A guide to
designing public sector dispute resolution systems Victoria Ministry of Attorney General
Optional Readings
Baruch Bush Robert A (1989) Defining quality in dispute resolution Taxonomies and anti-
taxonomies of quality arguments Denver University Law Review 66 335ndash380
Galanter Marc amp Cahill Mia (1994) ldquoMost cases settlerdquo Judicial promotion and regulation of
settlements Stanford Law Review 46(6) 1339-1391
Greenberg Elayne E (2015) Fitting the forum to the pernicious fuss A dispute resolution
design to address implicit bias and lsquoisms in the workplace St Johnrsquos School of Law Legal
Studies Research Paper Series
Kelman Herbert C (2005) Building trust among enemies The central challenge for
international conflict resolution International Journal of Intercultural Relations 29 639-650
(source httpscholarharvardedusearchsitekelman)
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2009) Are there systemic ethics issues in dispute system design And
what we should [not] do about it Lessons from international and domestic fronts Harvard
Negotiation Law Review 14 195-231
Rabinovich-Einy Orna amp Katsh Ethan (2012) Technology and the future of dispute systems
design Harvard Negotiation Law Review 17 151ndash199 (source
httpwwwhnlrorgarticlesarchive)
Reuben Richard C (2005) Democracy and dispute resolution Systems design and the new
workplace Harvard Negotiation Law Review 14 1ndash342
Rolph Elizabeth amp Moller Erik (1995) Evaluating agency alternative dispute resolution
programs A usersrsquo guide to data collection and use Santa Monica CA Rand Corporation
Rowe Mary (2001) Designing integrated conflict management systems Guidelines for
practitioners and decision makers in organizations Cornell University Institute on Conflict
Resolution
Silbey Susan S amp Merry Sally Engle (1984) What Do Plaintiffs Want Reexamining the
Concept of Dispute Justice System Journal 9 151-178
United States Postal Service ldquoRedressrdquo
Various (2009) Dispute System Design Issue of Harvard Negotiation Law Review 14 1ndash342
Unit 12
Unit 12 considers the current trends of ADR in Canada and elsewhere and where it appears to be
headed in the foreseeable future This final unit also suggests ideas about the future effects of
ADR on the legal system on justice and on society
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 12 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe some current and future trends in ADR
2 Explain how the Canadian legal system has changed and continues to change with the
advancement of ADR
3 Describe the effect of ADR on societal views of ldquojusticerdquo
4 Explain your views on the appropriateness of ADR in the Canadian legal system
Required ReadingViewing
View some videos available through the International Mediation Institute Mediation Podcasts
Read some blog posts from the following sites
Mediatecom The Weekrsquos Best Blog Posts
International Mediation Institute Mediation Blogs
Optional Readings
Eisenberg Deborah Thompson (2016) What we know (and need to know) about court-annexed
dispute resolution South Carolina Law Review 67 245-265
Hernandez-Crespo Mariana D (2012) From noise to music The potential of the multi-door
courthouse model to advance systemic inclusion and participation as a foundation for sustainable
rule of law in Latin America Journal of Dispute Resolution 2012
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2009) Maintaining ADR integrity Alternatives to the High Cost of
Litigation 27(1) 1-9
Merry Sally Engle (1988) Legal pluralism Law amp Society Review 22 869ndash896
Stipanowich Thomas amp Lamare J Ryan (2013) Living with ADR Evolving perceptions and
use of mediation arbitration and conflict management in Fortune 1000 corporations Harvard
Negotiation Law Review 19 1-68
Assessment in Alternative Dispute Resolution
To receive credit for Alternative Dispute Resolution you must complete all course
assignments achieve a mark of at least 50 on the final exam and achieve an overall
course grade of at least 50
The weightings for each assessment item are as follows
Activity Credit Weight Date Due
Assignment 1 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 4
Assignment 2 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 8
Assignment 3 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 10
Assignment 4 oral presentation 10 of final grade End of Unit 11
Assignment 5 oral response 10 of final grade End of Unit 12
Final Examination 50 of final grade End of all Units
Total 100 of final grade
Assignments 1 and 2
You are required to submit two written online responses You may answer any one question
arising from each of the following unit clusters
bull Units 1 to 4
bull Units 5 to 8
All responses should be completed by the time you finish studying Unit 10
Written responses should be between 500 and 750 words each
Example question ldquoThink of an occasion when you consciously decided not to pursue a potential
grievance What were your reasons What would have stimulated you to pursue it Using the ideas and
terminology of this unit describe the conflict you experiencedrdquo
Assignment 3
For this assignment put yourself in the place of mediator who uses a facilitative style and who is
preparing to conduct interest-based mediation with two parties who have a legal dispute arising
out of an accident Your practice is to hold a separate private meeting with each of the parties
before the mediation starts to help assess the dispute and prepare the parties to engage in an
interest-based mediation process Part of that preparation consists in assisting the parties to
identify their real interests needs and concerns in relation to the conflict in which they find
themselves
With that in mind read the transcript of what one of the parties has told you as if you were
listening to them face to face Then prepare an oral submission as follows
Your submission should consist of five oral responses you might make to the client in order to
help prepare him for the upcoming mediation including a better awareness of his needs interests
concerns and possible settlement range
Each of the five responses should be in the following two part format
1 First restate (or reflect) something you have heard from the client to show that you
understand what you are being told This should take the form of a statement starting
with the words ldquoYou said helliprdquo or ldquoYou indicated helliprdquo or ldquoYou went on to say helliprdquo or
similar
2 Then follow that up with a question designed to bring out a need concern interest or
emotion of this party or a reframing statement that may help this party to view the
dispute in a different light A question may also be used to help clarify his position
options for settlement or potential range of settlement figures
A question probing interests may be worded something like ldquoBased on what you have
said it seems to me that what you are really interested in (concerned about) is hellip Would
that be correctrdquo A reframing statement might be in the form of ldquoWould another way of
putting it be helliprdquo A question for clarification might be ldquoDo I understand it correctly that
helliprdquo You are not restricted to these wordings Be creative
The essential goal of this assignment is to encourage you to think of ways a mediator might help
a disputing party prepare to engage in interest-based mediation and negotiation with a view to
settlement of the dispute
Assignment 4
For Assignment 4 put yourself in the place of a mediator who is starting the first mediation
session with two disputing parties As part of your opening remarks explain the intent and
process of mediation and your role as a mediator and try to create a safe and supportive
environment for the parties Record what you would say (Hint try not to read a prepared script)
The maximum recording length for this assignment is 5 minutes
Assignment 5
For Assignment 5 put yourself in the place of a mediator who is hearing an opening statement
(or ldquostoryrdquo) from one of the disputing parties As part of the mediation process summarize or
ldquorepeat backrdquo the statement you hear using the techniques and skills you have learned about in
this course Include at least one reframe Record your response to the statement you hear
The time limit indicated for this assignment is 11 minutes which includes listening to the story and
recording your summary
Final Exam
Final Exam The final examination is worth 50 of your total course mark It is a closed book
online exam written over 3 hours Please consult the Online Exams (MuchLearning) section of
the Procedures for Applying for and Writing Examinations in your online Student Manual and
visit httpregistrarathabascaucaexamsonlinestudent for more information
Part A of the exam comprises 15 multiple choice and truefalse questions (2 marks each) similar
to those in the self-study quizzes This part covers the whole course Part B comprises 6
questions (5 marks each) that are drawn from the learning objectives listed for the units in the
course Each question is to be answered in a paragraph Part C (40 marks) requires you to answer
8 questions (5 marks each) based on a scenario like the one presented in Assignment 3 The
questions ask you to analyze the facts given in relation to what you have learned about
negotiation mediation and hybrid processes
See exam procedures for information on how to book your exam and other questions you may
have
Unit 2
Unit 2 provides a general introduction to alternative dispute resolution the attempt to define
ADR its historical background its current resurgence and why it is gaining popularity This unit
introduces the most popular forms and uses of ADR with a particular focus on its use in several
professions An ongoing topic of the course is also introduced in Unit 2 namely the use of ADR
methods versus traditional methods of dispute resolution
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 2 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Define ADRrsquos different forms (eg mediation negotiation neutral evaluation)
2 Describe some of the ideas and theories that have contributed to the emergence of ADR
3 Explain the purposes and uses of ADR
4 Compare and reconcile the use of ADR in relation to more traditional forms of dispute
resolution particularly within the legal system
5 Describe how ADR is being incorporated into lawyering policing and other professional
practices
Required Readings
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2000) Mothers and Fathers of Invention The Intellectual Founders of
ADR Ohio State Journal on Dispute Resolution 16 1ndash37
Morris Catherine ldquoDefinitions in the Field of Conflict Transformationrdquo
Optional Readings
Feinberg Kenneth (2009) Reexamining the Arguments in Owen M Fiss Against Settlement
Fordham Law Review 78(3) 1171-1176
Fiss O (1984) Against settlement Yale Law Journal 93 1073ndash1089
Fiss O (2009) The history of an idea Fordham Law Review 78(3) 1273-1280
Twining W (1993) Alternative to what Theories of litigation procedure and dispute
settlement in Anglo-American jurisprudence Some neglected classics The Modern Law Review
56 380ndash392
Unit 3
Unit 3 begins the discussion on negotiation by providing a broad definition of negotiation and
describing various types of negotiation It also explores the essence of negotiation and the
principles behind it As you read this unit examine your own style of negotiating Do you
negotiate to get as much as possible for yourself or do you sacrifice for the happiness of others
Do you want everyone to get an equal share or do you want everyone to get the most possible
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 3 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Define ldquonegotiationrdquo in general
2 Define and compare ldquointegrativerdquo (win-win) ldquodistributiverdquo (win-lose) and ldquoprincipledrdquo
negotiation
3 Describe and discuss the theories behind the different types of negotiations
4 Analyze negotiation structure and dynamics using the concepts of aspiration goal
reserve level settlement zone and BATNA
Required Readings
Alfredson Tanya and Cungu Azeta Negotiation Theory Foundation and Approaches in
Negotiation Theory and Practice A Review of the Literature EASYPol online resources for
Policy Making Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations pages 6-17
httpwwwfaoorgdocsupeasypol5504-5_negotiation_background_paper_179enpdf
Spangler Brad Best Alternative to a Negotiated Agreement (BATNA) Beyond
Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium
University of Colorado Boulder Posted June 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaybatnagt
Spangler Brad Competitive and Cooperative Approaches to Conflict Beyond Intractability
Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado
Boulder Posted July 2003 lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaycompetitive-cooperative-
framesgt
Spangler Brad Distributive Bargaining Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi
Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted June 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaydistributive-bargaininggt
Spangler Brad Integrative or Interest-Based Bargaining Beyond Intractability Eds Guy
Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder
Posted June 2003 lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayinterest-based-bargaininggt
Spangler Brad Zone of Possible Agreement (ZOPA) Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess
and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted
June 2003 lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayzopagt
Optional Readings
Cohen Jonathan R (2016) A Genesis of conflict The zero-sum mindset University of Florida
Law Faculty Publication
Lande John (2009) Learning from ldquocooperativerdquo negotiators in Wisconsin Dispute Resolution
Magazine 15 20ndash23
Lande John (2014) A framework for advancing negotiation theory Implications from a study
of how lawyers reach agreement in pretrial negotiation Cardozo Journal of Conflict Resolution
16 1-62
Lax David A amp Sebenius James K (1986) The manager as negotiator Bargaining for
cooperation and competitive gain New York The Free Press (Summary ldquoThe Negotiators
Dilemma Creating and Claiming Valuerdquo)
Massachusetts Institute of Technology ldquoNegotiation and Conflict Managementrdquo (Open Access
Course)
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2004) From legal disputes to conflict resolution and human problem
solving Legal dispute resolution in a multidisciplinary context Journal of Legal Education 54
7-29
ldquoNegotiationrdquo (YouTube video)
Smith M Shane Game Theory Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess
Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted August 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayprisoners-dilemmagt
ldquoWilliam Ury The walk from lsquonorsquo to lsquoyesrsquordquo (YouTube video)
Unit 4
Unit 4 introduces skills and techniques used in negotiation It addresses the steps required in
preparing for negotiation skills used in negotiation itself and the qualifications of a ldquogoodrdquo
negotiator Unit 4 describes how to gain and use power to negotiate onersquos goals and provides
examples to evaluate your own negotiating skills
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 4 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe the steps in preparing for negotiation and explain why they are important
2 Describe the skills needed in negotiation and start to practise them
3 Identify and explain the sources of power available in negotiation
4 Explain the concepts of positions and interests in negotiation theory
5 Describe various kinds of negotiation formats and the ldquotyperdquo of negotiator required for
each
Required Readings
Alfredson Tanya and Cungu Azeta Practical Steps to Integrative Bargaining The Seven
Elements of Principled Negotiation in Negotiation Theory and Practice A Review of the
Literature EASYPol online resources for Policy Making Food and Agriculture Organization of
the United Nations pages 18-25 httpwwwfaoorgdocsupeasypol5504-
5_negotiation_background_paper_179enpdf
Dugan Maacuteire A Power Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict
Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted June 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaypowergt
Ebner Noam (2014) Analytical preparation for negotiation A checklist Creighton University
School of Law - Werner Institute for Negotiation and Dispute Resolution
Maiese Michelle Interests Positions Needs and Values Beyond Intractability Eds Guy
Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder
Posted August 2004 lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayinterestsgt
Optional Readings
Condlin Robert (2016) The ldquonaturerdquo of legal dispute bargaining University of Maryland Legal
Studies Research Paper
Dobrijevie Gordana Negotiation and Power
(wwwsingipediacomattachmentphpattachmentid=1651ampd)
Ebner Noam (2016) Negotiation Mediation and Conflict Resolution Channel (YouTube)
Fox Kenneth H (2010) Negotiation as a post-modern process Hamline Journal of Public Law
amp Policy 31 367ndash384
Performing Artist Contract Negotiation ndash Competitive Style (Video) (Source
httpwwwadrvideoorg )
Performing Artist Contract Negotiation ndash Cooperative Style (Video) (Source
httpwwwadrvideoorg )
Sebenius James K (2014) Better deals through level II strategies Advance your interests by
helping to solve their internal problems Harvard Business School Working Paper
Schneider Andrea Kupfer et al (2014) Cooking up a deal Negotiation recipes for success
Marquette Law School Legal Studies Paper No 14-10 UC Irvine School of Law Research Paper
No 2014-27
Spangler Brad Option Identification Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi
Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted January
2004 lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayoption-identificationgt
Unit 5
Unit 5 explores the use of negotiation skills in specific contexts including within police work
involving crisis negotiations This unit also examines concerns and issues pertaining to how
negotiations may be practised differentlymdashor whether they work at allmdashwithin intercultural
situations or for women Do negotiations sometimes fail because in our society our underlying
ideologies make wrong assumptions and judgments about gender and culture For example do
paternalistic or racist ideologies affect how gender and cultural minority issues are examined (or
ignored) in negotiation contexts
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 5 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe ways in which negotiations are used in real-life situations
2 Explain the use of negotiation skills in resolving a crisis situation
3 Describe how negotiation skills and styles may differ according to gender and culture
4 Identify and explain the kinds of ideologies that may contribute to confusion and biases
in negotiations
5 Identify and explain the systemic inequities that create difficulties for women and cultural
minorities
6 Describe some ways of considering gender and cultural differences and inequities in a
negotiation
7 Identify and explain the ethical requirements of a negotiator
Required Readings
Adair Wendi L amp Brett Jeanne M (2005) The negotiation dance Time culture and
behavioral sequences in negotiation Organization Science 16 33ndash51 (Source authorrsquos
homepage at University of Waterloo - httpsuwaterloocapsychologypeople-profileswendi-
adair)
Kirby J (1997) Would Principled Negotiation Have Saved Eve A Feminist Analysis of
Getting to YES Otago Law Review 9 122ndash143
LeBaron Michelle (2003) Culture-Based Negotiation Styles Beyond Intractability Eds Guy
Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder
Posted July 2003 lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayculture-negotiationgt
Milo-Locker Shiri (2004) ldquoThe decision to settle ndash balance setoffs and tradeoffs between
rational emotional and psychological forcesrdquo Mediatecom
Optional Readings
Ayres Ian (1991) Fair driving Gender and race discrimination in retail car negotiations
Harvard Law Review 104(4) 817-872
Burgess Heidi (2013) Active Listening Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi
Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgcoreknowledgeactive-listeninggt
Hammer Mitchell (2008) The SAFE Model of Negotiating Critical Incidents
Johnson Julia (2014) Gender differences in negotiation Implications for the workplace Duke
University School of Law
Kennedy J F (1961) Inaugural address Inauguration of John F Kennedy January 20 1961
Retrieved November 30 2011 from httpwwwhpolorgjfkinaugural
Kray Laura amp Thompson Leigh (2005) Gender stereotypes and negotiation performance An
examination of theory and research Research in Organizational Behavior 26 103-182
(source httpfacultybiohaasberkeleyedufaculty-listkray-laura )
Pearson L B (1957) ldquoThe four faces of peacerdquo The Honourable Lester Bowles Pearsonrsquos
acceptance speech upon presentation of the Nobel Peace Prize in 1957 Retrieved November 30
2011 from httpwwwunacorgenlink_learncanadapearsonspeechnobelasp
Queen v Cognos Inc [1993] 1 SCR 87
Wang Lu-in (2010) Negotiating the situation The reasonable person in context Lewis amp Clark
Law Review 14 1285-1311
White James J (1980) Machiavelli and the bar Ethical limitations on lying in negotiation Law
amp Social Inquiry 5 926ndash938
Unit 6
Unit 6 begins with an attempt to define ldquomediationrdquo in its various forms styles and strategies by
pointing out the commonalities among these elements This unit discusses the role of the
mediator the requirement to be neutral and other critical issues in mediation Unit 6 also
discusses the principles behind the use of mediation in the legal system and why mediation is
considered an ldquoalternativerdquo
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 6 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Define ldquomediationrdquo and describe its role in the legal system
2 Describe the role of the mediator and some of the skills required for acting in that role
3 Explain the difference between mediation and negotiation
4 Discuss the possible effects of mediation on the Canadian legal system and on our views
of justice
5 Explain how a mediator views conflict
6 Identify and describe various mediation models and mediatorsrsquo styles
7 Describe how the mediatorrsquos style affects mediation
8 Identify and explain some critical issues in mediation
9 Identify and describe the sources of power in a mediator
10 Identify and describe the forms of power that need to be monitored in mediation
Required Readings
Alexander Nadja (2011) The Mediation Meta-Model - the realities of mediation practice ADR
Bulletin Vol 12 No 6 Article 5
Maiese Michelle Neutrality Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess
Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted June 2005
httpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgbi-essayneutrality
Riskin Leonard L (2003) Decision-making in mediation The new old grid and the new new
grid system Notre Dame Law Review 79 1ndash53
Spangler Brad Problem-Solving Mediation Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and
Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted
September 2003 httpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgbi-essayproblem-solving-mediation
Spangler Brad Transformative Mediation Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi
Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted October
2003 httpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaytransformative-mediation
Optional Readings
Alfini James J (1991) Trashing bashing and hashing it out Is this the end of ldquogood
mediationrdquo Florida State Law Review 19 47-75
Glaser Tanya (2016) Summary of Christopher Moore The Mediation Process Practical
Strategies for Resolving Conflict (3rd ed 2004) San Francisco Jossey-Bass Publishers
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2015) Mediation Arbitration and Alternative Dispute Resolution
(ADR) International Encyclopedia of the Social and Behavioral Sciences Elsevier Ltd 2015
UC Irvine School of Law Research Paper No 2015-59
Morris C (1997) The trusted mediator In J Macfarlane (Ed) Rethinking disputes The
mediation alternative Toronto Emond Montgomery
Shapira Omer (2009) Exploring the concept of power in mediation Mediatorsrsquo sources of
power and influence tactics Ohio State Journal on Dispute Resolution 24 535-568
Silbey Susan S amp Merry Sally E (1986) Mediator settlement strategies Law amp Policy 8 7ndash
32 (source httpwebmitedussilbeywwwpubhtml)
Smyth Gemma (2009) Strengthening social justice in informal dispute resolution processes
through cultural competence Windsor Yearbook of Access to Justice 27 111ndash126
Unit 7
The primary focus of Unit 7 is on the mediation process and mediation skills This unit outlines
guidelines for conducting a mediation and the steps to be taken in preparing for and performing
dispute resolution It also provides tips for efficient and effective mediation and describes the
skills required to mediate a dispute
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 7 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe a process for facilitative mediation
2 Identify some common steps found in the mediation process
3 Describe required skills to be used by a mediator
4 Perform listening and questioning skills used by a mediator
5 Explain and critique the use of caucuses in mediation
Required Readings
Kaufman Sanda Michael Elliott and Deborah Shmueli Frames Framing and Reframing
Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium
University of Colorado Boulder Posted September 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayframinggt
Maiese Michelle Emotions Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess
Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted July 2005
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayemotiongt
Maiese Michelle Ground Rules Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess
Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted September 2004
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayground-rulesgt
Salem Richard Empathic Listening Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi
Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted July 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayempathic-listeninggt
Spangler Brad Caucus Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict
Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted June 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaycaucusgt
Optional Readings
Cleveland Mediation Center (Producer) (2010) Community mediation demosmdashOpening
statement [video] Cleveland OH Author Retrieved November 30 2011 from
httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Y1ABs7QfMYo
CommunityMediation (2016) Mediator Training Clip 1 - Agenda - Language amp Interruptions
[video] Retrieved July 12 2016 from httpswwwyoutubecomwatchv=X-mrHWhWIXA
Noesner G W and Mike Webster (1997) Crisis intervention using active listening skills in
negotiations FBI Law Enforcement Bulletin 66 13ndash19
Unit 8
Unit 8 examines the use of mediation in several areas including family disputes where it is now
common criminal matters and public policy and administrative proceedings This unit also
discusses issues of race culture and gender with respect to their possible effects on the
mediation process Finally Unit 8 outlines the ethical requirements of the mediator
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 8 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe various ways in which mediation is used in real-life situations
2 Describe in detail the use of mediation and the required process for mediation in family
disputes and in juvenile crime situations
3 Explain how mediation may be affected by and how it can be altered to accommodate
issues of gender and culture
4 Outline the ethical requirements of a mediator
5 Identify the ethical issues in victim-offender mediation (VOM)
6 List and explain the principles of consensus-building decision making
7 Describe the impact of culture in mediation
Required Readings
Hallevy Prof Gabriel (2011) Therapeutic victim-offender mediation within the criminal justice
process ndash Sharpening the evaluation of personal potential for rehabilitation while righting
wrongs under the alternative-dispute-resolution (ADR) philosophy Harvard Negotiation Law
Review 16 65-94 Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=2693515
Lande John (2012) The revolution in family law dispute resolution Journal of the American
Academy of Matrimonial Lawyers 24 411-449 University of Missouri School of Law Legal
Studies Research Paper No 2012-10 Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=2035605
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2011) Mediating multiculturally Culture and the ethical mediator In
Mediation ethics Cases amp Commentaries 305-338 Ellen Waldman ed San Francisco CA
Jossey-Bass 2011 UC Irvine School of Law Research Paper No 2012-28 Georgetown Public
Law Research Paper No 12-061
Umbreit Mark (2009) Restorative justice victim offender mediation overview (YouTube
video)
Optional Readings
ADR Institute of Canada Inc (2011) Code of Ethics and Code of Conduct for Mediators
Toronto ON Author
Bush RA Baruch (1994) Symposium The dilemmas of mediation practice ldquoA study of
ethical dilemmas and policy implicationsrdquo Journal of dispute resolution 1994(1) 1-56
Cormick G Dale N Emond P Sigurdson SG amp Stuart B (1996) Building consensus for
a sustainable future Putting principles into practice Ottawa Government of Canada (source
httppublicationsgccasitearchivee-
archivedhtmlurl=httppublicationsgccacollectionscollection_2016trnee-nrteeEn133-10-1-
1996-engpdf)
Gallagher Lora Elizabeth (2013) Detour ahead Victim-offender mediation as a mandatory
deviation program for juveniles University of Mississippi School of Law
Kahane David (2003) Dispute resolution and the politics of cultural generalization Negotiation
Journal 19 5ndash27
MacDonald J (Producer) amp Dickie B (Director) (2000) Hollow Water [Motion picture]
National Film Board of Canada
MacDonald J (Producer) amp Konowal C (Director) (1997) A Glimmer of Hope [Motion
picture] National Film Board of Canada
Macfarlane J (2003) Transforming relationships through participatory justice Ottawa Law
Commission of Canada Retrieved November 30 2011 from httpdsp-
psdpwgscgccaCollectionJL2-22-2003Epdf
Macfarlane J (2005) The emerging phenomenon of collaborative family law (CFL) A
qualitative study of CFL cases Ottawa Justice Canada
Native Womenrsquos Association of Canada (2007) Aboriginal women and the legal justice system
in Canada Issue Paper Corner Brook NL Author Retrieved November 30 2011 from
httpwwwlaagovnlcalaanawspdfnwac-legalpdf
OVC Bulletin 2000 (rev 2007) A Description of Victim-Offender Mediation Washington DC
Author Retrieved November 30 2011 from
httpswwwncjrsgovovc_archivesreportsrjbulletin1rjmc_2html
Umbreit Mark S Wilson Sheryl amp Warner Roberts Ann (2006) ldquoRestorative Justice for
Victims Offenders and Communityrdquo (PPT) (source
httpwwwcehdumnedusswRJPProjectsVictim-Offender-
DialogueRJ_Principlesdefaultasp)
Umbreit Mark S Coates R B amp Vos Betty (2001) Victim Impact of Restorative Justice
Conferencing with Juveniles What We Have Learned From Two Decades of Victim-Offender
Dialogue Through Mediation and Conferencing (source
httpwwwcehdumnedusswRJPProjectsVictim-Offender-
DialogueRestorative_Group_Conferencingdefaultasp)
United Nations Economic and Social Council (2002) Basic principles on the use of restorative
justice programmes in criminal matters Resolution 200212 Retrieved November 30 2011
from httpwwwunorgenecosocdocs2002resolution202002-12pdf
Unit 9
Unit 9 introduces new more creative processes that have been tailored to meet the unique needs
of participants the particular circumstances of disputes and the specific obstacles presented The
primary focus is on ADR processes that involve a third-party neutral evaluator such as the mini-
trial and judicial settlement conferences and the use of an ombudsperson This unit defines the
role of a neutral evaluator and describes the process used in each method considered
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 9 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe some hybrid ADR processes currently available
2 Describe the role and identify the qualities of a neutral evaluator
3 Describe the different processes used in each of the various hybrid models
4 Describe the role of an ombudsperson and identify some elements of the processes used
by an ombudsperson
Required Readings
Elliott David C (1995) Medarb Fraught with danger or ripe with opportunity Alberta Law
Review 34 163-179 (source httpwwwdavidelliottcadisputeresolutionhtm)
Rowe Mary (1991) The ombudsmanrsquos role in a dispute resolution system Negotiation journal
7(4) 353-361 (source httpmrowescriptsmiteduPublicationshtml)
Wittmann Neil C (2015) Judicial dispute resolution in the Court of Queenrsquos Bench Making
resolution accessible Canadian arbitration and mediation journal 25(1) 14-20 (source
httpadriccaresourcesjournal-articles)
Optional Readings
Agrios John A amp Agrios Janice A (2004) A handbook on judicial dispute resolution for
Canadian lawyers Canadian Forum on Civil Justice (source httpwwwcfcj-
fcjcorgclearinghousejudicial-dispute-resolution )
Alberta Law Reform Institute (1993) Civil litigation The judicial mini-trial Dispute Resolution
ndash Special Series Discussion Paper No 1 (source
httpswwwalriualbertacaindexphppublicationsLawadministration-of-justicealternate-
dispute-resolutioncivil-litigation-the-judicial-mini-trial- )
Creutzfeldt Naomi J and Bradford Ben (2015) Dispute resolution outside of courts Procedural
justice and decision acceptance among users of ombuds services in the UK Law amp Society
Review 50(4) Forthcoming Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=2805917
ldquoThe Mini-Trialrdquo (2016) Department of Justice Canada
Rooke John D (2009) Improving excellence Evaluation of the judicial dispute resolution
program in the Court of Queenrsquos Bench of Alberta Canadian Forum on Civil Justice (source
httpwwwcfcj-fcjcorgclearinghousejudicial-dispute-resolution )
Rowe Mary P (2009) An organizational ombuds office in a system for dealing with conflict
and learning from conflict or ldquoconflict management systemrdquo Harvard Negotiation Law Review
14 279-288 (source httpwwwhnlrorgarticlesarchive)
Semple Noel (2011) Judicial settlement-seeking in parenting disputes Consensus and
controversy Conflict Resolution Quarterly 29 No 3 309-332 Available at SSRN
httpssrncomabstract=1687268
Unit 10
This unit provides some background to the practice of resolving disputes using the technology of
the Internet It surveys some of the current methods of online dispute resolution (ODR) and
raises issues regarding its advantages and disadvantages
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 10 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe what is meant by online dispute resolution
2 Identify and describe some of the current types and methods of ODR in use
3 Identify and explain some advantages and disadvantages of ODR
Required Reading
Brannigan Colm (2008) Online dispute resolution In CCH alternative dispute resolution
practice manual (source httpmediatecaOnline-Dispute-Resolutionhtml)
Brett Jeanne M Olekalns Mara Friedman Ray Goates Nathan Anderson Cameron Lisco
Cara Cherry (2007) Sticks and stones language face and online dispute resolution Academy
of Management Journal 50(1) 85-99
Ebner N (2014) Negotiation via the (new) email In M Benoliel (Ed) Negotiation excellence
Successful deal making (2nd ed) Singapore World Scientific Publishing
Ebner N amp Zeleznikow J (2015) Fairness trust and security in online dispute resolution
Hamline Journal of Public Law and Policy 36(2) 143-160
Optional Readings
Brannigan Colm (2016) Online dispute resolution The tools of the future for mediators
arbitrators and lawyers are here today ADR Perspectives May 2016 (source
httpadriccaresourcesadr-perspectives-newsletter)
Civil Justice Council United Kingdom (2015) Online dispute resolution for low value civil
claims
Conference on Online Dispute Resolution (2013) Presentations and Papers Stanford Law
School
Civil Resolution Tribunal British Columbia (2016) ldquoCRT Overviewrdquo
European Commission ldquoAlternative and Online Dispute Resolution (ADRODR)rdquo
Goodman Joseph W (2003) The pros and cons of online dispute resolution An assessment of
cyber-mediation websites Duke Law amp Technology Review 2 1-16
International Journal of Online Dispute Resolution
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2016) Is ODR ADR Reflections of an ADR founder from the 15th
ODR conference Law Technology and Access to Justice
National Center for Technology and Dispute Resolution (2016) httpwwwodrinfo
Thompson Darin (2015) Creating new pathways to justice using simple artificial intelligence
and online dispute resolution International Journal of Online Dispute Resolution 2(1) 4-53
United Nations Commission on International Trade Law (2016) ldquoOnline Dispute Resolution
On-Line Resourcesrdquo
Virtual Mediation Lab
Unit 11
Unit 11 focuses on what has been learned about the design of suitable ADR processes and
systems It also explores the issue of how to evaluate the success of ADR initiatives and how to
determine which ADR method is appropriate in a given dispute and its context Within the
discussion of the pros and cons of ADR issues of culture and gender are again raised with the
concern about whether a process can be designed to accommodate everyone You will find
yourself needing to answer the question of whether alternative dispute resolution is a good
alternative
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 11 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Identify and describe the elements to be considered in designing an appropriate dispute
resolution process
2 Describe specific problems and concerns relating to culture and gender in attempts to
design appropriate dispute resolution processes
3 Describe some methods of evaluating dispute resolution processes and systems
4 Describe some measures of the effectiveness of alternative dispute resolution processes
and their effects on the legal system
Required Reading
Amsler (formerly Bingham) Lisa Blomgren (2009) Designing justice Legal institutions and
other systems for managing conflict Ohio State Journal on Dispute Resolution Forthcoming
Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=1294063
Brahm Eric and Julian Ouellet Designing New Dispute Resolution Systems Beyond
Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium
University of Colorado Boulder Posted September 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaydesigning-dispute-systemsgt
British Columbia Ministry of Attorney General (2016) Reaching resolution A guide to
designing public sector dispute resolution systems Victoria Ministry of Attorney General
Optional Readings
Baruch Bush Robert A (1989) Defining quality in dispute resolution Taxonomies and anti-
taxonomies of quality arguments Denver University Law Review 66 335ndash380
Galanter Marc amp Cahill Mia (1994) ldquoMost cases settlerdquo Judicial promotion and regulation of
settlements Stanford Law Review 46(6) 1339-1391
Greenberg Elayne E (2015) Fitting the forum to the pernicious fuss A dispute resolution
design to address implicit bias and lsquoisms in the workplace St Johnrsquos School of Law Legal
Studies Research Paper Series
Kelman Herbert C (2005) Building trust among enemies The central challenge for
international conflict resolution International Journal of Intercultural Relations 29 639-650
(source httpscholarharvardedusearchsitekelman)
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2009) Are there systemic ethics issues in dispute system design And
what we should [not] do about it Lessons from international and domestic fronts Harvard
Negotiation Law Review 14 195-231
Rabinovich-Einy Orna amp Katsh Ethan (2012) Technology and the future of dispute systems
design Harvard Negotiation Law Review 17 151ndash199 (source
httpwwwhnlrorgarticlesarchive)
Reuben Richard C (2005) Democracy and dispute resolution Systems design and the new
workplace Harvard Negotiation Law Review 14 1ndash342
Rolph Elizabeth amp Moller Erik (1995) Evaluating agency alternative dispute resolution
programs A usersrsquo guide to data collection and use Santa Monica CA Rand Corporation
Rowe Mary (2001) Designing integrated conflict management systems Guidelines for
practitioners and decision makers in organizations Cornell University Institute on Conflict
Resolution
Silbey Susan S amp Merry Sally Engle (1984) What Do Plaintiffs Want Reexamining the
Concept of Dispute Justice System Journal 9 151-178
United States Postal Service ldquoRedressrdquo
Various (2009) Dispute System Design Issue of Harvard Negotiation Law Review 14 1ndash342
Unit 12
Unit 12 considers the current trends of ADR in Canada and elsewhere and where it appears to be
headed in the foreseeable future This final unit also suggests ideas about the future effects of
ADR on the legal system on justice and on society
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 12 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe some current and future trends in ADR
2 Explain how the Canadian legal system has changed and continues to change with the
advancement of ADR
3 Describe the effect of ADR on societal views of ldquojusticerdquo
4 Explain your views on the appropriateness of ADR in the Canadian legal system
Required ReadingViewing
View some videos available through the International Mediation Institute Mediation Podcasts
Read some blog posts from the following sites
Mediatecom The Weekrsquos Best Blog Posts
International Mediation Institute Mediation Blogs
Optional Readings
Eisenberg Deborah Thompson (2016) What we know (and need to know) about court-annexed
dispute resolution South Carolina Law Review 67 245-265
Hernandez-Crespo Mariana D (2012) From noise to music The potential of the multi-door
courthouse model to advance systemic inclusion and participation as a foundation for sustainable
rule of law in Latin America Journal of Dispute Resolution 2012
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2009) Maintaining ADR integrity Alternatives to the High Cost of
Litigation 27(1) 1-9
Merry Sally Engle (1988) Legal pluralism Law amp Society Review 22 869ndash896
Stipanowich Thomas amp Lamare J Ryan (2013) Living with ADR Evolving perceptions and
use of mediation arbitration and conflict management in Fortune 1000 corporations Harvard
Negotiation Law Review 19 1-68
Assessment in Alternative Dispute Resolution
To receive credit for Alternative Dispute Resolution you must complete all course
assignments achieve a mark of at least 50 on the final exam and achieve an overall
course grade of at least 50
The weightings for each assessment item are as follows
Activity Credit Weight Date Due
Assignment 1 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 4
Assignment 2 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 8
Assignment 3 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 10
Assignment 4 oral presentation 10 of final grade End of Unit 11
Assignment 5 oral response 10 of final grade End of Unit 12
Final Examination 50 of final grade End of all Units
Total 100 of final grade
Assignments 1 and 2
You are required to submit two written online responses You may answer any one question
arising from each of the following unit clusters
bull Units 1 to 4
bull Units 5 to 8
All responses should be completed by the time you finish studying Unit 10
Written responses should be between 500 and 750 words each
Example question ldquoThink of an occasion when you consciously decided not to pursue a potential
grievance What were your reasons What would have stimulated you to pursue it Using the ideas and
terminology of this unit describe the conflict you experiencedrdquo
Assignment 3
For this assignment put yourself in the place of mediator who uses a facilitative style and who is
preparing to conduct interest-based mediation with two parties who have a legal dispute arising
out of an accident Your practice is to hold a separate private meeting with each of the parties
before the mediation starts to help assess the dispute and prepare the parties to engage in an
interest-based mediation process Part of that preparation consists in assisting the parties to
identify their real interests needs and concerns in relation to the conflict in which they find
themselves
With that in mind read the transcript of what one of the parties has told you as if you were
listening to them face to face Then prepare an oral submission as follows
Your submission should consist of five oral responses you might make to the client in order to
help prepare him for the upcoming mediation including a better awareness of his needs interests
concerns and possible settlement range
Each of the five responses should be in the following two part format
1 First restate (or reflect) something you have heard from the client to show that you
understand what you are being told This should take the form of a statement starting
with the words ldquoYou said helliprdquo or ldquoYou indicated helliprdquo or ldquoYou went on to say helliprdquo or
similar
2 Then follow that up with a question designed to bring out a need concern interest or
emotion of this party or a reframing statement that may help this party to view the
dispute in a different light A question may also be used to help clarify his position
options for settlement or potential range of settlement figures
A question probing interests may be worded something like ldquoBased on what you have
said it seems to me that what you are really interested in (concerned about) is hellip Would
that be correctrdquo A reframing statement might be in the form of ldquoWould another way of
putting it be helliprdquo A question for clarification might be ldquoDo I understand it correctly that
helliprdquo You are not restricted to these wordings Be creative
The essential goal of this assignment is to encourage you to think of ways a mediator might help
a disputing party prepare to engage in interest-based mediation and negotiation with a view to
settlement of the dispute
Assignment 4
For Assignment 4 put yourself in the place of a mediator who is starting the first mediation
session with two disputing parties As part of your opening remarks explain the intent and
process of mediation and your role as a mediator and try to create a safe and supportive
environment for the parties Record what you would say (Hint try not to read a prepared script)
The maximum recording length for this assignment is 5 minutes
Assignment 5
For Assignment 5 put yourself in the place of a mediator who is hearing an opening statement
(or ldquostoryrdquo) from one of the disputing parties As part of the mediation process summarize or
ldquorepeat backrdquo the statement you hear using the techniques and skills you have learned about in
this course Include at least one reframe Record your response to the statement you hear
The time limit indicated for this assignment is 11 minutes which includes listening to the story and
recording your summary
Final Exam
Final Exam The final examination is worth 50 of your total course mark It is a closed book
online exam written over 3 hours Please consult the Online Exams (MuchLearning) section of
the Procedures for Applying for and Writing Examinations in your online Student Manual and
visit httpregistrarathabascaucaexamsonlinestudent for more information
Part A of the exam comprises 15 multiple choice and truefalse questions (2 marks each) similar
to those in the self-study quizzes This part covers the whole course Part B comprises 6
questions (5 marks each) that are drawn from the learning objectives listed for the units in the
course Each question is to be answered in a paragraph Part C (40 marks) requires you to answer
8 questions (5 marks each) based on a scenario like the one presented in Assignment 3 The
questions ask you to analyze the facts given in relation to what you have learned about
negotiation mediation and hybrid processes
See exam procedures for information on how to book your exam and other questions you may
have
Unit 3
Unit 3 begins the discussion on negotiation by providing a broad definition of negotiation and
describing various types of negotiation It also explores the essence of negotiation and the
principles behind it As you read this unit examine your own style of negotiating Do you
negotiate to get as much as possible for yourself or do you sacrifice for the happiness of others
Do you want everyone to get an equal share or do you want everyone to get the most possible
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 3 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Define ldquonegotiationrdquo in general
2 Define and compare ldquointegrativerdquo (win-win) ldquodistributiverdquo (win-lose) and ldquoprincipledrdquo
negotiation
3 Describe and discuss the theories behind the different types of negotiations
4 Analyze negotiation structure and dynamics using the concepts of aspiration goal
reserve level settlement zone and BATNA
Required Readings
Alfredson Tanya and Cungu Azeta Negotiation Theory Foundation and Approaches in
Negotiation Theory and Practice A Review of the Literature EASYPol online resources for
Policy Making Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations pages 6-17
httpwwwfaoorgdocsupeasypol5504-5_negotiation_background_paper_179enpdf
Spangler Brad Best Alternative to a Negotiated Agreement (BATNA) Beyond
Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium
University of Colorado Boulder Posted June 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaybatnagt
Spangler Brad Competitive and Cooperative Approaches to Conflict Beyond Intractability
Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado
Boulder Posted July 2003 lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaycompetitive-cooperative-
framesgt
Spangler Brad Distributive Bargaining Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi
Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted June 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaydistributive-bargaininggt
Spangler Brad Integrative or Interest-Based Bargaining Beyond Intractability Eds Guy
Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder
Posted June 2003 lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayinterest-based-bargaininggt
Spangler Brad Zone of Possible Agreement (ZOPA) Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess
and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted
June 2003 lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayzopagt
Optional Readings
Cohen Jonathan R (2016) A Genesis of conflict The zero-sum mindset University of Florida
Law Faculty Publication
Lande John (2009) Learning from ldquocooperativerdquo negotiators in Wisconsin Dispute Resolution
Magazine 15 20ndash23
Lande John (2014) A framework for advancing negotiation theory Implications from a study
of how lawyers reach agreement in pretrial negotiation Cardozo Journal of Conflict Resolution
16 1-62
Lax David A amp Sebenius James K (1986) The manager as negotiator Bargaining for
cooperation and competitive gain New York The Free Press (Summary ldquoThe Negotiators
Dilemma Creating and Claiming Valuerdquo)
Massachusetts Institute of Technology ldquoNegotiation and Conflict Managementrdquo (Open Access
Course)
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2004) From legal disputes to conflict resolution and human problem
solving Legal dispute resolution in a multidisciplinary context Journal of Legal Education 54
7-29
ldquoNegotiationrdquo (YouTube video)
Smith M Shane Game Theory Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess
Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted August 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayprisoners-dilemmagt
ldquoWilliam Ury The walk from lsquonorsquo to lsquoyesrsquordquo (YouTube video)
Unit 4
Unit 4 introduces skills and techniques used in negotiation It addresses the steps required in
preparing for negotiation skills used in negotiation itself and the qualifications of a ldquogoodrdquo
negotiator Unit 4 describes how to gain and use power to negotiate onersquos goals and provides
examples to evaluate your own negotiating skills
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 4 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe the steps in preparing for negotiation and explain why they are important
2 Describe the skills needed in negotiation and start to practise them
3 Identify and explain the sources of power available in negotiation
4 Explain the concepts of positions and interests in negotiation theory
5 Describe various kinds of negotiation formats and the ldquotyperdquo of negotiator required for
each
Required Readings
Alfredson Tanya and Cungu Azeta Practical Steps to Integrative Bargaining The Seven
Elements of Principled Negotiation in Negotiation Theory and Practice A Review of the
Literature EASYPol online resources for Policy Making Food and Agriculture Organization of
the United Nations pages 18-25 httpwwwfaoorgdocsupeasypol5504-
5_negotiation_background_paper_179enpdf
Dugan Maacuteire A Power Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict
Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted June 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaypowergt
Ebner Noam (2014) Analytical preparation for negotiation A checklist Creighton University
School of Law - Werner Institute for Negotiation and Dispute Resolution
Maiese Michelle Interests Positions Needs and Values Beyond Intractability Eds Guy
Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder
Posted August 2004 lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayinterestsgt
Optional Readings
Condlin Robert (2016) The ldquonaturerdquo of legal dispute bargaining University of Maryland Legal
Studies Research Paper
Dobrijevie Gordana Negotiation and Power
(wwwsingipediacomattachmentphpattachmentid=1651ampd)
Ebner Noam (2016) Negotiation Mediation and Conflict Resolution Channel (YouTube)
Fox Kenneth H (2010) Negotiation as a post-modern process Hamline Journal of Public Law
amp Policy 31 367ndash384
Performing Artist Contract Negotiation ndash Competitive Style (Video) (Source
httpwwwadrvideoorg )
Performing Artist Contract Negotiation ndash Cooperative Style (Video) (Source
httpwwwadrvideoorg )
Sebenius James K (2014) Better deals through level II strategies Advance your interests by
helping to solve their internal problems Harvard Business School Working Paper
Schneider Andrea Kupfer et al (2014) Cooking up a deal Negotiation recipes for success
Marquette Law School Legal Studies Paper No 14-10 UC Irvine School of Law Research Paper
No 2014-27
Spangler Brad Option Identification Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi
Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted January
2004 lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayoption-identificationgt
Unit 5
Unit 5 explores the use of negotiation skills in specific contexts including within police work
involving crisis negotiations This unit also examines concerns and issues pertaining to how
negotiations may be practised differentlymdashor whether they work at allmdashwithin intercultural
situations or for women Do negotiations sometimes fail because in our society our underlying
ideologies make wrong assumptions and judgments about gender and culture For example do
paternalistic or racist ideologies affect how gender and cultural minority issues are examined (or
ignored) in negotiation contexts
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 5 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe ways in which negotiations are used in real-life situations
2 Explain the use of negotiation skills in resolving a crisis situation
3 Describe how negotiation skills and styles may differ according to gender and culture
4 Identify and explain the kinds of ideologies that may contribute to confusion and biases
in negotiations
5 Identify and explain the systemic inequities that create difficulties for women and cultural
minorities
6 Describe some ways of considering gender and cultural differences and inequities in a
negotiation
7 Identify and explain the ethical requirements of a negotiator
Required Readings
Adair Wendi L amp Brett Jeanne M (2005) The negotiation dance Time culture and
behavioral sequences in negotiation Organization Science 16 33ndash51 (Source authorrsquos
homepage at University of Waterloo - httpsuwaterloocapsychologypeople-profileswendi-
adair)
Kirby J (1997) Would Principled Negotiation Have Saved Eve A Feminist Analysis of
Getting to YES Otago Law Review 9 122ndash143
LeBaron Michelle (2003) Culture-Based Negotiation Styles Beyond Intractability Eds Guy
Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder
Posted July 2003 lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayculture-negotiationgt
Milo-Locker Shiri (2004) ldquoThe decision to settle ndash balance setoffs and tradeoffs between
rational emotional and psychological forcesrdquo Mediatecom
Optional Readings
Ayres Ian (1991) Fair driving Gender and race discrimination in retail car negotiations
Harvard Law Review 104(4) 817-872
Burgess Heidi (2013) Active Listening Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi
Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgcoreknowledgeactive-listeninggt
Hammer Mitchell (2008) The SAFE Model of Negotiating Critical Incidents
Johnson Julia (2014) Gender differences in negotiation Implications for the workplace Duke
University School of Law
Kennedy J F (1961) Inaugural address Inauguration of John F Kennedy January 20 1961
Retrieved November 30 2011 from httpwwwhpolorgjfkinaugural
Kray Laura amp Thompson Leigh (2005) Gender stereotypes and negotiation performance An
examination of theory and research Research in Organizational Behavior 26 103-182
(source httpfacultybiohaasberkeleyedufaculty-listkray-laura )
Pearson L B (1957) ldquoThe four faces of peacerdquo The Honourable Lester Bowles Pearsonrsquos
acceptance speech upon presentation of the Nobel Peace Prize in 1957 Retrieved November 30
2011 from httpwwwunacorgenlink_learncanadapearsonspeechnobelasp
Queen v Cognos Inc [1993] 1 SCR 87
Wang Lu-in (2010) Negotiating the situation The reasonable person in context Lewis amp Clark
Law Review 14 1285-1311
White James J (1980) Machiavelli and the bar Ethical limitations on lying in negotiation Law
amp Social Inquiry 5 926ndash938
Unit 6
Unit 6 begins with an attempt to define ldquomediationrdquo in its various forms styles and strategies by
pointing out the commonalities among these elements This unit discusses the role of the
mediator the requirement to be neutral and other critical issues in mediation Unit 6 also
discusses the principles behind the use of mediation in the legal system and why mediation is
considered an ldquoalternativerdquo
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 6 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Define ldquomediationrdquo and describe its role in the legal system
2 Describe the role of the mediator and some of the skills required for acting in that role
3 Explain the difference between mediation and negotiation
4 Discuss the possible effects of mediation on the Canadian legal system and on our views
of justice
5 Explain how a mediator views conflict
6 Identify and describe various mediation models and mediatorsrsquo styles
7 Describe how the mediatorrsquos style affects mediation
8 Identify and explain some critical issues in mediation
9 Identify and describe the sources of power in a mediator
10 Identify and describe the forms of power that need to be monitored in mediation
Required Readings
Alexander Nadja (2011) The Mediation Meta-Model - the realities of mediation practice ADR
Bulletin Vol 12 No 6 Article 5
Maiese Michelle Neutrality Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess
Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted June 2005
httpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgbi-essayneutrality
Riskin Leonard L (2003) Decision-making in mediation The new old grid and the new new
grid system Notre Dame Law Review 79 1ndash53
Spangler Brad Problem-Solving Mediation Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and
Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted
September 2003 httpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgbi-essayproblem-solving-mediation
Spangler Brad Transformative Mediation Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi
Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted October
2003 httpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaytransformative-mediation
Optional Readings
Alfini James J (1991) Trashing bashing and hashing it out Is this the end of ldquogood
mediationrdquo Florida State Law Review 19 47-75
Glaser Tanya (2016) Summary of Christopher Moore The Mediation Process Practical
Strategies for Resolving Conflict (3rd ed 2004) San Francisco Jossey-Bass Publishers
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2015) Mediation Arbitration and Alternative Dispute Resolution
(ADR) International Encyclopedia of the Social and Behavioral Sciences Elsevier Ltd 2015
UC Irvine School of Law Research Paper No 2015-59
Morris C (1997) The trusted mediator In J Macfarlane (Ed) Rethinking disputes The
mediation alternative Toronto Emond Montgomery
Shapira Omer (2009) Exploring the concept of power in mediation Mediatorsrsquo sources of
power and influence tactics Ohio State Journal on Dispute Resolution 24 535-568
Silbey Susan S amp Merry Sally E (1986) Mediator settlement strategies Law amp Policy 8 7ndash
32 (source httpwebmitedussilbeywwwpubhtml)
Smyth Gemma (2009) Strengthening social justice in informal dispute resolution processes
through cultural competence Windsor Yearbook of Access to Justice 27 111ndash126
Unit 7
The primary focus of Unit 7 is on the mediation process and mediation skills This unit outlines
guidelines for conducting a mediation and the steps to be taken in preparing for and performing
dispute resolution It also provides tips for efficient and effective mediation and describes the
skills required to mediate a dispute
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 7 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe a process for facilitative mediation
2 Identify some common steps found in the mediation process
3 Describe required skills to be used by a mediator
4 Perform listening and questioning skills used by a mediator
5 Explain and critique the use of caucuses in mediation
Required Readings
Kaufman Sanda Michael Elliott and Deborah Shmueli Frames Framing and Reframing
Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium
University of Colorado Boulder Posted September 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayframinggt
Maiese Michelle Emotions Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess
Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted July 2005
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayemotiongt
Maiese Michelle Ground Rules Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess
Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted September 2004
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayground-rulesgt
Salem Richard Empathic Listening Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi
Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted July 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayempathic-listeninggt
Spangler Brad Caucus Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict
Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted June 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaycaucusgt
Optional Readings
Cleveland Mediation Center (Producer) (2010) Community mediation demosmdashOpening
statement [video] Cleveland OH Author Retrieved November 30 2011 from
httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Y1ABs7QfMYo
CommunityMediation (2016) Mediator Training Clip 1 - Agenda - Language amp Interruptions
[video] Retrieved July 12 2016 from httpswwwyoutubecomwatchv=X-mrHWhWIXA
Noesner G W and Mike Webster (1997) Crisis intervention using active listening skills in
negotiations FBI Law Enforcement Bulletin 66 13ndash19
Unit 8
Unit 8 examines the use of mediation in several areas including family disputes where it is now
common criminal matters and public policy and administrative proceedings This unit also
discusses issues of race culture and gender with respect to their possible effects on the
mediation process Finally Unit 8 outlines the ethical requirements of the mediator
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 8 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe various ways in which mediation is used in real-life situations
2 Describe in detail the use of mediation and the required process for mediation in family
disputes and in juvenile crime situations
3 Explain how mediation may be affected by and how it can be altered to accommodate
issues of gender and culture
4 Outline the ethical requirements of a mediator
5 Identify the ethical issues in victim-offender mediation (VOM)
6 List and explain the principles of consensus-building decision making
7 Describe the impact of culture in mediation
Required Readings
Hallevy Prof Gabriel (2011) Therapeutic victim-offender mediation within the criminal justice
process ndash Sharpening the evaluation of personal potential for rehabilitation while righting
wrongs under the alternative-dispute-resolution (ADR) philosophy Harvard Negotiation Law
Review 16 65-94 Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=2693515
Lande John (2012) The revolution in family law dispute resolution Journal of the American
Academy of Matrimonial Lawyers 24 411-449 University of Missouri School of Law Legal
Studies Research Paper No 2012-10 Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=2035605
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2011) Mediating multiculturally Culture and the ethical mediator In
Mediation ethics Cases amp Commentaries 305-338 Ellen Waldman ed San Francisco CA
Jossey-Bass 2011 UC Irvine School of Law Research Paper No 2012-28 Georgetown Public
Law Research Paper No 12-061
Umbreit Mark (2009) Restorative justice victim offender mediation overview (YouTube
video)
Optional Readings
ADR Institute of Canada Inc (2011) Code of Ethics and Code of Conduct for Mediators
Toronto ON Author
Bush RA Baruch (1994) Symposium The dilemmas of mediation practice ldquoA study of
ethical dilemmas and policy implicationsrdquo Journal of dispute resolution 1994(1) 1-56
Cormick G Dale N Emond P Sigurdson SG amp Stuart B (1996) Building consensus for
a sustainable future Putting principles into practice Ottawa Government of Canada (source
httppublicationsgccasitearchivee-
archivedhtmlurl=httppublicationsgccacollectionscollection_2016trnee-nrteeEn133-10-1-
1996-engpdf)
Gallagher Lora Elizabeth (2013) Detour ahead Victim-offender mediation as a mandatory
deviation program for juveniles University of Mississippi School of Law
Kahane David (2003) Dispute resolution and the politics of cultural generalization Negotiation
Journal 19 5ndash27
MacDonald J (Producer) amp Dickie B (Director) (2000) Hollow Water [Motion picture]
National Film Board of Canada
MacDonald J (Producer) amp Konowal C (Director) (1997) A Glimmer of Hope [Motion
picture] National Film Board of Canada
Macfarlane J (2003) Transforming relationships through participatory justice Ottawa Law
Commission of Canada Retrieved November 30 2011 from httpdsp-
psdpwgscgccaCollectionJL2-22-2003Epdf
Macfarlane J (2005) The emerging phenomenon of collaborative family law (CFL) A
qualitative study of CFL cases Ottawa Justice Canada
Native Womenrsquos Association of Canada (2007) Aboriginal women and the legal justice system
in Canada Issue Paper Corner Brook NL Author Retrieved November 30 2011 from
httpwwwlaagovnlcalaanawspdfnwac-legalpdf
OVC Bulletin 2000 (rev 2007) A Description of Victim-Offender Mediation Washington DC
Author Retrieved November 30 2011 from
httpswwwncjrsgovovc_archivesreportsrjbulletin1rjmc_2html
Umbreit Mark S Wilson Sheryl amp Warner Roberts Ann (2006) ldquoRestorative Justice for
Victims Offenders and Communityrdquo (PPT) (source
httpwwwcehdumnedusswRJPProjectsVictim-Offender-
DialogueRJ_Principlesdefaultasp)
Umbreit Mark S Coates R B amp Vos Betty (2001) Victim Impact of Restorative Justice
Conferencing with Juveniles What We Have Learned From Two Decades of Victim-Offender
Dialogue Through Mediation and Conferencing (source
httpwwwcehdumnedusswRJPProjectsVictim-Offender-
DialogueRestorative_Group_Conferencingdefaultasp)
United Nations Economic and Social Council (2002) Basic principles on the use of restorative
justice programmes in criminal matters Resolution 200212 Retrieved November 30 2011
from httpwwwunorgenecosocdocs2002resolution202002-12pdf
Unit 9
Unit 9 introduces new more creative processes that have been tailored to meet the unique needs
of participants the particular circumstances of disputes and the specific obstacles presented The
primary focus is on ADR processes that involve a third-party neutral evaluator such as the mini-
trial and judicial settlement conferences and the use of an ombudsperson This unit defines the
role of a neutral evaluator and describes the process used in each method considered
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 9 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe some hybrid ADR processes currently available
2 Describe the role and identify the qualities of a neutral evaluator
3 Describe the different processes used in each of the various hybrid models
4 Describe the role of an ombudsperson and identify some elements of the processes used
by an ombudsperson
Required Readings
Elliott David C (1995) Medarb Fraught with danger or ripe with opportunity Alberta Law
Review 34 163-179 (source httpwwwdavidelliottcadisputeresolutionhtm)
Rowe Mary (1991) The ombudsmanrsquos role in a dispute resolution system Negotiation journal
7(4) 353-361 (source httpmrowescriptsmiteduPublicationshtml)
Wittmann Neil C (2015) Judicial dispute resolution in the Court of Queenrsquos Bench Making
resolution accessible Canadian arbitration and mediation journal 25(1) 14-20 (source
httpadriccaresourcesjournal-articles)
Optional Readings
Agrios John A amp Agrios Janice A (2004) A handbook on judicial dispute resolution for
Canadian lawyers Canadian Forum on Civil Justice (source httpwwwcfcj-
fcjcorgclearinghousejudicial-dispute-resolution )
Alberta Law Reform Institute (1993) Civil litigation The judicial mini-trial Dispute Resolution
ndash Special Series Discussion Paper No 1 (source
httpswwwalriualbertacaindexphppublicationsLawadministration-of-justicealternate-
dispute-resolutioncivil-litigation-the-judicial-mini-trial- )
Creutzfeldt Naomi J and Bradford Ben (2015) Dispute resolution outside of courts Procedural
justice and decision acceptance among users of ombuds services in the UK Law amp Society
Review 50(4) Forthcoming Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=2805917
ldquoThe Mini-Trialrdquo (2016) Department of Justice Canada
Rooke John D (2009) Improving excellence Evaluation of the judicial dispute resolution
program in the Court of Queenrsquos Bench of Alberta Canadian Forum on Civil Justice (source
httpwwwcfcj-fcjcorgclearinghousejudicial-dispute-resolution )
Rowe Mary P (2009) An organizational ombuds office in a system for dealing with conflict
and learning from conflict or ldquoconflict management systemrdquo Harvard Negotiation Law Review
14 279-288 (source httpwwwhnlrorgarticlesarchive)
Semple Noel (2011) Judicial settlement-seeking in parenting disputes Consensus and
controversy Conflict Resolution Quarterly 29 No 3 309-332 Available at SSRN
httpssrncomabstract=1687268
Unit 10
This unit provides some background to the practice of resolving disputes using the technology of
the Internet It surveys some of the current methods of online dispute resolution (ODR) and
raises issues regarding its advantages and disadvantages
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 10 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe what is meant by online dispute resolution
2 Identify and describe some of the current types and methods of ODR in use
3 Identify and explain some advantages and disadvantages of ODR
Required Reading
Brannigan Colm (2008) Online dispute resolution In CCH alternative dispute resolution
practice manual (source httpmediatecaOnline-Dispute-Resolutionhtml)
Brett Jeanne M Olekalns Mara Friedman Ray Goates Nathan Anderson Cameron Lisco
Cara Cherry (2007) Sticks and stones language face and online dispute resolution Academy
of Management Journal 50(1) 85-99
Ebner N (2014) Negotiation via the (new) email In M Benoliel (Ed) Negotiation excellence
Successful deal making (2nd ed) Singapore World Scientific Publishing
Ebner N amp Zeleznikow J (2015) Fairness trust and security in online dispute resolution
Hamline Journal of Public Law and Policy 36(2) 143-160
Optional Readings
Brannigan Colm (2016) Online dispute resolution The tools of the future for mediators
arbitrators and lawyers are here today ADR Perspectives May 2016 (source
httpadriccaresourcesadr-perspectives-newsletter)
Civil Justice Council United Kingdom (2015) Online dispute resolution for low value civil
claims
Conference on Online Dispute Resolution (2013) Presentations and Papers Stanford Law
School
Civil Resolution Tribunal British Columbia (2016) ldquoCRT Overviewrdquo
European Commission ldquoAlternative and Online Dispute Resolution (ADRODR)rdquo
Goodman Joseph W (2003) The pros and cons of online dispute resolution An assessment of
cyber-mediation websites Duke Law amp Technology Review 2 1-16
International Journal of Online Dispute Resolution
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2016) Is ODR ADR Reflections of an ADR founder from the 15th
ODR conference Law Technology and Access to Justice
National Center for Technology and Dispute Resolution (2016) httpwwwodrinfo
Thompson Darin (2015) Creating new pathways to justice using simple artificial intelligence
and online dispute resolution International Journal of Online Dispute Resolution 2(1) 4-53
United Nations Commission on International Trade Law (2016) ldquoOnline Dispute Resolution
On-Line Resourcesrdquo
Virtual Mediation Lab
Unit 11
Unit 11 focuses on what has been learned about the design of suitable ADR processes and
systems It also explores the issue of how to evaluate the success of ADR initiatives and how to
determine which ADR method is appropriate in a given dispute and its context Within the
discussion of the pros and cons of ADR issues of culture and gender are again raised with the
concern about whether a process can be designed to accommodate everyone You will find
yourself needing to answer the question of whether alternative dispute resolution is a good
alternative
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 11 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Identify and describe the elements to be considered in designing an appropriate dispute
resolution process
2 Describe specific problems and concerns relating to culture and gender in attempts to
design appropriate dispute resolution processes
3 Describe some methods of evaluating dispute resolution processes and systems
4 Describe some measures of the effectiveness of alternative dispute resolution processes
and their effects on the legal system
Required Reading
Amsler (formerly Bingham) Lisa Blomgren (2009) Designing justice Legal institutions and
other systems for managing conflict Ohio State Journal on Dispute Resolution Forthcoming
Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=1294063
Brahm Eric and Julian Ouellet Designing New Dispute Resolution Systems Beyond
Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium
University of Colorado Boulder Posted September 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaydesigning-dispute-systemsgt
British Columbia Ministry of Attorney General (2016) Reaching resolution A guide to
designing public sector dispute resolution systems Victoria Ministry of Attorney General
Optional Readings
Baruch Bush Robert A (1989) Defining quality in dispute resolution Taxonomies and anti-
taxonomies of quality arguments Denver University Law Review 66 335ndash380
Galanter Marc amp Cahill Mia (1994) ldquoMost cases settlerdquo Judicial promotion and regulation of
settlements Stanford Law Review 46(6) 1339-1391
Greenberg Elayne E (2015) Fitting the forum to the pernicious fuss A dispute resolution
design to address implicit bias and lsquoisms in the workplace St Johnrsquos School of Law Legal
Studies Research Paper Series
Kelman Herbert C (2005) Building trust among enemies The central challenge for
international conflict resolution International Journal of Intercultural Relations 29 639-650
(source httpscholarharvardedusearchsitekelman)
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2009) Are there systemic ethics issues in dispute system design And
what we should [not] do about it Lessons from international and domestic fronts Harvard
Negotiation Law Review 14 195-231
Rabinovich-Einy Orna amp Katsh Ethan (2012) Technology and the future of dispute systems
design Harvard Negotiation Law Review 17 151ndash199 (source
httpwwwhnlrorgarticlesarchive)
Reuben Richard C (2005) Democracy and dispute resolution Systems design and the new
workplace Harvard Negotiation Law Review 14 1ndash342
Rolph Elizabeth amp Moller Erik (1995) Evaluating agency alternative dispute resolution
programs A usersrsquo guide to data collection and use Santa Monica CA Rand Corporation
Rowe Mary (2001) Designing integrated conflict management systems Guidelines for
practitioners and decision makers in organizations Cornell University Institute on Conflict
Resolution
Silbey Susan S amp Merry Sally Engle (1984) What Do Plaintiffs Want Reexamining the
Concept of Dispute Justice System Journal 9 151-178
United States Postal Service ldquoRedressrdquo
Various (2009) Dispute System Design Issue of Harvard Negotiation Law Review 14 1ndash342
Unit 12
Unit 12 considers the current trends of ADR in Canada and elsewhere and where it appears to be
headed in the foreseeable future This final unit also suggests ideas about the future effects of
ADR on the legal system on justice and on society
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 12 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe some current and future trends in ADR
2 Explain how the Canadian legal system has changed and continues to change with the
advancement of ADR
3 Describe the effect of ADR on societal views of ldquojusticerdquo
4 Explain your views on the appropriateness of ADR in the Canadian legal system
Required ReadingViewing
View some videos available through the International Mediation Institute Mediation Podcasts
Read some blog posts from the following sites
Mediatecom The Weekrsquos Best Blog Posts
International Mediation Institute Mediation Blogs
Optional Readings
Eisenberg Deborah Thompson (2016) What we know (and need to know) about court-annexed
dispute resolution South Carolina Law Review 67 245-265
Hernandez-Crespo Mariana D (2012) From noise to music The potential of the multi-door
courthouse model to advance systemic inclusion and participation as a foundation for sustainable
rule of law in Latin America Journal of Dispute Resolution 2012
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2009) Maintaining ADR integrity Alternatives to the High Cost of
Litigation 27(1) 1-9
Merry Sally Engle (1988) Legal pluralism Law amp Society Review 22 869ndash896
Stipanowich Thomas amp Lamare J Ryan (2013) Living with ADR Evolving perceptions and
use of mediation arbitration and conflict management in Fortune 1000 corporations Harvard
Negotiation Law Review 19 1-68
Assessment in Alternative Dispute Resolution
To receive credit for Alternative Dispute Resolution you must complete all course
assignments achieve a mark of at least 50 on the final exam and achieve an overall
course grade of at least 50
The weightings for each assessment item are as follows
Activity Credit Weight Date Due
Assignment 1 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 4
Assignment 2 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 8
Assignment 3 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 10
Assignment 4 oral presentation 10 of final grade End of Unit 11
Assignment 5 oral response 10 of final grade End of Unit 12
Final Examination 50 of final grade End of all Units
Total 100 of final grade
Assignments 1 and 2
You are required to submit two written online responses You may answer any one question
arising from each of the following unit clusters
bull Units 1 to 4
bull Units 5 to 8
All responses should be completed by the time you finish studying Unit 10
Written responses should be between 500 and 750 words each
Example question ldquoThink of an occasion when you consciously decided not to pursue a potential
grievance What were your reasons What would have stimulated you to pursue it Using the ideas and
terminology of this unit describe the conflict you experiencedrdquo
Assignment 3
For this assignment put yourself in the place of mediator who uses a facilitative style and who is
preparing to conduct interest-based mediation with two parties who have a legal dispute arising
out of an accident Your practice is to hold a separate private meeting with each of the parties
before the mediation starts to help assess the dispute and prepare the parties to engage in an
interest-based mediation process Part of that preparation consists in assisting the parties to
identify their real interests needs and concerns in relation to the conflict in which they find
themselves
With that in mind read the transcript of what one of the parties has told you as if you were
listening to them face to face Then prepare an oral submission as follows
Your submission should consist of five oral responses you might make to the client in order to
help prepare him for the upcoming mediation including a better awareness of his needs interests
concerns and possible settlement range
Each of the five responses should be in the following two part format
1 First restate (or reflect) something you have heard from the client to show that you
understand what you are being told This should take the form of a statement starting
with the words ldquoYou said helliprdquo or ldquoYou indicated helliprdquo or ldquoYou went on to say helliprdquo or
similar
2 Then follow that up with a question designed to bring out a need concern interest or
emotion of this party or a reframing statement that may help this party to view the
dispute in a different light A question may also be used to help clarify his position
options for settlement or potential range of settlement figures
A question probing interests may be worded something like ldquoBased on what you have
said it seems to me that what you are really interested in (concerned about) is hellip Would
that be correctrdquo A reframing statement might be in the form of ldquoWould another way of
putting it be helliprdquo A question for clarification might be ldquoDo I understand it correctly that
helliprdquo You are not restricted to these wordings Be creative
The essential goal of this assignment is to encourage you to think of ways a mediator might help
a disputing party prepare to engage in interest-based mediation and negotiation with a view to
settlement of the dispute
Assignment 4
For Assignment 4 put yourself in the place of a mediator who is starting the first mediation
session with two disputing parties As part of your opening remarks explain the intent and
process of mediation and your role as a mediator and try to create a safe and supportive
environment for the parties Record what you would say (Hint try not to read a prepared script)
The maximum recording length for this assignment is 5 minutes
Assignment 5
For Assignment 5 put yourself in the place of a mediator who is hearing an opening statement
(or ldquostoryrdquo) from one of the disputing parties As part of the mediation process summarize or
ldquorepeat backrdquo the statement you hear using the techniques and skills you have learned about in
this course Include at least one reframe Record your response to the statement you hear
The time limit indicated for this assignment is 11 minutes which includes listening to the story and
recording your summary
Final Exam
Final Exam The final examination is worth 50 of your total course mark It is a closed book
online exam written over 3 hours Please consult the Online Exams (MuchLearning) section of
the Procedures for Applying for and Writing Examinations in your online Student Manual and
visit httpregistrarathabascaucaexamsonlinestudent for more information
Part A of the exam comprises 15 multiple choice and truefalse questions (2 marks each) similar
to those in the self-study quizzes This part covers the whole course Part B comprises 6
questions (5 marks each) that are drawn from the learning objectives listed for the units in the
course Each question is to be answered in a paragraph Part C (40 marks) requires you to answer
8 questions (5 marks each) based on a scenario like the one presented in Assignment 3 The
questions ask you to analyze the facts given in relation to what you have learned about
negotiation mediation and hybrid processes
See exam procedures for information on how to book your exam and other questions you may
have
Spangler Brad Integrative or Interest-Based Bargaining Beyond Intractability Eds Guy
Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder
Posted June 2003 lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayinterest-based-bargaininggt
Spangler Brad Zone of Possible Agreement (ZOPA) Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess
and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted
June 2003 lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayzopagt
Optional Readings
Cohen Jonathan R (2016) A Genesis of conflict The zero-sum mindset University of Florida
Law Faculty Publication
Lande John (2009) Learning from ldquocooperativerdquo negotiators in Wisconsin Dispute Resolution
Magazine 15 20ndash23
Lande John (2014) A framework for advancing negotiation theory Implications from a study
of how lawyers reach agreement in pretrial negotiation Cardozo Journal of Conflict Resolution
16 1-62
Lax David A amp Sebenius James K (1986) The manager as negotiator Bargaining for
cooperation and competitive gain New York The Free Press (Summary ldquoThe Negotiators
Dilemma Creating and Claiming Valuerdquo)
Massachusetts Institute of Technology ldquoNegotiation and Conflict Managementrdquo (Open Access
Course)
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2004) From legal disputes to conflict resolution and human problem
solving Legal dispute resolution in a multidisciplinary context Journal of Legal Education 54
7-29
ldquoNegotiationrdquo (YouTube video)
Smith M Shane Game Theory Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess
Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted August 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayprisoners-dilemmagt
ldquoWilliam Ury The walk from lsquonorsquo to lsquoyesrsquordquo (YouTube video)
Unit 4
Unit 4 introduces skills and techniques used in negotiation It addresses the steps required in
preparing for negotiation skills used in negotiation itself and the qualifications of a ldquogoodrdquo
negotiator Unit 4 describes how to gain and use power to negotiate onersquos goals and provides
examples to evaluate your own negotiating skills
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 4 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe the steps in preparing for negotiation and explain why they are important
2 Describe the skills needed in negotiation and start to practise them
3 Identify and explain the sources of power available in negotiation
4 Explain the concepts of positions and interests in negotiation theory
5 Describe various kinds of negotiation formats and the ldquotyperdquo of negotiator required for
each
Required Readings
Alfredson Tanya and Cungu Azeta Practical Steps to Integrative Bargaining The Seven
Elements of Principled Negotiation in Negotiation Theory and Practice A Review of the
Literature EASYPol online resources for Policy Making Food and Agriculture Organization of
the United Nations pages 18-25 httpwwwfaoorgdocsupeasypol5504-
5_negotiation_background_paper_179enpdf
Dugan Maacuteire A Power Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict
Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted June 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaypowergt
Ebner Noam (2014) Analytical preparation for negotiation A checklist Creighton University
School of Law - Werner Institute for Negotiation and Dispute Resolution
Maiese Michelle Interests Positions Needs and Values Beyond Intractability Eds Guy
Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder
Posted August 2004 lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayinterestsgt
Optional Readings
Condlin Robert (2016) The ldquonaturerdquo of legal dispute bargaining University of Maryland Legal
Studies Research Paper
Dobrijevie Gordana Negotiation and Power
(wwwsingipediacomattachmentphpattachmentid=1651ampd)
Ebner Noam (2016) Negotiation Mediation and Conflict Resolution Channel (YouTube)
Fox Kenneth H (2010) Negotiation as a post-modern process Hamline Journal of Public Law
amp Policy 31 367ndash384
Performing Artist Contract Negotiation ndash Competitive Style (Video) (Source
httpwwwadrvideoorg )
Performing Artist Contract Negotiation ndash Cooperative Style (Video) (Source
httpwwwadrvideoorg )
Sebenius James K (2014) Better deals through level II strategies Advance your interests by
helping to solve their internal problems Harvard Business School Working Paper
Schneider Andrea Kupfer et al (2014) Cooking up a deal Negotiation recipes for success
Marquette Law School Legal Studies Paper No 14-10 UC Irvine School of Law Research Paper
No 2014-27
Spangler Brad Option Identification Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi
Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted January
2004 lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayoption-identificationgt
Unit 5
Unit 5 explores the use of negotiation skills in specific contexts including within police work
involving crisis negotiations This unit also examines concerns and issues pertaining to how
negotiations may be practised differentlymdashor whether they work at allmdashwithin intercultural
situations or for women Do negotiations sometimes fail because in our society our underlying
ideologies make wrong assumptions and judgments about gender and culture For example do
paternalistic or racist ideologies affect how gender and cultural minority issues are examined (or
ignored) in negotiation contexts
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 5 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe ways in which negotiations are used in real-life situations
2 Explain the use of negotiation skills in resolving a crisis situation
3 Describe how negotiation skills and styles may differ according to gender and culture
4 Identify and explain the kinds of ideologies that may contribute to confusion and biases
in negotiations
5 Identify and explain the systemic inequities that create difficulties for women and cultural
minorities
6 Describe some ways of considering gender and cultural differences and inequities in a
negotiation
7 Identify and explain the ethical requirements of a negotiator
Required Readings
Adair Wendi L amp Brett Jeanne M (2005) The negotiation dance Time culture and
behavioral sequences in negotiation Organization Science 16 33ndash51 (Source authorrsquos
homepage at University of Waterloo - httpsuwaterloocapsychologypeople-profileswendi-
adair)
Kirby J (1997) Would Principled Negotiation Have Saved Eve A Feminist Analysis of
Getting to YES Otago Law Review 9 122ndash143
LeBaron Michelle (2003) Culture-Based Negotiation Styles Beyond Intractability Eds Guy
Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder
Posted July 2003 lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayculture-negotiationgt
Milo-Locker Shiri (2004) ldquoThe decision to settle ndash balance setoffs and tradeoffs between
rational emotional and psychological forcesrdquo Mediatecom
Optional Readings
Ayres Ian (1991) Fair driving Gender and race discrimination in retail car negotiations
Harvard Law Review 104(4) 817-872
Burgess Heidi (2013) Active Listening Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi
Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgcoreknowledgeactive-listeninggt
Hammer Mitchell (2008) The SAFE Model of Negotiating Critical Incidents
Johnson Julia (2014) Gender differences in negotiation Implications for the workplace Duke
University School of Law
Kennedy J F (1961) Inaugural address Inauguration of John F Kennedy January 20 1961
Retrieved November 30 2011 from httpwwwhpolorgjfkinaugural
Kray Laura amp Thompson Leigh (2005) Gender stereotypes and negotiation performance An
examination of theory and research Research in Organizational Behavior 26 103-182
(source httpfacultybiohaasberkeleyedufaculty-listkray-laura )
Pearson L B (1957) ldquoThe four faces of peacerdquo The Honourable Lester Bowles Pearsonrsquos
acceptance speech upon presentation of the Nobel Peace Prize in 1957 Retrieved November 30
2011 from httpwwwunacorgenlink_learncanadapearsonspeechnobelasp
Queen v Cognos Inc [1993] 1 SCR 87
Wang Lu-in (2010) Negotiating the situation The reasonable person in context Lewis amp Clark
Law Review 14 1285-1311
White James J (1980) Machiavelli and the bar Ethical limitations on lying in negotiation Law
amp Social Inquiry 5 926ndash938
Unit 6
Unit 6 begins with an attempt to define ldquomediationrdquo in its various forms styles and strategies by
pointing out the commonalities among these elements This unit discusses the role of the
mediator the requirement to be neutral and other critical issues in mediation Unit 6 also
discusses the principles behind the use of mediation in the legal system and why mediation is
considered an ldquoalternativerdquo
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 6 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Define ldquomediationrdquo and describe its role in the legal system
2 Describe the role of the mediator and some of the skills required for acting in that role
3 Explain the difference between mediation and negotiation
4 Discuss the possible effects of mediation on the Canadian legal system and on our views
of justice
5 Explain how a mediator views conflict
6 Identify and describe various mediation models and mediatorsrsquo styles
7 Describe how the mediatorrsquos style affects mediation
8 Identify and explain some critical issues in mediation
9 Identify and describe the sources of power in a mediator
10 Identify and describe the forms of power that need to be monitored in mediation
Required Readings
Alexander Nadja (2011) The Mediation Meta-Model - the realities of mediation practice ADR
Bulletin Vol 12 No 6 Article 5
Maiese Michelle Neutrality Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess
Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted June 2005
httpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgbi-essayneutrality
Riskin Leonard L (2003) Decision-making in mediation The new old grid and the new new
grid system Notre Dame Law Review 79 1ndash53
Spangler Brad Problem-Solving Mediation Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and
Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted
September 2003 httpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgbi-essayproblem-solving-mediation
Spangler Brad Transformative Mediation Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi
Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted October
2003 httpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaytransformative-mediation
Optional Readings
Alfini James J (1991) Trashing bashing and hashing it out Is this the end of ldquogood
mediationrdquo Florida State Law Review 19 47-75
Glaser Tanya (2016) Summary of Christopher Moore The Mediation Process Practical
Strategies for Resolving Conflict (3rd ed 2004) San Francisco Jossey-Bass Publishers
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2015) Mediation Arbitration and Alternative Dispute Resolution
(ADR) International Encyclopedia of the Social and Behavioral Sciences Elsevier Ltd 2015
UC Irvine School of Law Research Paper No 2015-59
Morris C (1997) The trusted mediator In J Macfarlane (Ed) Rethinking disputes The
mediation alternative Toronto Emond Montgomery
Shapira Omer (2009) Exploring the concept of power in mediation Mediatorsrsquo sources of
power and influence tactics Ohio State Journal on Dispute Resolution 24 535-568
Silbey Susan S amp Merry Sally E (1986) Mediator settlement strategies Law amp Policy 8 7ndash
32 (source httpwebmitedussilbeywwwpubhtml)
Smyth Gemma (2009) Strengthening social justice in informal dispute resolution processes
through cultural competence Windsor Yearbook of Access to Justice 27 111ndash126
Unit 7
The primary focus of Unit 7 is on the mediation process and mediation skills This unit outlines
guidelines for conducting a mediation and the steps to be taken in preparing for and performing
dispute resolution It also provides tips for efficient and effective mediation and describes the
skills required to mediate a dispute
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 7 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe a process for facilitative mediation
2 Identify some common steps found in the mediation process
3 Describe required skills to be used by a mediator
4 Perform listening and questioning skills used by a mediator
5 Explain and critique the use of caucuses in mediation
Required Readings
Kaufman Sanda Michael Elliott and Deborah Shmueli Frames Framing and Reframing
Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium
University of Colorado Boulder Posted September 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayframinggt
Maiese Michelle Emotions Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess
Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted July 2005
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayemotiongt
Maiese Michelle Ground Rules Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess
Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted September 2004
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayground-rulesgt
Salem Richard Empathic Listening Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi
Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted July 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayempathic-listeninggt
Spangler Brad Caucus Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict
Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted June 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaycaucusgt
Optional Readings
Cleveland Mediation Center (Producer) (2010) Community mediation demosmdashOpening
statement [video] Cleveland OH Author Retrieved November 30 2011 from
httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Y1ABs7QfMYo
CommunityMediation (2016) Mediator Training Clip 1 - Agenda - Language amp Interruptions
[video] Retrieved July 12 2016 from httpswwwyoutubecomwatchv=X-mrHWhWIXA
Noesner G W and Mike Webster (1997) Crisis intervention using active listening skills in
negotiations FBI Law Enforcement Bulletin 66 13ndash19
Unit 8
Unit 8 examines the use of mediation in several areas including family disputes where it is now
common criminal matters and public policy and administrative proceedings This unit also
discusses issues of race culture and gender with respect to their possible effects on the
mediation process Finally Unit 8 outlines the ethical requirements of the mediator
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 8 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe various ways in which mediation is used in real-life situations
2 Describe in detail the use of mediation and the required process for mediation in family
disputes and in juvenile crime situations
3 Explain how mediation may be affected by and how it can be altered to accommodate
issues of gender and culture
4 Outline the ethical requirements of a mediator
5 Identify the ethical issues in victim-offender mediation (VOM)
6 List and explain the principles of consensus-building decision making
7 Describe the impact of culture in mediation
Required Readings
Hallevy Prof Gabriel (2011) Therapeutic victim-offender mediation within the criminal justice
process ndash Sharpening the evaluation of personal potential for rehabilitation while righting
wrongs under the alternative-dispute-resolution (ADR) philosophy Harvard Negotiation Law
Review 16 65-94 Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=2693515
Lande John (2012) The revolution in family law dispute resolution Journal of the American
Academy of Matrimonial Lawyers 24 411-449 University of Missouri School of Law Legal
Studies Research Paper No 2012-10 Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=2035605
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2011) Mediating multiculturally Culture and the ethical mediator In
Mediation ethics Cases amp Commentaries 305-338 Ellen Waldman ed San Francisco CA
Jossey-Bass 2011 UC Irvine School of Law Research Paper No 2012-28 Georgetown Public
Law Research Paper No 12-061
Umbreit Mark (2009) Restorative justice victim offender mediation overview (YouTube
video)
Optional Readings
ADR Institute of Canada Inc (2011) Code of Ethics and Code of Conduct for Mediators
Toronto ON Author
Bush RA Baruch (1994) Symposium The dilemmas of mediation practice ldquoA study of
ethical dilemmas and policy implicationsrdquo Journal of dispute resolution 1994(1) 1-56
Cormick G Dale N Emond P Sigurdson SG amp Stuart B (1996) Building consensus for
a sustainable future Putting principles into practice Ottawa Government of Canada (source
httppublicationsgccasitearchivee-
archivedhtmlurl=httppublicationsgccacollectionscollection_2016trnee-nrteeEn133-10-1-
1996-engpdf)
Gallagher Lora Elizabeth (2013) Detour ahead Victim-offender mediation as a mandatory
deviation program for juveniles University of Mississippi School of Law
Kahane David (2003) Dispute resolution and the politics of cultural generalization Negotiation
Journal 19 5ndash27
MacDonald J (Producer) amp Dickie B (Director) (2000) Hollow Water [Motion picture]
National Film Board of Canada
MacDonald J (Producer) amp Konowal C (Director) (1997) A Glimmer of Hope [Motion
picture] National Film Board of Canada
Macfarlane J (2003) Transforming relationships through participatory justice Ottawa Law
Commission of Canada Retrieved November 30 2011 from httpdsp-
psdpwgscgccaCollectionJL2-22-2003Epdf
Macfarlane J (2005) The emerging phenomenon of collaborative family law (CFL) A
qualitative study of CFL cases Ottawa Justice Canada
Native Womenrsquos Association of Canada (2007) Aboriginal women and the legal justice system
in Canada Issue Paper Corner Brook NL Author Retrieved November 30 2011 from
httpwwwlaagovnlcalaanawspdfnwac-legalpdf
OVC Bulletin 2000 (rev 2007) A Description of Victim-Offender Mediation Washington DC
Author Retrieved November 30 2011 from
httpswwwncjrsgovovc_archivesreportsrjbulletin1rjmc_2html
Umbreit Mark S Wilson Sheryl amp Warner Roberts Ann (2006) ldquoRestorative Justice for
Victims Offenders and Communityrdquo (PPT) (source
httpwwwcehdumnedusswRJPProjectsVictim-Offender-
DialogueRJ_Principlesdefaultasp)
Umbreit Mark S Coates R B amp Vos Betty (2001) Victim Impact of Restorative Justice
Conferencing with Juveniles What We Have Learned From Two Decades of Victim-Offender
Dialogue Through Mediation and Conferencing (source
httpwwwcehdumnedusswRJPProjectsVictim-Offender-
DialogueRestorative_Group_Conferencingdefaultasp)
United Nations Economic and Social Council (2002) Basic principles on the use of restorative
justice programmes in criminal matters Resolution 200212 Retrieved November 30 2011
from httpwwwunorgenecosocdocs2002resolution202002-12pdf
Unit 9
Unit 9 introduces new more creative processes that have been tailored to meet the unique needs
of participants the particular circumstances of disputes and the specific obstacles presented The
primary focus is on ADR processes that involve a third-party neutral evaluator such as the mini-
trial and judicial settlement conferences and the use of an ombudsperson This unit defines the
role of a neutral evaluator and describes the process used in each method considered
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 9 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe some hybrid ADR processes currently available
2 Describe the role and identify the qualities of a neutral evaluator
3 Describe the different processes used in each of the various hybrid models
4 Describe the role of an ombudsperson and identify some elements of the processes used
by an ombudsperson
Required Readings
Elliott David C (1995) Medarb Fraught with danger or ripe with opportunity Alberta Law
Review 34 163-179 (source httpwwwdavidelliottcadisputeresolutionhtm)
Rowe Mary (1991) The ombudsmanrsquos role in a dispute resolution system Negotiation journal
7(4) 353-361 (source httpmrowescriptsmiteduPublicationshtml)
Wittmann Neil C (2015) Judicial dispute resolution in the Court of Queenrsquos Bench Making
resolution accessible Canadian arbitration and mediation journal 25(1) 14-20 (source
httpadriccaresourcesjournal-articles)
Optional Readings
Agrios John A amp Agrios Janice A (2004) A handbook on judicial dispute resolution for
Canadian lawyers Canadian Forum on Civil Justice (source httpwwwcfcj-
fcjcorgclearinghousejudicial-dispute-resolution )
Alberta Law Reform Institute (1993) Civil litigation The judicial mini-trial Dispute Resolution
ndash Special Series Discussion Paper No 1 (source
httpswwwalriualbertacaindexphppublicationsLawadministration-of-justicealternate-
dispute-resolutioncivil-litigation-the-judicial-mini-trial- )
Creutzfeldt Naomi J and Bradford Ben (2015) Dispute resolution outside of courts Procedural
justice and decision acceptance among users of ombuds services in the UK Law amp Society
Review 50(4) Forthcoming Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=2805917
ldquoThe Mini-Trialrdquo (2016) Department of Justice Canada
Rooke John D (2009) Improving excellence Evaluation of the judicial dispute resolution
program in the Court of Queenrsquos Bench of Alberta Canadian Forum on Civil Justice (source
httpwwwcfcj-fcjcorgclearinghousejudicial-dispute-resolution )
Rowe Mary P (2009) An organizational ombuds office in a system for dealing with conflict
and learning from conflict or ldquoconflict management systemrdquo Harvard Negotiation Law Review
14 279-288 (source httpwwwhnlrorgarticlesarchive)
Semple Noel (2011) Judicial settlement-seeking in parenting disputes Consensus and
controversy Conflict Resolution Quarterly 29 No 3 309-332 Available at SSRN
httpssrncomabstract=1687268
Unit 10
This unit provides some background to the practice of resolving disputes using the technology of
the Internet It surveys some of the current methods of online dispute resolution (ODR) and
raises issues regarding its advantages and disadvantages
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 10 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe what is meant by online dispute resolution
2 Identify and describe some of the current types and methods of ODR in use
3 Identify and explain some advantages and disadvantages of ODR
Required Reading
Brannigan Colm (2008) Online dispute resolution In CCH alternative dispute resolution
practice manual (source httpmediatecaOnline-Dispute-Resolutionhtml)
Brett Jeanne M Olekalns Mara Friedman Ray Goates Nathan Anderson Cameron Lisco
Cara Cherry (2007) Sticks and stones language face and online dispute resolution Academy
of Management Journal 50(1) 85-99
Ebner N (2014) Negotiation via the (new) email In M Benoliel (Ed) Negotiation excellence
Successful deal making (2nd ed) Singapore World Scientific Publishing
Ebner N amp Zeleznikow J (2015) Fairness trust and security in online dispute resolution
Hamline Journal of Public Law and Policy 36(2) 143-160
Optional Readings
Brannigan Colm (2016) Online dispute resolution The tools of the future for mediators
arbitrators and lawyers are here today ADR Perspectives May 2016 (source
httpadriccaresourcesadr-perspectives-newsletter)
Civil Justice Council United Kingdom (2015) Online dispute resolution for low value civil
claims
Conference on Online Dispute Resolution (2013) Presentations and Papers Stanford Law
School
Civil Resolution Tribunal British Columbia (2016) ldquoCRT Overviewrdquo
European Commission ldquoAlternative and Online Dispute Resolution (ADRODR)rdquo
Goodman Joseph W (2003) The pros and cons of online dispute resolution An assessment of
cyber-mediation websites Duke Law amp Technology Review 2 1-16
International Journal of Online Dispute Resolution
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2016) Is ODR ADR Reflections of an ADR founder from the 15th
ODR conference Law Technology and Access to Justice
National Center for Technology and Dispute Resolution (2016) httpwwwodrinfo
Thompson Darin (2015) Creating new pathways to justice using simple artificial intelligence
and online dispute resolution International Journal of Online Dispute Resolution 2(1) 4-53
United Nations Commission on International Trade Law (2016) ldquoOnline Dispute Resolution
On-Line Resourcesrdquo
Virtual Mediation Lab
Unit 11
Unit 11 focuses on what has been learned about the design of suitable ADR processes and
systems It also explores the issue of how to evaluate the success of ADR initiatives and how to
determine which ADR method is appropriate in a given dispute and its context Within the
discussion of the pros and cons of ADR issues of culture and gender are again raised with the
concern about whether a process can be designed to accommodate everyone You will find
yourself needing to answer the question of whether alternative dispute resolution is a good
alternative
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 11 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Identify and describe the elements to be considered in designing an appropriate dispute
resolution process
2 Describe specific problems and concerns relating to culture and gender in attempts to
design appropriate dispute resolution processes
3 Describe some methods of evaluating dispute resolution processes and systems
4 Describe some measures of the effectiveness of alternative dispute resolution processes
and their effects on the legal system
Required Reading
Amsler (formerly Bingham) Lisa Blomgren (2009) Designing justice Legal institutions and
other systems for managing conflict Ohio State Journal on Dispute Resolution Forthcoming
Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=1294063
Brahm Eric and Julian Ouellet Designing New Dispute Resolution Systems Beyond
Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium
University of Colorado Boulder Posted September 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaydesigning-dispute-systemsgt
British Columbia Ministry of Attorney General (2016) Reaching resolution A guide to
designing public sector dispute resolution systems Victoria Ministry of Attorney General
Optional Readings
Baruch Bush Robert A (1989) Defining quality in dispute resolution Taxonomies and anti-
taxonomies of quality arguments Denver University Law Review 66 335ndash380
Galanter Marc amp Cahill Mia (1994) ldquoMost cases settlerdquo Judicial promotion and regulation of
settlements Stanford Law Review 46(6) 1339-1391
Greenberg Elayne E (2015) Fitting the forum to the pernicious fuss A dispute resolution
design to address implicit bias and lsquoisms in the workplace St Johnrsquos School of Law Legal
Studies Research Paper Series
Kelman Herbert C (2005) Building trust among enemies The central challenge for
international conflict resolution International Journal of Intercultural Relations 29 639-650
(source httpscholarharvardedusearchsitekelman)
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2009) Are there systemic ethics issues in dispute system design And
what we should [not] do about it Lessons from international and domestic fronts Harvard
Negotiation Law Review 14 195-231
Rabinovich-Einy Orna amp Katsh Ethan (2012) Technology and the future of dispute systems
design Harvard Negotiation Law Review 17 151ndash199 (source
httpwwwhnlrorgarticlesarchive)
Reuben Richard C (2005) Democracy and dispute resolution Systems design and the new
workplace Harvard Negotiation Law Review 14 1ndash342
Rolph Elizabeth amp Moller Erik (1995) Evaluating agency alternative dispute resolution
programs A usersrsquo guide to data collection and use Santa Monica CA Rand Corporation
Rowe Mary (2001) Designing integrated conflict management systems Guidelines for
practitioners and decision makers in organizations Cornell University Institute on Conflict
Resolution
Silbey Susan S amp Merry Sally Engle (1984) What Do Plaintiffs Want Reexamining the
Concept of Dispute Justice System Journal 9 151-178
United States Postal Service ldquoRedressrdquo
Various (2009) Dispute System Design Issue of Harvard Negotiation Law Review 14 1ndash342
Unit 12
Unit 12 considers the current trends of ADR in Canada and elsewhere and where it appears to be
headed in the foreseeable future This final unit also suggests ideas about the future effects of
ADR on the legal system on justice and on society
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 12 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe some current and future trends in ADR
2 Explain how the Canadian legal system has changed and continues to change with the
advancement of ADR
3 Describe the effect of ADR on societal views of ldquojusticerdquo
4 Explain your views on the appropriateness of ADR in the Canadian legal system
Required ReadingViewing
View some videos available through the International Mediation Institute Mediation Podcasts
Read some blog posts from the following sites
Mediatecom The Weekrsquos Best Blog Posts
International Mediation Institute Mediation Blogs
Optional Readings
Eisenberg Deborah Thompson (2016) What we know (and need to know) about court-annexed
dispute resolution South Carolina Law Review 67 245-265
Hernandez-Crespo Mariana D (2012) From noise to music The potential of the multi-door
courthouse model to advance systemic inclusion and participation as a foundation for sustainable
rule of law in Latin America Journal of Dispute Resolution 2012
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2009) Maintaining ADR integrity Alternatives to the High Cost of
Litigation 27(1) 1-9
Merry Sally Engle (1988) Legal pluralism Law amp Society Review 22 869ndash896
Stipanowich Thomas amp Lamare J Ryan (2013) Living with ADR Evolving perceptions and
use of mediation arbitration and conflict management in Fortune 1000 corporations Harvard
Negotiation Law Review 19 1-68
Assessment in Alternative Dispute Resolution
To receive credit for Alternative Dispute Resolution you must complete all course
assignments achieve a mark of at least 50 on the final exam and achieve an overall
course grade of at least 50
The weightings for each assessment item are as follows
Activity Credit Weight Date Due
Assignment 1 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 4
Assignment 2 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 8
Assignment 3 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 10
Assignment 4 oral presentation 10 of final grade End of Unit 11
Assignment 5 oral response 10 of final grade End of Unit 12
Final Examination 50 of final grade End of all Units
Total 100 of final grade
Assignments 1 and 2
You are required to submit two written online responses You may answer any one question
arising from each of the following unit clusters
bull Units 1 to 4
bull Units 5 to 8
All responses should be completed by the time you finish studying Unit 10
Written responses should be between 500 and 750 words each
Example question ldquoThink of an occasion when you consciously decided not to pursue a potential
grievance What were your reasons What would have stimulated you to pursue it Using the ideas and
terminology of this unit describe the conflict you experiencedrdquo
Assignment 3
For this assignment put yourself in the place of mediator who uses a facilitative style and who is
preparing to conduct interest-based mediation with two parties who have a legal dispute arising
out of an accident Your practice is to hold a separate private meeting with each of the parties
before the mediation starts to help assess the dispute and prepare the parties to engage in an
interest-based mediation process Part of that preparation consists in assisting the parties to
identify their real interests needs and concerns in relation to the conflict in which they find
themselves
With that in mind read the transcript of what one of the parties has told you as if you were
listening to them face to face Then prepare an oral submission as follows
Your submission should consist of five oral responses you might make to the client in order to
help prepare him for the upcoming mediation including a better awareness of his needs interests
concerns and possible settlement range
Each of the five responses should be in the following two part format
1 First restate (or reflect) something you have heard from the client to show that you
understand what you are being told This should take the form of a statement starting
with the words ldquoYou said helliprdquo or ldquoYou indicated helliprdquo or ldquoYou went on to say helliprdquo or
similar
2 Then follow that up with a question designed to bring out a need concern interest or
emotion of this party or a reframing statement that may help this party to view the
dispute in a different light A question may also be used to help clarify his position
options for settlement or potential range of settlement figures
A question probing interests may be worded something like ldquoBased on what you have
said it seems to me that what you are really interested in (concerned about) is hellip Would
that be correctrdquo A reframing statement might be in the form of ldquoWould another way of
putting it be helliprdquo A question for clarification might be ldquoDo I understand it correctly that
helliprdquo You are not restricted to these wordings Be creative
The essential goal of this assignment is to encourage you to think of ways a mediator might help
a disputing party prepare to engage in interest-based mediation and negotiation with a view to
settlement of the dispute
Assignment 4
For Assignment 4 put yourself in the place of a mediator who is starting the first mediation
session with two disputing parties As part of your opening remarks explain the intent and
process of mediation and your role as a mediator and try to create a safe and supportive
environment for the parties Record what you would say (Hint try not to read a prepared script)
The maximum recording length for this assignment is 5 minutes
Assignment 5
For Assignment 5 put yourself in the place of a mediator who is hearing an opening statement
(or ldquostoryrdquo) from one of the disputing parties As part of the mediation process summarize or
ldquorepeat backrdquo the statement you hear using the techniques and skills you have learned about in
this course Include at least one reframe Record your response to the statement you hear
The time limit indicated for this assignment is 11 minutes which includes listening to the story and
recording your summary
Final Exam
Final Exam The final examination is worth 50 of your total course mark It is a closed book
online exam written over 3 hours Please consult the Online Exams (MuchLearning) section of
the Procedures for Applying for and Writing Examinations in your online Student Manual and
visit httpregistrarathabascaucaexamsonlinestudent for more information
Part A of the exam comprises 15 multiple choice and truefalse questions (2 marks each) similar
to those in the self-study quizzes This part covers the whole course Part B comprises 6
questions (5 marks each) that are drawn from the learning objectives listed for the units in the
course Each question is to be answered in a paragraph Part C (40 marks) requires you to answer
8 questions (5 marks each) based on a scenario like the one presented in Assignment 3 The
questions ask you to analyze the facts given in relation to what you have learned about
negotiation mediation and hybrid processes
See exam procedures for information on how to book your exam and other questions you may
have
Unit 4
Unit 4 introduces skills and techniques used in negotiation It addresses the steps required in
preparing for negotiation skills used in negotiation itself and the qualifications of a ldquogoodrdquo
negotiator Unit 4 describes how to gain and use power to negotiate onersquos goals and provides
examples to evaluate your own negotiating skills
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 4 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe the steps in preparing for negotiation and explain why they are important
2 Describe the skills needed in negotiation and start to practise them
3 Identify and explain the sources of power available in negotiation
4 Explain the concepts of positions and interests in negotiation theory
5 Describe various kinds of negotiation formats and the ldquotyperdquo of negotiator required for
each
Required Readings
Alfredson Tanya and Cungu Azeta Practical Steps to Integrative Bargaining The Seven
Elements of Principled Negotiation in Negotiation Theory and Practice A Review of the
Literature EASYPol online resources for Policy Making Food and Agriculture Organization of
the United Nations pages 18-25 httpwwwfaoorgdocsupeasypol5504-
5_negotiation_background_paper_179enpdf
Dugan Maacuteire A Power Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict
Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted June 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaypowergt
Ebner Noam (2014) Analytical preparation for negotiation A checklist Creighton University
School of Law - Werner Institute for Negotiation and Dispute Resolution
Maiese Michelle Interests Positions Needs and Values Beyond Intractability Eds Guy
Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder
Posted August 2004 lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayinterestsgt
Optional Readings
Condlin Robert (2016) The ldquonaturerdquo of legal dispute bargaining University of Maryland Legal
Studies Research Paper
Dobrijevie Gordana Negotiation and Power
(wwwsingipediacomattachmentphpattachmentid=1651ampd)
Ebner Noam (2016) Negotiation Mediation and Conflict Resolution Channel (YouTube)
Fox Kenneth H (2010) Negotiation as a post-modern process Hamline Journal of Public Law
amp Policy 31 367ndash384
Performing Artist Contract Negotiation ndash Competitive Style (Video) (Source
httpwwwadrvideoorg )
Performing Artist Contract Negotiation ndash Cooperative Style (Video) (Source
httpwwwadrvideoorg )
Sebenius James K (2014) Better deals through level II strategies Advance your interests by
helping to solve their internal problems Harvard Business School Working Paper
Schneider Andrea Kupfer et al (2014) Cooking up a deal Negotiation recipes for success
Marquette Law School Legal Studies Paper No 14-10 UC Irvine School of Law Research Paper
No 2014-27
Spangler Brad Option Identification Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi
Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted January
2004 lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayoption-identificationgt
Unit 5
Unit 5 explores the use of negotiation skills in specific contexts including within police work
involving crisis negotiations This unit also examines concerns and issues pertaining to how
negotiations may be practised differentlymdashor whether they work at allmdashwithin intercultural
situations or for women Do negotiations sometimes fail because in our society our underlying
ideologies make wrong assumptions and judgments about gender and culture For example do
paternalistic or racist ideologies affect how gender and cultural minority issues are examined (or
ignored) in negotiation contexts
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 5 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe ways in which negotiations are used in real-life situations
2 Explain the use of negotiation skills in resolving a crisis situation
3 Describe how negotiation skills and styles may differ according to gender and culture
4 Identify and explain the kinds of ideologies that may contribute to confusion and biases
in negotiations
5 Identify and explain the systemic inequities that create difficulties for women and cultural
minorities
6 Describe some ways of considering gender and cultural differences and inequities in a
negotiation
7 Identify and explain the ethical requirements of a negotiator
Required Readings
Adair Wendi L amp Brett Jeanne M (2005) The negotiation dance Time culture and
behavioral sequences in negotiation Organization Science 16 33ndash51 (Source authorrsquos
homepage at University of Waterloo - httpsuwaterloocapsychologypeople-profileswendi-
adair)
Kirby J (1997) Would Principled Negotiation Have Saved Eve A Feminist Analysis of
Getting to YES Otago Law Review 9 122ndash143
LeBaron Michelle (2003) Culture-Based Negotiation Styles Beyond Intractability Eds Guy
Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder
Posted July 2003 lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayculture-negotiationgt
Milo-Locker Shiri (2004) ldquoThe decision to settle ndash balance setoffs and tradeoffs between
rational emotional and psychological forcesrdquo Mediatecom
Optional Readings
Ayres Ian (1991) Fair driving Gender and race discrimination in retail car negotiations
Harvard Law Review 104(4) 817-872
Burgess Heidi (2013) Active Listening Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi
Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgcoreknowledgeactive-listeninggt
Hammer Mitchell (2008) The SAFE Model of Negotiating Critical Incidents
Johnson Julia (2014) Gender differences in negotiation Implications for the workplace Duke
University School of Law
Kennedy J F (1961) Inaugural address Inauguration of John F Kennedy January 20 1961
Retrieved November 30 2011 from httpwwwhpolorgjfkinaugural
Kray Laura amp Thompson Leigh (2005) Gender stereotypes and negotiation performance An
examination of theory and research Research in Organizational Behavior 26 103-182
(source httpfacultybiohaasberkeleyedufaculty-listkray-laura )
Pearson L B (1957) ldquoThe four faces of peacerdquo The Honourable Lester Bowles Pearsonrsquos
acceptance speech upon presentation of the Nobel Peace Prize in 1957 Retrieved November 30
2011 from httpwwwunacorgenlink_learncanadapearsonspeechnobelasp
Queen v Cognos Inc [1993] 1 SCR 87
Wang Lu-in (2010) Negotiating the situation The reasonable person in context Lewis amp Clark
Law Review 14 1285-1311
White James J (1980) Machiavelli and the bar Ethical limitations on lying in negotiation Law
amp Social Inquiry 5 926ndash938
Unit 6
Unit 6 begins with an attempt to define ldquomediationrdquo in its various forms styles and strategies by
pointing out the commonalities among these elements This unit discusses the role of the
mediator the requirement to be neutral and other critical issues in mediation Unit 6 also
discusses the principles behind the use of mediation in the legal system and why mediation is
considered an ldquoalternativerdquo
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 6 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Define ldquomediationrdquo and describe its role in the legal system
2 Describe the role of the mediator and some of the skills required for acting in that role
3 Explain the difference between mediation and negotiation
4 Discuss the possible effects of mediation on the Canadian legal system and on our views
of justice
5 Explain how a mediator views conflict
6 Identify and describe various mediation models and mediatorsrsquo styles
7 Describe how the mediatorrsquos style affects mediation
8 Identify and explain some critical issues in mediation
9 Identify and describe the sources of power in a mediator
10 Identify and describe the forms of power that need to be monitored in mediation
Required Readings
Alexander Nadja (2011) The Mediation Meta-Model - the realities of mediation practice ADR
Bulletin Vol 12 No 6 Article 5
Maiese Michelle Neutrality Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess
Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted June 2005
httpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgbi-essayneutrality
Riskin Leonard L (2003) Decision-making in mediation The new old grid and the new new
grid system Notre Dame Law Review 79 1ndash53
Spangler Brad Problem-Solving Mediation Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and
Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted
September 2003 httpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgbi-essayproblem-solving-mediation
Spangler Brad Transformative Mediation Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi
Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted October
2003 httpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaytransformative-mediation
Optional Readings
Alfini James J (1991) Trashing bashing and hashing it out Is this the end of ldquogood
mediationrdquo Florida State Law Review 19 47-75
Glaser Tanya (2016) Summary of Christopher Moore The Mediation Process Practical
Strategies for Resolving Conflict (3rd ed 2004) San Francisco Jossey-Bass Publishers
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2015) Mediation Arbitration and Alternative Dispute Resolution
(ADR) International Encyclopedia of the Social and Behavioral Sciences Elsevier Ltd 2015
UC Irvine School of Law Research Paper No 2015-59
Morris C (1997) The trusted mediator In J Macfarlane (Ed) Rethinking disputes The
mediation alternative Toronto Emond Montgomery
Shapira Omer (2009) Exploring the concept of power in mediation Mediatorsrsquo sources of
power and influence tactics Ohio State Journal on Dispute Resolution 24 535-568
Silbey Susan S amp Merry Sally E (1986) Mediator settlement strategies Law amp Policy 8 7ndash
32 (source httpwebmitedussilbeywwwpubhtml)
Smyth Gemma (2009) Strengthening social justice in informal dispute resolution processes
through cultural competence Windsor Yearbook of Access to Justice 27 111ndash126
Unit 7
The primary focus of Unit 7 is on the mediation process and mediation skills This unit outlines
guidelines for conducting a mediation and the steps to be taken in preparing for and performing
dispute resolution It also provides tips for efficient and effective mediation and describes the
skills required to mediate a dispute
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 7 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe a process for facilitative mediation
2 Identify some common steps found in the mediation process
3 Describe required skills to be used by a mediator
4 Perform listening and questioning skills used by a mediator
5 Explain and critique the use of caucuses in mediation
Required Readings
Kaufman Sanda Michael Elliott and Deborah Shmueli Frames Framing and Reframing
Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium
University of Colorado Boulder Posted September 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayframinggt
Maiese Michelle Emotions Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess
Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted July 2005
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayemotiongt
Maiese Michelle Ground Rules Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess
Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted September 2004
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayground-rulesgt
Salem Richard Empathic Listening Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi
Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted July 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayempathic-listeninggt
Spangler Brad Caucus Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict
Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted June 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaycaucusgt
Optional Readings
Cleveland Mediation Center (Producer) (2010) Community mediation demosmdashOpening
statement [video] Cleveland OH Author Retrieved November 30 2011 from
httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Y1ABs7QfMYo
CommunityMediation (2016) Mediator Training Clip 1 - Agenda - Language amp Interruptions
[video] Retrieved July 12 2016 from httpswwwyoutubecomwatchv=X-mrHWhWIXA
Noesner G W and Mike Webster (1997) Crisis intervention using active listening skills in
negotiations FBI Law Enforcement Bulletin 66 13ndash19
Unit 8
Unit 8 examines the use of mediation in several areas including family disputes where it is now
common criminal matters and public policy and administrative proceedings This unit also
discusses issues of race culture and gender with respect to their possible effects on the
mediation process Finally Unit 8 outlines the ethical requirements of the mediator
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 8 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe various ways in which mediation is used in real-life situations
2 Describe in detail the use of mediation and the required process for mediation in family
disputes and in juvenile crime situations
3 Explain how mediation may be affected by and how it can be altered to accommodate
issues of gender and culture
4 Outline the ethical requirements of a mediator
5 Identify the ethical issues in victim-offender mediation (VOM)
6 List and explain the principles of consensus-building decision making
7 Describe the impact of culture in mediation
Required Readings
Hallevy Prof Gabriel (2011) Therapeutic victim-offender mediation within the criminal justice
process ndash Sharpening the evaluation of personal potential for rehabilitation while righting
wrongs under the alternative-dispute-resolution (ADR) philosophy Harvard Negotiation Law
Review 16 65-94 Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=2693515
Lande John (2012) The revolution in family law dispute resolution Journal of the American
Academy of Matrimonial Lawyers 24 411-449 University of Missouri School of Law Legal
Studies Research Paper No 2012-10 Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=2035605
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2011) Mediating multiculturally Culture and the ethical mediator In
Mediation ethics Cases amp Commentaries 305-338 Ellen Waldman ed San Francisco CA
Jossey-Bass 2011 UC Irvine School of Law Research Paper No 2012-28 Georgetown Public
Law Research Paper No 12-061
Umbreit Mark (2009) Restorative justice victim offender mediation overview (YouTube
video)
Optional Readings
ADR Institute of Canada Inc (2011) Code of Ethics and Code of Conduct for Mediators
Toronto ON Author
Bush RA Baruch (1994) Symposium The dilemmas of mediation practice ldquoA study of
ethical dilemmas and policy implicationsrdquo Journal of dispute resolution 1994(1) 1-56
Cormick G Dale N Emond P Sigurdson SG amp Stuart B (1996) Building consensus for
a sustainable future Putting principles into practice Ottawa Government of Canada (source
httppublicationsgccasitearchivee-
archivedhtmlurl=httppublicationsgccacollectionscollection_2016trnee-nrteeEn133-10-1-
1996-engpdf)
Gallagher Lora Elizabeth (2013) Detour ahead Victim-offender mediation as a mandatory
deviation program for juveniles University of Mississippi School of Law
Kahane David (2003) Dispute resolution and the politics of cultural generalization Negotiation
Journal 19 5ndash27
MacDonald J (Producer) amp Dickie B (Director) (2000) Hollow Water [Motion picture]
National Film Board of Canada
MacDonald J (Producer) amp Konowal C (Director) (1997) A Glimmer of Hope [Motion
picture] National Film Board of Canada
Macfarlane J (2003) Transforming relationships through participatory justice Ottawa Law
Commission of Canada Retrieved November 30 2011 from httpdsp-
psdpwgscgccaCollectionJL2-22-2003Epdf
Macfarlane J (2005) The emerging phenomenon of collaborative family law (CFL) A
qualitative study of CFL cases Ottawa Justice Canada
Native Womenrsquos Association of Canada (2007) Aboriginal women and the legal justice system
in Canada Issue Paper Corner Brook NL Author Retrieved November 30 2011 from
httpwwwlaagovnlcalaanawspdfnwac-legalpdf
OVC Bulletin 2000 (rev 2007) A Description of Victim-Offender Mediation Washington DC
Author Retrieved November 30 2011 from
httpswwwncjrsgovovc_archivesreportsrjbulletin1rjmc_2html
Umbreit Mark S Wilson Sheryl amp Warner Roberts Ann (2006) ldquoRestorative Justice for
Victims Offenders and Communityrdquo (PPT) (source
httpwwwcehdumnedusswRJPProjectsVictim-Offender-
DialogueRJ_Principlesdefaultasp)
Umbreit Mark S Coates R B amp Vos Betty (2001) Victim Impact of Restorative Justice
Conferencing with Juveniles What We Have Learned From Two Decades of Victim-Offender
Dialogue Through Mediation and Conferencing (source
httpwwwcehdumnedusswRJPProjectsVictim-Offender-
DialogueRestorative_Group_Conferencingdefaultasp)
United Nations Economic and Social Council (2002) Basic principles on the use of restorative
justice programmes in criminal matters Resolution 200212 Retrieved November 30 2011
from httpwwwunorgenecosocdocs2002resolution202002-12pdf
Unit 9
Unit 9 introduces new more creative processes that have been tailored to meet the unique needs
of participants the particular circumstances of disputes and the specific obstacles presented The
primary focus is on ADR processes that involve a third-party neutral evaluator such as the mini-
trial and judicial settlement conferences and the use of an ombudsperson This unit defines the
role of a neutral evaluator and describes the process used in each method considered
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 9 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe some hybrid ADR processes currently available
2 Describe the role and identify the qualities of a neutral evaluator
3 Describe the different processes used in each of the various hybrid models
4 Describe the role of an ombudsperson and identify some elements of the processes used
by an ombudsperson
Required Readings
Elliott David C (1995) Medarb Fraught with danger or ripe with opportunity Alberta Law
Review 34 163-179 (source httpwwwdavidelliottcadisputeresolutionhtm)
Rowe Mary (1991) The ombudsmanrsquos role in a dispute resolution system Negotiation journal
7(4) 353-361 (source httpmrowescriptsmiteduPublicationshtml)
Wittmann Neil C (2015) Judicial dispute resolution in the Court of Queenrsquos Bench Making
resolution accessible Canadian arbitration and mediation journal 25(1) 14-20 (source
httpadriccaresourcesjournal-articles)
Optional Readings
Agrios John A amp Agrios Janice A (2004) A handbook on judicial dispute resolution for
Canadian lawyers Canadian Forum on Civil Justice (source httpwwwcfcj-
fcjcorgclearinghousejudicial-dispute-resolution )
Alberta Law Reform Institute (1993) Civil litigation The judicial mini-trial Dispute Resolution
ndash Special Series Discussion Paper No 1 (source
httpswwwalriualbertacaindexphppublicationsLawadministration-of-justicealternate-
dispute-resolutioncivil-litigation-the-judicial-mini-trial- )
Creutzfeldt Naomi J and Bradford Ben (2015) Dispute resolution outside of courts Procedural
justice and decision acceptance among users of ombuds services in the UK Law amp Society
Review 50(4) Forthcoming Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=2805917
ldquoThe Mini-Trialrdquo (2016) Department of Justice Canada
Rooke John D (2009) Improving excellence Evaluation of the judicial dispute resolution
program in the Court of Queenrsquos Bench of Alberta Canadian Forum on Civil Justice (source
httpwwwcfcj-fcjcorgclearinghousejudicial-dispute-resolution )
Rowe Mary P (2009) An organizational ombuds office in a system for dealing with conflict
and learning from conflict or ldquoconflict management systemrdquo Harvard Negotiation Law Review
14 279-288 (source httpwwwhnlrorgarticlesarchive)
Semple Noel (2011) Judicial settlement-seeking in parenting disputes Consensus and
controversy Conflict Resolution Quarterly 29 No 3 309-332 Available at SSRN
httpssrncomabstract=1687268
Unit 10
This unit provides some background to the practice of resolving disputes using the technology of
the Internet It surveys some of the current methods of online dispute resolution (ODR) and
raises issues regarding its advantages and disadvantages
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 10 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe what is meant by online dispute resolution
2 Identify and describe some of the current types and methods of ODR in use
3 Identify and explain some advantages and disadvantages of ODR
Required Reading
Brannigan Colm (2008) Online dispute resolution In CCH alternative dispute resolution
practice manual (source httpmediatecaOnline-Dispute-Resolutionhtml)
Brett Jeanne M Olekalns Mara Friedman Ray Goates Nathan Anderson Cameron Lisco
Cara Cherry (2007) Sticks and stones language face and online dispute resolution Academy
of Management Journal 50(1) 85-99
Ebner N (2014) Negotiation via the (new) email In M Benoliel (Ed) Negotiation excellence
Successful deal making (2nd ed) Singapore World Scientific Publishing
Ebner N amp Zeleznikow J (2015) Fairness trust and security in online dispute resolution
Hamline Journal of Public Law and Policy 36(2) 143-160
Optional Readings
Brannigan Colm (2016) Online dispute resolution The tools of the future for mediators
arbitrators and lawyers are here today ADR Perspectives May 2016 (source
httpadriccaresourcesadr-perspectives-newsletter)
Civil Justice Council United Kingdom (2015) Online dispute resolution for low value civil
claims
Conference on Online Dispute Resolution (2013) Presentations and Papers Stanford Law
School
Civil Resolution Tribunal British Columbia (2016) ldquoCRT Overviewrdquo
European Commission ldquoAlternative and Online Dispute Resolution (ADRODR)rdquo
Goodman Joseph W (2003) The pros and cons of online dispute resolution An assessment of
cyber-mediation websites Duke Law amp Technology Review 2 1-16
International Journal of Online Dispute Resolution
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2016) Is ODR ADR Reflections of an ADR founder from the 15th
ODR conference Law Technology and Access to Justice
National Center for Technology and Dispute Resolution (2016) httpwwwodrinfo
Thompson Darin (2015) Creating new pathways to justice using simple artificial intelligence
and online dispute resolution International Journal of Online Dispute Resolution 2(1) 4-53
United Nations Commission on International Trade Law (2016) ldquoOnline Dispute Resolution
On-Line Resourcesrdquo
Virtual Mediation Lab
Unit 11
Unit 11 focuses on what has been learned about the design of suitable ADR processes and
systems It also explores the issue of how to evaluate the success of ADR initiatives and how to
determine which ADR method is appropriate in a given dispute and its context Within the
discussion of the pros and cons of ADR issues of culture and gender are again raised with the
concern about whether a process can be designed to accommodate everyone You will find
yourself needing to answer the question of whether alternative dispute resolution is a good
alternative
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 11 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Identify and describe the elements to be considered in designing an appropriate dispute
resolution process
2 Describe specific problems and concerns relating to culture and gender in attempts to
design appropriate dispute resolution processes
3 Describe some methods of evaluating dispute resolution processes and systems
4 Describe some measures of the effectiveness of alternative dispute resolution processes
and their effects on the legal system
Required Reading
Amsler (formerly Bingham) Lisa Blomgren (2009) Designing justice Legal institutions and
other systems for managing conflict Ohio State Journal on Dispute Resolution Forthcoming
Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=1294063
Brahm Eric and Julian Ouellet Designing New Dispute Resolution Systems Beyond
Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium
University of Colorado Boulder Posted September 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaydesigning-dispute-systemsgt
British Columbia Ministry of Attorney General (2016) Reaching resolution A guide to
designing public sector dispute resolution systems Victoria Ministry of Attorney General
Optional Readings
Baruch Bush Robert A (1989) Defining quality in dispute resolution Taxonomies and anti-
taxonomies of quality arguments Denver University Law Review 66 335ndash380
Galanter Marc amp Cahill Mia (1994) ldquoMost cases settlerdquo Judicial promotion and regulation of
settlements Stanford Law Review 46(6) 1339-1391
Greenberg Elayne E (2015) Fitting the forum to the pernicious fuss A dispute resolution
design to address implicit bias and lsquoisms in the workplace St Johnrsquos School of Law Legal
Studies Research Paper Series
Kelman Herbert C (2005) Building trust among enemies The central challenge for
international conflict resolution International Journal of Intercultural Relations 29 639-650
(source httpscholarharvardedusearchsitekelman)
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2009) Are there systemic ethics issues in dispute system design And
what we should [not] do about it Lessons from international and domestic fronts Harvard
Negotiation Law Review 14 195-231
Rabinovich-Einy Orna amp Katsh Ethan (2012) Technology and the future of dispute systems
design Harvard Negotiation Law Review 17 151ndash199 (source
httpwwwhnlrorgarticlesarchive)
Reuben Richard C (2005) Democracy and dispute resolution Systems design and the new
workplace Harvard Negotiation Law Review 14 1ndash342
Rolph Elizabeth amp Moller Erik (1995) Evaluating agency alternative dispute resolution
programs A usersrsquo guide to data collection and use Santa Monica CA Rand Corporation
Rowe Mary (2001) Designing integrated conflict management systems Guidelines for
practitioners and decision makers in organizations Cornell University Institute on Conflict
Resolution
Silbey Susan S amp Merry Sally Engle (1984) What Do Plaintiffs Want Reexamining the
Concept of Dispute Justice System Journal 9 151-178
United States Postal Service ldquoRedressrdquo
Various (2009) Dispute System Design Issue of Harvard Negotiation Law Review 14 1ndash342
Unit 12
Unit 12 considers the current trends of ADR in Canada and elsewhere and where it appears to be
headed in the foreseeable future This final unit also suggests ideas about the future effects of
ADR on the legal system on justice and on society
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 12 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe some current and future trends in ADR
2 Explain how the Canadian legal system has changed and continues to change with the
advancement of ADR
3 Describe the effect of ADR on societal views of ldquojusticerdquo
4 Explain your views on the appropriateness of ADR in the Canadian legal system
Required ReadingViewing
View some videos available through the International Mediation Institute Mediation Podcasts
Read some blog posts from the following sites
Mediatecom The Weekrsquos Best Blog Posts
International Mediation Institute Mediation Blogs
Optional Readings
Eisenberg Deborah Thompson (2016) What we know (and need to know) about court-annexed
dispute resolution South Carolina Law Review 67 245-265
Hernandez-Crespo Mariana D (2012) From noise to music The potential of the multi-door
courthouse model to advance systemic inclusion and participation as a foundation for sustainable
rule of law in Latin America Journal of Dispute Resolution 2012
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2009) Maintaining ADR integrity Alternatives to the High Cost of
Litigation 27(1) 1-9
Merry Sally Engle (1988) Legal pluralism Law amp Society Review 22 869ndash896
Stipanowich Thomas amp Lamare J Ryan (2013) Living with ADR Evolving perceptions and
use of mediation arbitration and conflict management in Fortune 1000 corporations Harvard
Negotiation Law Review 19 1-68
Assessment in Alternative Dispute Resolution
To receive credit for Alternative Dispute Resolution you must complete all course
assignments achieve a mark of at least 50 on the final exam and achieve an overall
course grade of at least 50
The weightings for each assessment item are as follows
Activity Credit Weight Date Due
Assignment 1 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 4
Assignment 2 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 8
Assignment 3 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 10
Assignment 4 oral presentation 10 of final grade End of Unit 11
Assignment 5 oral response 10 of final grade End of Unit 12
Final Examination 50 of final grade End of all Units
Total 100 of final grade
Assignments 1 and 2
You are required to submit two written online responses You may answer any one question
arising from each of the following unit clusters
bull Units 1 to 4
bull Units 5 to 8
All responses should be completed by the time you finish studying Unit 10
Written responses should be between 500 and 750 words each
Example question ldquoThink of an occasion when you consciously decided not to pursue a potential
grievance What were your reasons What would have stimulated you to pursue it Using the ideas and
terminology of this unit describe the conflict you experiencedrdquo
Assignment 3
For this assignment put yourself in the place of mediator who uses a facilitative style and who is
preparing to conduct interest-based mediation with two parties who have a legal dispute arising
out of an accident Your practice is to hold a separate private meeting with each of the parties
before the mediation starts to help assess the dispute and prepare the parties to engage in an
interest-based mediation process Part of that preparation consists in assisting the parties to
identify their real interests needs and concerns in relation to the conflict in which they find
themselves
With that in mind read the transcript of what one of the parties has told you as if you were
listening to them face to face Then prepare an oral submission as follows
Your submission should consist of five oral responses you might make to the client in order to
help prepare him for the upcoming mediation including a better awareness of his needs interests
concerns and possible settlement range
Each of the five responses should be in the following two part format
1 First restate (or reflect) something you have heard from the client to show that you
understand what you are being told This should take the form of a statement starting
with the words ldquoYou said helliprdquo or ldquoYou indicated helliprdquo or ldquoYou went on to say helliprdquo or
similar
2 Then follow that up with a question designed to bring out a need concern interest or
emotion of this party or a reframing statement that may help this party to view the
dispute in a different light A question may also be used to help clarify his position
options for settlement or potential range of settlement figures
A question probing interests may be worded something like ldquoBased on what you have
said it seems to me that what you are really interested in (concerned about) is hellip Would
that be correctrdquo A reframing statement might be in the form of ldquoWould another way of
putting it be helliprdquo A question for clarification might be ldquoDo I understand it correctly that
helliprdquo You are not restricted to these wordings Be creative
The essential goal of this assignment is to encourage you to think of ways a mediator might help
a disputing party prepare to engage in interest-based mediation and negotiation with a view to
settlement of the dispute
Assignment 4
For Assignment 4 put yourself in the place of a mediator who is starting the first mediation
session with two disputing parties As part of your opening remarks explain the intent and
process of mediation and your role as a mediator and try to create a safe and supportive
environment for the parties Record what you would say (Hint try not to read a prepared script)
The maximum recording length for this assignment is 5 minutes
Assignment 5
For Assignment 5 put yourself in the place of a mediator who is hearing an opening statement
(or ldquostoryrdquo) from one of the disputing parties As part of the mediation process summarize or
ldquorepeat backrdquo the statement you hear using the techniques and skills you have learned about in
this course Include at least one reframe Record your response to the statement you hear
The time limit indicated for this assignment is 11 minutes which includes listening to the story and
recording your summary
Final Exam
Final Exam The final examination is worth 50 of your total course mark It is a closed book
online exam written over 3 hours Please consult the Online Exams (MuchLearning) section of
the Procedures for Applying for and Writing Examinations in your online Student Manual and
visit httpregistrarathabascaucaexamsonlinestudent for more information
Part A of the exam comprises 15 multiple choice and truefalse questions (2 marks each) similar
to those in the self-study quizzes This part covers the whole course Part B comprises 6
questions (5 marks each) that are drawn from the learning objectives listed for the units in the
course Each question is to be answered in a paragraph Part C (40 marks) requires you to answer
8 questions (5 marks each) based on a scenario like the one presented in Assignment 3 The
questions ask you to analyze the facts given in relation to what you have learned about
negotiation mediation and hybrid processes
See exam procedures for information on how to book your exam and other questions you may
have
Dobrijevie Gordana Negotiation and Power
(wwwsingipediacomattachmentphpattachmentid=1651ampd)
Ebner Noam (2016) Negotiation Mediation and Conflict Resolution Channel (YouTube)
Fox Kenneth H (2010) Negotiation as a post-modern process Hamline Journal of Public Law
amp Policy 31 367ndash384
Performing Artist Contract Negotiation ndash Competitive Style (Video) (Source
httpwwwadrvideoorg )
Performing Artist Contract Negotiation ndash Cooperative Style (Video) (Source
httpwwwadrvideoorg )
Sebenius James K (2014) Better deals through level II strategies Advance your interests by
helping to solve their internal problems Harvard Business School Working Paper
Schneider Andrea Kupfer et al (2014) Cooking up a deal Negotiation recipes for success
Marquette Law School Legal Studies Paper No 14-10 UC Irvine School of Law Research Paper
No 2014-27
Spangler Brad Option Identification Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi
Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted January
2004 lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayoption-identificationgt
Unit 5
Unit 5 explores the use of negotiation skills in specific contexts including within police work
involving crisis negotiations This unit also examines concerns and issues pertaining to how
negotiations may be practised differentlymdashor whether they work at allmdashwithin intercultural
situations or for women Do negotiations sometimes fail because in our society our underlying
ideologies make wrong assumptions and judgments about gender and culture For example do
paternalistic or racist ideologies affect how gender and cultural minority issues are examined (or
ignored) in negotiation contexts
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 5 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe ways in which negotiations are used in real-life situations
2 Explain the use of negotiation skills in resolving a crisis situation
3 Describe how negotiation skills and styles may differ according to gender and culture
4 Identify and explain the kinds of ideologies that may contribute to confusion and biases
in negotiations
5 Identify and explain the systemic inequities that create difficulties for women and cultural
minorities
6 Describe some ways of considering gender and cultural differences and inequities in a
negotiation
7 Identify and explain the ethical requirements of a negotiator
Required Readings
Adair Wendi L amp Brett Jeanne M (2005) The negotiation dance Time culture and
behavioral sequences in negotiation Organization Science 16 33ndash51 (Source authorrsquos
homepage at University of Waterloo - httpsuwaterloocapsychologypeople-profileswendi-
adair)
Kirby J (1997) Would Principled Negotiation Have Saved Eve A Feminist Analysis of
Getting to YES Otago Law Review 9 122ndash143
LeBaron Michelle (2003) Culture-Based Negotiation Styles Beyond Intractability Eds Guy
Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder
Posted July 2003 lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayculture-negotiationgt
Milo-Locker Shiri (2004) ldquoThe decision to settle ndash balance setoffs and tradeoffs between
rational emotional and psychological forcesrdquo Mediatecom
Optional Readings
Ayres Ian (1991) Fair driving Gender and race discrimination in retail car negotiations
Harvard Law Review 104(4) 817-872
Burgess Heidi (2013) Active Listening Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi
Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgcoreknowledgeactive-listeninggt
Hammer Mitchell (2008) The SAFE Model of Negotiating Critical Incidents
Johnson Julia (2014) Gender differences in negotiation Implications for the workplace Duke
University School of Law
Kennedy J F (1961) Inaugural address Inauguration of John F Kennedy January 20 1961
Retrieved November 30 2011 from httpwwwhpolorgjfkinaugural
Kray Laura amp Thompson Leigh (2005) Gender stereotypes and negotiation performance An
examination of theory and research Research in Organizational Behavior 26 103-182
(source httpfacultybiohaasberkeleyedufaculty-listkray-laura )
Pearson L B (1957) ldquoThe four faces of peacerdquo The Honourable Lester Bowles Pearsonrsquos
acceptance speech upon presentation of the Nobel Peace Prize in 1957 Retrieved November 30
2011 from httpwwwunacorgenlink_learncanadapearsonspeechnobelasp
Queen v Cognos Inc [1993] 1 SCR 87
Wang Lu-in (2010) Negotiating the situation The reasonable person in context Lewis amp Clark
Law Review 14 1285-1311
White James J (1980) Machiavelli and the bar Ethical limitations on lying in negotiation Law
amp Social Inquiry 5 926ndash938
Unit 6
Unit 6 begins with an attempt to define ldquomediationrdquo in its various forms styles and strategies by
pointing out the commonalities among these elements This unit discusses the role of the
mediator the requirement to be neutral and other critical issues in mediation Unit 6 also
discusses the principles behind the use of mediation in the legal system and why mediation is
considered an ldquoalternativerdquo
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 6 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Define ldquomediationrdquo and describe its role in the legal system
2 Describe the role of the mediator and some of the skills required for acting in that role
3 Explain the difference between mediation and negotiation
4 Discuss the possible effects of mediation on the Canadian legal system and on our views
of justice
5 Explain how a mediator views conflict
6 Identify and describe various mediation models and mediatorsrsquo styles
7 Describe how the mediatorrsquos style affects mediation
8 Identify and explain some critical issues in mediation
9 Identify and describe the sources of power in a mediator
10 Identify and describe the forms of power that need to be monitored in mediation
Required Readings
Alexander Nadja (2011) The Mediation Meta-Model - the realities of mediation practice ADR
Bulletin Vol 12 No 6 Article 5
Maiese Michelle Neutrality Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess
Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted June 2005
httpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgbi-essayneutrality
Riskin Leonard L (2003) Decision-making in mediation The new old grid and the new new
grid system Notre Dame Law Review 79 1ndash53
Spangler Brad Problem-Solving Mediation Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and
Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted
September 2003 httpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgbi-essayproblem-solving-mediation
Spangler Brad Transformative Mediation Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi
Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted October
2003 httpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaytransformative-mediation
Optional Readings
Alfini James J (1991) Trashing bashing and hashing it out Is this the end of ldquogood
mediationrdquo Florida State Law Review 19 47-75
Glaser Tanya (2016) Summary of Christopher Moore The Mediation Process Practical
Strategies for Resolving Conflict (3rd ed 2004) San Francisco Jossey-Bass Publishers
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2015) Mediation Arbitration and Alternative Dispute Resolution
(ADR) International Encyclopedia of the Social and Behavioral Sciences Elsevier Ltd 2015
UC Irvine School of Law Research Paper No 2015-59
Morris C (1997) The trusted mediator In J Macfarlane (Ed) Rethinking disputes The
mediation alternative Toronto Emond Montgomery
Shapira Omer (2009) Exploring the concept of power in mediation Mediatorsrsquo sources of
power and influence tactics Ohio State Journal on Dispute Resolution 24 535-568
Silbey Susan S amp Merry Sally E (1986) Mediator settlement strategies Law amp Policy 8 7ndash
32 (source httpwebmitedussilbeywwwpubhtml)
Smyth Gemma (2009) Strengthening social justice in informal dispute resolution processes
through cultural competence Windsor Yearbook of Access to Justice 27 111ndash126
Unit 7
The primary focus of Unit 7 is on the mediation process and mediation skills This unit outlines
guidelines for conducting a mediation and the steps to be taken in preparing for and performing
dispute resolution It also provides tips for efficient and effective mediation and describes the
skills required to mediate a dispute
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 7 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe a process for facilitative mediation
2 Identify some common steps found in the mediation process
3 Describe required skills to be used by a mediator
4 Perform listening and questioning skills used by a mediator
5 Explain and critique the use of caucuses in mediation
Required Readings
Kaufman Sanda Michael Elliott and Deborah Shmueli Frames Framing and Reframing
Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium
University of Colorado Boulder Posted September 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayframinggt
Maiese Michelle Emotions Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess
Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted July 2005
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayemotiongt
Maiese Michelle Ground Rules Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess
Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted September 2004
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayground-rulesgt
Salem Richard Empathic Listening Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi
Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted July 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayempathic-listeninggt
Spangler Brad Caucus Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict
Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted June 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaycaucusgt
Optional Readings
Cleveland Mediation Center (Producer) (2010) Community mediation demosmdashOpening
statement [video] Cleveland OH Author Retrieved November 30 2011 from
httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Y1ABs7QfMYo
CommunityMediation (2016) Mediator Training Clip 1 - Agenda - Language amp Interruptions
[video] Retrieved July 12 2016 from httpswwwyoutubecomwatchv=X-mrHWhWIXA
Noesner G W and Mike Webster (1997) Crisis intervention using active listening skills in
negotiations FBI Law Enforcement Bulletin 66 13ndash19
Unit 8
Unit 8 examines the use of mediation in several areas including family disputes where it is now
common criminal matters and public policy and administrative proceedings This unit also
discusses issues of race culture and gender with respect to their possible effects on the
mediation process Finally Unit 8 outlines the ethical requirements of the mediator
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 8 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe various ways in which mediation is used in real-life situations
2 Describe in detail the use of mediation and the required process for mediation in family
disputes and in juvenile crime situations
3 Explain how mediation may be affected by and how it can be altered to accommodate
issues of gender and culture
4 Outline the ethical requirements of a mediator
5 Identify the ethical issues in victim-offender mediation (VOM)
6 List and explain the principles of consensus-building decision making
7 Describe the impact of culture in mediation
Required Readings
Hallevy Prof Gabriel (2011) Therapeutic victim-offender mediation within the criminal justice
process ndash Sharpening the evaluation of personal potential for rehabilitation while righting
wrongs under the alternative-dispute-resolution (ADR) philosophy Harvard Negotiation Law
Review 16 65-94 Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=2693515
Lande John (2012) The revolution in family law dispute resolution Journal of the American
Academy of Matrimonial Lawyers 24 411-449 University of Missouri School of Law Legal
Studies Research Paper No 2012-10 Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=2035605
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2011) Mediating multiculturally Culture and the ethical mediator In
Mediation ethics Cases amp Commentaries 305-338 Ellen Waldman ed San Francisco CA
Jossey-Bass 2011 UC Irvine School of Law Research Paper No 2012-28 Georgetown Public
Law Research Paper No 12-061
Umbreit Mark (2009) Restorative justice victim offender mediation overview (YouTube
video)
Optional Readings
ADR Institute of Canada Inc (2011) Code of Ethics and Code of Conduct for Mediators
Toronto ON Author
Bush RA Baruch (1994) Symposium The dilemmas of mediation practice ldquoA study of
ethical dilemmas and policy implicationsrdquo Journal of dispute resolution 1994(1) 1-56
Cormick G Dale N Emond P Sigurdson SG amp Stuart B (1996) Building consensus for
a sustainable future Putting principles into practice Ottawa Government of Canada (source
httppublicationsgccasitearchivee-
archivedhtmlurl=httppublicationsgccacollectionscollection_2016trnee-nrteeEn133-10-1-
1996-engpdf)
Gallagher Lora Elizabeth (2013) Detour ahead Victim-offender mediation as a mandatory
deviation program for juveniles University of Mississippi School of Law
Kahane David (2003) Dispute resolution and the politics of cultural generalization Negotiation
Journal 19 5ndash27
MacDonald J (Producer) amp Dickie B (Director) (2000) Hollow Water [Motion picture]
National Film Board of Canada
MacDonald J (Producer) amp Konowal C (Director) (1997) A Glimmer of Hope [Motion
picture] National Film Board of Canada
Macfarlane J (2003) Transforming relationships through participatory justice Ottawa Law
Commission of Canada Retrieved November 30 2011 from httpdsp-
psdpwgscgccaCollectionJL2-22-2003Epdf
Macfarlane J (2005) The emerging phenomenon of collaborative family law (CFL) A
qualitative study of CFL cases Ottawa Justice Canada
Native Womenrsquos Association of Canada (2007) Aboriginal women and the legal justice system
in Canada Issue Paper Corner Brook NL Author Retrieved November 30 2011 from
httpwwwlaagovnlcalaanawspdfnwac-legalpdf
OVC Bulletin 2000 (rev 2007) A Description of Victim-Offender Mediation Washington DC
Author Retrieved November 30 2011 from
httpswwwncjrsgovovc_archivesreportsrjbulletin1rjmc_2html
Umbreit Mark S Wilson Sheryl amp Warner Roberts Ann (2006) ldquoRestorative Justice for
Victims Offenders and Communityrdquo (PPT) (source
httpwwwcehdumnedusswRJPProjectsVictim-Offender-
DialogueRJ_Principlesdefaultasp)
Umbreit Mark S Coates R B amp Vos Betty (2001) Victim Impact of Restorative Justice
Conferencing with Juveniles What We Have Learned From Two Decades of Victim-Offender
Dialogue Through Mediation and Conferencing (source
httpwwwcehdumnedusswRJPProjectsVictim-Offender-
DialogueRestorative_Group_Conferencingdefaultasp)
United Nations Economic and Social Council (2002) Basic principles on the use of restorative
justice programmes in criminal matters Resolution 200212 Retrieved November 30 2011
from httpwwwunorgenecosocdocs2002resolution202002-12pdf
Unit 9
Unit 9 introduces new more creative processes that have been tailored to meet the unique needs
of participants the particular circumstances of disputes and the specific obstacles presented The
primary focus is on ADR processes that involve a third-party neutral evaluator such as the mini-
trial and judicial settlement conferences and the use of an ombudsperson This unit defines the
role of a neutral evaluator and describes the process used in each method considered
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 9 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe some hybrid ADR processes currently available
2 Describe the role and identify the qualities of a neutral evaluator
3 Describe the different processes used in each of the various hybrid models
4 Describe the role of an ombudsperson and identify some elements of the processes used
by an ombudsperson
Required Readings
Elliott David C (1995) Medarb Fraught with danger or ripe with opportunity Alberta Law
Review 34 163-179 (source httpwwwdavidelliottcadisputeresolutionhtm)
Rowe Mary (1991) The ombudsmanrsquos role in a dispute resolution system Negotiation journal
7(4) 353-361 (source httpmrowescriptsmiteduPublicationshtml)
Wittmann Neil C (2015) Judicial dispute resolution in the Court of Queenrsquos Bench Making
resolution accessible Canadian arbitration and mediation journal 25(1) 14-20 (source
httpadriccaresourcesjournal-articles)
Optional Readings
Agrios John A amp Agrios Janice A (2004) A handbook on judicial dispute resolution for
Canadian lawyers Canadian Forum on Civil Justice (source httpwwwcfcj-
fcjcorgclearinghousejudicial-dispute-resolution )
Alberta Law Reform Institute (1993) Civil litigation The judicial mini-trial Dispute Resolution
ndash Special Series Discussion Paper No 1 (source
httpswwwalriualbertacaindexphppublicationsLawadministration-of-justicealternate-
dispute-resolutioncivil-litigation-the-judicial-mini-trial- )
Creutzfeldt Naomi J and Bradford Ben (2015) Dispute resolution outside of courts Procedural
justice and decision acceptance among users of ombuds services in the UK Law amp Society
Review 50(4) Forthcoming Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=2805917
ldquoThe Mini-Trialrdquo (2016) Department of Justice Canada
Rooke John D (2009) Improving excellence Evaluation of the judicial dispute resolution
program in the Court of Queenrsquos Bench of Alberta Canadian Forum on Civil Justice (source
httpwwwcfcj-fcjcorgclearinghousejudicial-dispute-resolution )
Rowe Mary P (2009) An organizational ombuds office in a system for dealing with conflict
and learning from conflict or ldquoconflict management systemrdquo Harvard Negotiation Law Review
14 279-288 (source httpwwwhnlrorgarticlesarchive)
Semple Noel (2011) Judicial settlement-seeking in parenting disputes Consensus and
controversy Conflict Resolution Quarterly 29 No 3 309-332 Available at SSRN
httpssrncomabstract=1687268
Unit 10
This unit provides some background to the practice of resolving disputes using the technology of
the Internet It surveys some of the current methods of online dispute resolution (ODR) and
raises issues regarding its advantages and disadvantages
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 10 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe what is meant by online dispute resolution
2 Identify and describe some of the current types and methods of ODR in use
3 Identify and explain some advantages and disadvantages of ODR
Required Reading
Brannigan Colm (2008) Online dispute resolution In CCH alternative dispute resolution
practice manual (source httpmediatecaOnline-Dispute-Resolutionhtml)
Brett Jeanne M Olekalns Mara Friedman Ray Goates Nathan Anderson Cameron Lisco
Cara Cherry (2007) Sticks and stones language face and online dispute resolution Academy
of Management Journal 50(1) 85-99
Ebner N (2014) Negotiation via the (new) email In M Benoliel (Ed) Negotiation excellence
Successful deal making (2nd ed) Singapore World Scientific Publishing
Ebner N amp Zeleznikow J (2015) Fairness trust and security in online dispute resolution
Hamline Journal of Public Law and Policy 36(2) 143-160
Optional Readings
Brannigan Colm (2016) Online dispute resolution The tools of the future for mediators
arbitrators and lawyers are here today ADR Perspectives May 2016 (source
httpadriccaresourcesadr-perspectives-newsletter)
Civil Justice Council United Kingdom (2015) Online dispute resolution for low value civil
claims
Conference on Online Dispute Resolution (2013) Presentations and Papers Stanford Law
School
Civil Resolution Tribunal British Columbia (2016) ldquoCRT Overviewrdquo
European Commission ldquoAlternative and Online Dispute Resolution (ADRODR)rdquo
Goodman Joseph W (2003) The pros and cons of online dispute resolution An assessment of
cyber-mediation websites Duke Law amp Technology Review 2 1-16
International Journal of Online Dispute Resolution
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2016) Is ODR ADR Reflections of an ADR founder from the 15th
ODR conference Law Technology and Access to Justice
National Center for Technology and Dispute Resolution (2016) httpwwwodrinfo
Thompson Darin (2015) Creating new pathways to justice using simple artificial intelligence
and online dispute resolution International Journal of Online Dispute Resolution 2(1) 4-53
United Nations Commission on International Trade Law (2016) ldquoOnline Dispute Resolution
On-Line Resourcesrdquo
Virtual Mediation Lab
Unit 11
Unit 11 focuses on what has been learned about the design of suitable ADR processes and
systems It also explores the issue of how to evaluate the success of ADR initiatives and how to
determine which ADR method is appropriate in a given dispute and its context Within the
discussion of the pros and cons of ADR issues of culture and gender are again raised with the
concern about whether a process can be designed to accommodate everyone You will find
yourself needing to answer the question of whether alternative dispute resolution is a good
alternative
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 11 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Identify and describe the elements to be considered in designing an appropriate dispute
resolution process
2 Describe specific problems and concerns relating to culture and gender in attempts to
design appropriate dispute resolution processes
3 Describe some methods of evaluating dispute resolution processes and systems
4 Describe some measures of the effectiveness of alternative dispute resolution processes
and their effects on the legal system
Required Reading
Amsler (formerly Bingham) Lisa Blomgren (2009) Designing justice Legal institutions and
other systems for managing conflict Ohio State Journal on Dispute Resolution Forthcoming
Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=1294063
Brahm Eric and Julian Ouellet Designing New Dispute Resolution Systems Beyond
Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium
University of Colorado Boulder Posted September 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaydesigning-dispute-systemsgt
British Columbia Ministry of Attorney General (2016) Reaching resolution A guide to
designing public sector dispute resolution systems Victoria Ministry of Attorney General
Optional Readings
Baruch Bush Robert A (1989) Defining quality in dispute resolution Taxonomies and anti-
taxonomies of quality arguments Denver University Law Review 66 335ndash380
Galanter Marc amp Cahill Mia (1994) ldquoMost cases settlerdquo Judicial promotion and regulation of
settlements Stanford Law Review 46(6) 1339-1391
Greenberg Elayne E (2015) Fitting the forum to the pernicious fuss A dispute resolution
design to address implicit bias and lsquoisms in the workplace St Johnrsquos School of Law Legal
Studies Research Paper Series
Kelman Herbert C (2005) Building trust among enemies The central challenge for
international conflict resolution International Journal of Intercultural Relations 29 639-650
(source httpscholarharvardedusearchsitekelman)
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2009) Are there systemic ethics issues in dispute system design And
what we should [not] do about it Lessons from international and domestic fronts Harvard
Negotiation Law Review 14 195-231
Rabinovich-Einy Orna amp Katsh Ethan (2012) Technology and the future of dispute systems
design Harvard Negotiation Law Review 17 151ndash199 (source
httpwwwhnlrorgarticlesarchive)
Reuben Richard C (2005) Democracy and dispute resolution Systems design and the new
workplace Harvard Negotiation Law Review 14 1ndash342
Rolph Elizabeth amp Moller Erik (1995) Evaluating agency alternative dispute resolution
programs A usersrsquo guide to data collection and use Santa Monica CA Rand Corporation
Rowe Mary (2001) Designing integrated conflict management systems Guidelines for
practitioners and decision makers in organizations Cornell University Institute on Conflict
Resolution
Silbey Susan S amp Merry Sally Engle (1984) What Do Plaintiffs Want Reexamining the
Concept of Dispute Justice System Journal 9 151-178
United States Postal Service ldquoRedressrdquo
Various (2009) Dispute System Design Issue of Harvard Negotiation Law Review 14 1ndash342
Unit 12
Unit 12 considers the current trends of ADR in Canada and elsewhere and where it appears to be
headed in the foreseeable future This final unit also suggests ideas about the future effects of
ADR on the legal system on justice and on society
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 12 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe some current and future trends in ADR
2 Explain how the Canadian legal system has changed and continues to change with the
advancement of ADR
3 Describe the effect of ADR on societal views of ldquojusticerdquo
4 Explain your views on the appropriateness of ADR in the Canadian legal system
Required ReadingViewing
View some videos available through the International Mediation Institute Mediation Podcasts
Read some blog posts from the following sites
Mediatecom The Weekrsquos Best Blog Posts
International Mediation Institute Mediation Blogs
Optional Readings
Eisenberg Deborah Thompson (2016) What we know (and need to know) about court-annexed
dispute resolution South Carolina Law Review 67 245-265
Hernandez-Crespo Mariana D (2012) From noise to music The potential of the multi-door
courthouse model to advance systemic inclusion and participation as a foundation for sustainable
rule of law in Latin America Journal of Dispute Resolution 2012
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2009) Maintaining ADR integrity Alternatives to the High Cost of
Litigation 27(1) 1-9
Merry Sally Engle (1988) Legal pluralism Law amp Society Review 22 869ndash896
Stipanowich Thomas amp Lamare J Ryan (2013) Living with ADR Evolving perceptions and
use of mediation arbitration and conflict management in Fortune 1000 corporations Harvard
Negotiation Law Review 19 1-68
Assessment in Alternative Dispute Resolution
To receive credit for Alternative Dispute Resolution you must complete all course
assignments achieve a mark of at least 50 on the final exam and achieve an overall
course grade of at least 50
The weightings for each assessment item are as follows
Activity Credit Weight Date Due
Assignment 1 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 4
Assignment 2 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 8
Assignment 3 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 10
Assignment 4 oral presentation 10 of final grade End of Unit 11
Assignment 5 oral response 10 of final grade End of Unit 12
Final Examination 50 of final grade End of all Units
Total 100 of final grade
Assignments 1 and 2
You are required to submit two written online responses You may answer any one question
arising from each of the following unit clusters
bull Units 1 to 4
bull Units 5 to 8
All responses should be completed by the time you finish studying Unit 10
Written responses should be between 500 and 750 words each
Example question ldquoThink of an occasion when you consciously decided not to pursue a potential
grievance What were your reasons What would have stimulated you to pursue it Using the ideas and
terminology of this unit describe the conflict you experiencedrdquo
Assignment 3
For this assignment put yourself in the place of mediator who uses a facilitative style and who is
preparing to conduct interest-based mediation with two parties who have a legal dispute arising
out of an accident Your practice is to hold a separate private meeting with each of the parties
before the mediation starts to help assess the dispute and prepare the parties to engage in an
interest-based mediation process Part of that preparation consists in assisting the parties to
identify their real interests needs and concerns in relation to the conflict in which they find
themselves
With that in mind read the transcript of what one of the parties has told you as if you were
listening to them face to face Then prepare an oral submission as follows
Your submission should consist of five oral responses you might make to the client in order to
help prepare him for the upcoming mediation including a better awareness of his needs interests
concerns and possible settlement range
Each of the five responses should be in the following two part format
1 First restate (or reflect) something you have heard from the client to show that you
understand what you are being told This should take the form of a statement starting
with the words ldquoYou said helliprdquo or ldquoYou indicated helliprdquo or ldquoYou went on to say helliprdquo or
similar
2 Then follow that up with a question designed to bring out a need concern interest or
emotion of this party or a reframing statement that may help this party to view the
dispute in a different light A question may also be used to help clarify his position
options for settlement or potential range of settlement figures
A question probing interests may be worded something like ldquoBased on what you have
said it seems to me that what you are really interested in (concerned about) is hellip Would
that be correctrdquo A reframing statement might be in the form of ldquoWould another way of
putting it be helliprdquo A question for clarification might be ldquoDo I understand it correctly that
helliprdquo You are not restricted to these wordings Be creative
The essential goal of this assignment is to encourage you to think of ways a mediator might help
a disputing party prepare to engage in interest-based mediation and negotiation with a view to
settlement of the dispute
Assignment 4
For Assignment 4 put yourself in the place of a mediator who is starting the first mediation
session with two disputing parties As part of your opening remarks explain the intent and
process of mediation and your role as a mediator and try to create a safe and supportive
environment for the parties Record what you would say (Hint try not to read a prepared script)
The maximum recording length for this assignment is 5 minutes
Assignment 5
For Assignment 5 put yourself in the place of a mediator who is hearing an opening statement
(or ldquostoryrdquo) from one of the disputing parties As part of the mediation process summarize or
ldquorepeat backrdquo the statement you hear using the techniques and skills you have learned about in
this course Include at least one reframe Record your response to the statement you hear
The time limit indicated for this assignment is 11 minutes which includes listening to the story and
recording your summary
Final Exam
Final Exam The final examination is worth 50 of your total course mark It is a closed book
online exam written over 3 hours Please consult the Online Exams (MuchLearning) section of
the Procedures for Applying for and Writing Examinations in your online Student Manual and
visit httpregistrarathabascaucaexamsonlinestudent for more information
Part A of the exam comprises 15 multiple choice and truefalse questions (2 marks each) similar
to those in the self-study quizzes This part covers the whole course Part B comprises 6
questions (5 marks each) that are drawn from the learning objectives listed for the units in the
course Each question is to be answered in a paragraph Part C (40 marks) requires you to answer
8 questions (5 marks each) based on a scenario like the one presented in Assignment 3 The
questions ask you to analyze the facts given in relation to what you have learned about
negotiation mediation and hybrid processes
See exam procedures for information on how to book your exam and other questions you may
have
3 Describe how negotiation skills and styles may differ according to gender and culture
4 Identify and explain the kinds of ideologies that may contribute to confusion and biases
in negotiations
5 Identify and explain the systemic inequities that create difficulties for women and cultural
minorities
6 Describe some ways of considering gender and cultural differences and inequities in a
negotiation
7 Identify and explain the ethical requirements of a negotiator
Required Readings
Adair Wendi L amp Brett Jeanne M (2005) The negotiation dance Time culture and
behavioral sequences in negotiation Organization Science 16 33ndash51 (Source authorrsquos
homepage at University of Waterloo - httpsuwaterloocapsychologypeople-profileswendi-
adair)
Kirby J (1997) Would Principled Negotiation Have Saved Eve A Feminist Analysis of
Getting to YES Otago Law Review 9 122ndash143
LeBaron Michelle (2003) Culture-Based Negotiation Styles Beyond Intractability Eds Guy
Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder
Posted July 2003 lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayculture-negotiationgt
Milo-Locker Shiri (2004) ldquoThe decision to settle ndash balance setoffs and tradeoffs between
rational emotional and psychological forcesrdquo Mediatecom
Optional Readings
Ayres Ian (1991) Fair driving Gender and race discrimination in retail car negotiations
Harvard Law Review 104(4) 817-872
Burgess Heidi (2013) Active Listening Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi
Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgcoreknowledgeactive-listeninggt
Hammer Mitchell (2008) The SAFE Model of Negotiating Critical Incidents
Johnson Julia (2014) Gender differences in negotiation Implications for the workplace Duke
University School of Law
Kennedy J F (1961) Inaugural address Inauguration of John F Kennedy January 20 1961
Retrieved November 30 2011 from httpwwwhpolorgjfkinaugural
Kray Laura amp Thompson Leigh (2005) Gender stereotypes and negotiation performance An
examination of theory and research Research in Organizational Behavior 26 103-182
(source httpfacultybiohaasberkeleyedufaculty-listkray-laura )
Pearson L B (1957) ldquoThe four faces of peacerdquo The Honourable Lester Bowles Pearsonrsquos
acceptance speech upon presentation of the Nobel Peace Prize in 1957 Retrieved November 30
2011 from httpwwwunacorgenlink_learncanadapearsonspeechnobelasp
Queen v Cognos Inc [1993] 1 SCR 87
Wang Lu-in (2010) Negotiating the situation The reasonable person in context Lewis amp Clark
Law Review 14 1285-1311
White James J (1980) Machiavelli and the bar Ethical limitations on lying in negotiation Law
amp Social Inquiry 5 926ndash938
Unit 6
Unit 6 begins with an attempt to define ldquomediationrdquo in its various forms styles and strategies by
pointing out the commonalities among these elements This unit discusses the role of the
mediator the requirement to be neutral and other critical issues in mediation Unit 6 also
discusses the principles behind the use of mediation in the legal system and why mediation is
considered an ldquoalternativerdquo
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 6 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Define ldquomediationrdquo and describe its role in the legal system
2 Describe the role of the mediator and some of the skills required for acting in that role
3 Explain the difference between mediation and negotiation
4 Discuss the possible effects of mediation on the Canadian legal system and on our views
of justice
5 Explain how a mediator views conflict
6 Identify and describe various mediation models and mediatorsrsquo styles
7 Describe how the mediatorrsquos style affects mediation
8 Identify and explain some critical issues in mediation
9 Identify and describe the sources of power in a mediator
10 Identify and describe the forms of power that need to be monitored in mediation
Required Readings
Alexander Nadja (2011) The Mediation Meta-Model - the realities of mediation practice ADR
Bulletin Vol 12 No 6 Article 5
Maiese Michelle Neutrality Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess
Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted June 2005
httpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgbi-essayneutrality
Riskin Leonard L (2003) Decision-making in mediation The new old grid and the new new
grid system Notre Dame Law Review 79 1ndash53
Spangler Brad Problem-Solving Mediation Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and
Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted
September 2003 httpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgbi-essayproblem-solving-mediation
Spangler Brad Transformative Mediation Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi
Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted October
2003 httpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaytransformative-mediation
Optional Readings
Alfini James J (1991) Trashing bashing and hashing it out Is this the end of ldquogood
mediationrdquo Florida State Law Review 19 47-75
Glaser Tanya (2016) Summary of Christopher Moore The Mediation Process Practical
Strategies for Resolving Conflict (3rd ed 2004) San Francisco Jossey-Bass Publishers
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2015) Mediation Arbitration and Alternative Dispute Resolution
(ADR) International Encyclopedia of the Social and Behavioral Sciences Elsevier Ltd 2015
UC Irvine School of Law Research Paper No 2015-59
Morris C (1997) The trusted mediator In J Macfarlane (Ed) Rethinking disputes The
mediation alternative Toronto Emond Montgomery
Shapira Omer (2009) Exploring the concept of power in mediation Mediatorsrsquo sources of
power and influence tactics Ohio State Journal on Dispute Resolution 24 535-568
Silbey Susan S amp Merry Sally E (1986) Mediator settlement strategies Law amp Policy 8 7ndash
32 (source httpwebmitedussilbeywwwpubhtml)
Smyth Gemma (2009) Strengthening social justice in informal dispute resolution processes
through cultural competence Windsor Yearbook of Access to Justice 27 111ndash126
Unit 7
The primary focus of Unit 7 is on the mediation process and mediation skills This unit outlines
guidelines for conducting a mediation and the steps to be taken in preparing for and performing
dispute resolution It also provides tips for efficient and effective mediation and describes the
skills required to mediate a dispute
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 7 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe a process for facilitative mediation
2 Identify some common steps found in the mediation process
3 Describe required skills to be used by a mediator
4 Perform listening and questioning skills used by a mediator
5 Explain and critique the use of caucuses in mediation
Required Readings
Kaufman Sanda Michael Elliott and Deborah Shmueli Frames Framing and Reframing
Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium
University of Colorado Boulder Posted September 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayframinggt
Maiese Michelle Emotions Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess
Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted July 2005
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayemotiongt
Maiese Michelle Ground Rules Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess
Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted September 2004
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayground-rulesgt
Salem Richard Empathic Listening Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi
Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted July 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayempathic-listeninggt
Spangler Brad Caucus Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict
Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted June 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaycaucusgt
Optional Readings
Cleveland Mediation Center (Producer) (2010) Community mediation demosmdashOpening
statement [video] Cleveland OH Author Retrieved November 30 2011 from
httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Y1ABs7QfMYo
CommunityMediation (2016) Mediator Training Clip 1 - Agenda - Language amp Interruptions
[video] Retrieved July 12 2016 from httpswwwyoutubecomwatchv=X-mrHWhWIXA
Noesner G W and Mike Webster (1997) Crisis intervention using active listening skills in
negotiations FBI Law Enforcement Bulletin 66 13ndash19
Unit 8
Unit 8 examines the use of mediation in several areas including family disputes where it is now
common criminal matters and public policy and administrative proceedings This unit also
discusses issues of race culture and gender with respect to their possible effects on the
mediation process Finally Unit 8 outlines the ethical requirements of the mediator
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 8 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe various ways in which mediation is used in real-life situations
2 Describe in detail the use of mediation and the required process for mediation in family
disputes and in juvenile crime situations
3 Explain how mediation may be affected by and how it can be altered to accommodate
issues of gender and culture
4 Outline the ethical requirements of a mediator
5 Identify the ethical issues in victim-offender mediation (VOM)
6 List and explain the principles of consensus-building decision making
7 Describe the impact of culture in mediation
Required Readings
Hallevy Prof Gabriel (2011) Therapeutic victim-offender mediation within the criminal justice
process ndash Sharpening the evaluation of personal potential for rehabilitation while righting
wrongs under the alternative-dispute-resolution (ADR) philosophy Harvard Negotiation Law
Review 16 65-94 Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=2693515
Lande John (2012) The revolution in family law dispute resolution Journal of the American
Academy of Matrimonial Lawyers 24 411-449 University of Missouri School of Law Legal
Studies Research Paper No 2012-10 Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=2035605
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2011) Mediating multiculturally Culture and the ethical mediator In
Mediation ethics Cases amp Commentaries 305-338 Ellen Waldman ed San Francisco CA
Jossey-Bass 2011 UC Irvine School of Law Research Paper No 2012-28 Georgetown Public
Law Research Paper No 12-061
Umbreit Mark (2009) Restorative justice victim offender mediation overview (YouTube
video)
Optional Readings
ADR Institute of Canada Inc (2011) Code of Ethics and Code of Conduct for Mediators
Toronto ON Author
Bush RA Baruch (1994) Symposium The dilemmas of mediation practice ldquoA study of
ethical dilemmas and policy implicationsrdquo Journal of dispute resolution 1994(1) 1-56
Cormick G Dale N Emond P Sigurdson SG amp Stuart B (1996) Building consensus for
a sustainable future Putting principles into practice Ottawa Government of Canada (source
httppublicationsgccasitearchivee-
archivedhtmlurl=httppublicationsgccacollectionscollection_2016trnee-nrteeEn133-10-1-
1996-engpdf)
Gallagher Lora Elizabeth (2013) Detour ahead Victim-offender mediation as a mandatory
deviation program for juveniles University of Mississippi School of Law
Kahane David (2003) Dispute resolution and the politics of cultural generalization Negotiation
Journal 19 5ndash27
MacDonald J (Producer) amp Dickie B (Director) (2000) Hollow Water [Motion picture]
National Film Board of Canada
MacDonald J (Producer) amp Konowal C (Director) (1997) A Glimmer of Hope [Motion
picture] National Film Board of Canada
Macfarlane J (2003) Transforming relationships through participatory justice Ottawa Law
Commission of Canada Retrieved November 30 2011 from httpdsp-
psdpwgscgccaCollectionJL2-22-2003Epdf
Macfarlane J (2005) The emerging phenomenon of collaborative family law (CFL) A
qualitative study of CFL cases Ottawa Justice Canada
Native Womenrsquos Association of Canada (2007) Aboriginal women and the legal justice system
in Canada Issue Paper Corner Brook NL Author Retrieved November 30 2011 from
httpwwwlaagovnlcalaanawspdfnwac-legalpdf
OVC Bulletin 2000 (rev 2007) A Description of Victim-Offender Mediation Washington DC
Author Retrieved November 30 2011 from
httpswwwncjrsgovovc_archivesreportsrjbulletin1rjmc_2html
Umbreit Mark S Wilson Sheryl amp Warner Roberts Ann (2006) ldquoRestorative Justice for
Victims Offenders and Communityrdquo (PPT) (source
httpwwwcehdumnedusswRJPProjectsVictim-Offender-
DialogueRJ_Principlesdefaultasp)
Umbreit Mark S Coates R B amp Vos Betty (2001) Victim Impact of Restorative Justice
Conferencing with Juveniles What We Have Learned From Two Decades of Victim-Offender
Dialogue Through Mediation and Conferencing (source
httpwwwcehdumnedusswRJPProjectsVictim-Offender-
DialogueRestorative_Group_Conferencingdefaultasp)
United Nations Economic and Social Council (2002) Basic principles on the use of restorative
justice programmes in criminal matters Resolution 200212 Retrieved November 30 2011
from httpwwwunorgenecosocdocs2002resolution202002-12pdf
Unit 9
Unit 9 introduces new more creative processes that have been tailored to meet the unique needs
of participants the particular circumstances of disputes and the specific obstacles presented The
primary focus is on ADR processes that involve a third-party neutral evaluator such as the mini-
trial and judicial settlement conferences and the use of an ombudsperson This unit defines the
role of a neutral evaluator and describes the process used in each method considered
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 9 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe some hybrid ADR processes currently available
2 Describe the role and identify the qualities of a neutral evaluator
3 Describe the different processes used in each of the various hybrid models
4 Describe the role of an ombudsperson and identify some elements of the processes used
by an ombudsperson
Required Readings
Elliott David C (1995) Medarb Fraught with danger or ripe with opportunity Alberta Law
Review 34 163-179 (source httpwwwdavidelliottcadisputeresolutionhtm)
Rowe Mary (1991) The ombudsmanrsquos role in a dispute resolution system Negotiation journal
7(4) 353-361 (source httpmrowescriptsmiteduPublicationshtml)
Wittmann Neil C (2015) Judicial dispute resolution in the Court of Queenrsquos Bench Making
resolution accessible Canadian arbitration and mediation journal 25(1) 14-20 (source
httpadriccaresourcesjournal-articles)
Optional Readings
Agrios John A amp Agrios Janice A (2004) A handbook on judicial dispute resolution for
Canadian lawyers Canadian Forum on Civil Justice (source httpwwwcfcj-
fcjcorgclearinghousejudicial-dispute-resolution )
Alberta Law Reform Institute (1993) Civil litigation The judicial mini-trial Dispute Resolution
ndash Special Series Discussion Paper No 1 (source
httpswwwalriualbertacaindexphppublicationsLawadministration-of-justicealternate-
dispute-resolutioncivil-litigation-the-judicial-mini-trial- )
Creutzfeldt Naomi J and Bradford Ben (2015) Dispute resolution outside of courts Procedural
justice and decision acceptance among users of ombuds services in the UK Law amp Society
Review 50(4) Forthcoming Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=2805917
ldquoThe Mini-Trialrdquo (2016) Department of Justice Canada
Rooke John D (2009) Improving excellence Evaluation of the judicial dispute resolution
program in the Court of Queenrsquos Bench of Alberta Canadian Forum on Civil Justice (source
httpwwwcfcj-fcjcorgclearinghousejudicial-dispute-resolution )
Rowe Mary P (2009) An organizational ombuds office in a system for dealing with conflict
and learning from conflict or ldquoconflict management systemrdquo Harvard Negotiation Law Review
14 279-288 (source httpwwwhnlrorgarticlesarchive)
Semple Noel (2011) Judicial settlement-seeking in parenting disputes Consensus and
controversy Conflict Resolution Quarterly 29 No 3 309-332 Available at SSRN
httpssrncomabstract=1687268
Unit 10
This unit provides some background to the practice of resolving disputes using the technology of
the Internet It surveys some of the current methods of online dispute resolution (ODR) and
raises issues regarding its advantages and disadvantages
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 10 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe what is meant by online dispute resolution
2 Identify and describe some of the current types and methods of ODR in use
3 Identify and explain some advantages and disadvantages of ODR
Required Reading
Brannigan Colm (2008) Online dispute resolution In CCH alternative dispute resolution
practice manual (source httpmediatecaOnline-Dispute-Resolutionhtml)
Brett Jeanne M Olekalns Mara Friedman Ray Goates Nathan Anderson Cameron Lisco
Cara Cherry (2007) Sticks and stones language face and online dispute resolution Academy
of Management Journal 50(1) 85-99
Ebner N (2014) Negotiation via the (new) email In M Benoliel (Ed) Negotiation excellence
Successful deal making (2nd ed) Singapore World Scientific Publishing
Ebner N amp Zeleznikow J (2015) Fairness trust and security in online dispute resolution
Hamline Journal of Public Law and Policy 36(2) 143-160
Optional Readings
Brannigan Colm (2016) Online dispute resolution The tools of the future for mediators
arbitrators and lawyers are here today ADR Perspectives May 2016 (source
httpadriccaresourcesadr-perspectives-newsletter)
Civil Justice Council United Kingdom (2015) Online dispute resolution for low value civil
claims
Conference on Online Dispute Resolution (2013) Presentations and Papers Stanford Law
School
Civil Resolution Tribunal British Columbia (2016) ldquoCRT Overviewrdquo
European Commission ldquoAlternative and Online Dispute Resolution (ADRODR)rdquo
Goodman Joseph W (2003) The pros and cons of online dispute resolution An assessment of
cyber-mediation websites Duke Law amp Technology Review 2 1-16
International Journal of Online Dispute Resolution
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2016) Is ODR ADR Reflections of an ADR founder from the 15th
ODR conference Law Technology and Access to Justice
National Center for Technology and Dispute Resolution (2016) httpwwwodrinfo
Thompson Darin (2015) Creating new pathways to justice using simple artificial intelligence
and online dispute resolution International Journal of Online Dispute Resolution 2(1) 4-53
United Nations Commission on International Trade Law (2016) ldquoOnline Dispute Resolution
On-Line Resourcesrdquo
Virtual Mediation Lab
Unit 11
Unit 11 focuses on what has been learned about the design of suitable ADR processes and
systems It also explores the issue of how to evaluate the success of ADR initiatives and how to
determine which ADR method is appropriate in a given dispute and its context Within the
discussion of the pros and cons of ADR issues of culture and gender are again raised with the
concern about whether a process can be designed to accommodate everyone You will find
yourself needing to answer the question of whether alternative dispute resolution is a good
alternative
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 11 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Identify and describe the elements to be considered in designing an appropriate dispute
resolution process
2 Describe specific problems and concerns relating to culture and gender in attempts to
design appropriate dispute resolution processes
3 Describe some methods of evaluating dispute resolution processes and systems
4 Describe some measures of the effectiveness of alternative dispute resolution processes
and their effects on the legal system
Required Reading
Amsler (formerly Bingham) Lisa Blomgren (2009) Designing justice Legal institutions and
other systems for managing conflict Ohio State Journal on Dispute Resolution Forthcoming
Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=1294063
Brahm Eric and Julian Ouellet Designing New Dispute Resolution Systems Beyond
Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium
University of Colorado Boulder Posted September 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaydesigning-dispute-systemsgt
British Columbia Ministry of Attorney General (2016) Reaching resolution A guide to
designing public sector dispute resolution systems Victoria Ministry of Attorney General
Optional Readings
Baruch Bush Robert A (1989) Defining quality in dispute resolution Taxonomies and anti-
taxonomies of quality arguments Denver University Law Review 66 335ndash380
Galanter Marc amp Cahill Mia (1994) ldquoMost cases settlerdquo Judicial promotion and regulation of
settlements Stanford Law Review 46(6) 1339-1391
Greenberg Elayne E (2015) Fitting the forum to the pernicious fuss A dispute resolution
design to address implicit bias and lsquoisms in the workplace St Johnrsquos School of Law Legal
Studies Research Paper Series
Kelman Herbert C (2005) Building trust among enemies The central challenge for
international conflict resolution International Journal of Intercultural Relations 29 639-650
(source httpscholarharvardedusearchsitekelman)
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2009) Are there systemic ethics issues in dispute system design And
what we should [not] do about it Lessons from international and domestic fronts Harvard
Negotiation Law Review 14 195-231
Rabinovich-Einy Orna amp Katsh Ethan (2012) Technology and the future of dispute systems
design Harvard Negotiation Law Review 17 151ndash199 (source
httpwwwhnlrorgarticlesarchive)
Reuben Richard C (2005) Democracy and dispute resolution Systems design and the new
workplace Harvard Negotiation Law Review 14 1ndash342
Rolph Elizabeth amp Moller Erik (1995) Evaluating agency alternative dispute resolution
programs A usersrsquo guide to data collection and use Santa Monica CA Rand Corporation
Rowe Mary (2001) Designing integrated conflict management systems Guidelines for
practitioners and decision makers in organizations Cornell University Institute on Conflict
Resolution
Silbey Susan S amp Merry Sally Engle (1984) What Do Plaintiffs Want Reexamining the
Concept of Dispute Justice System Journal 9 151-178
United States Postal Service ldquoRedressrdquo
Various (2009) Dispute System Design Issue of Harvard Negotiation Law Review 14 1ndash342
Unit 12
Unit 12 considers the current trends of ADR in Canada and elsewhere and where it appears to be
headed in the foreseeable future This final unit also suggests ideas about the future effects of
ADR on the legal system on justice and on society
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 12 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe some current and future trends in ADR
2 Explain how the Canadian legal system has changed and continues to change with the
advancement of ADR
3 Describe the effect of ADR on societal views of ldquojusticerdquo
4 Explain your views on the appropriateness of ADR in the Canadian legal system
Required ReadingViewing
View some videos available through the International Mediation Institute Mediation Podcasts
Read some blog posts from the following sites
Mediatecom The Weekrsquos Best Blog Posts
International Mediation Institute Mediation Blogs
Optional Readings
Eisenberg Deborah Thompson (2016) What we know (and need to know) about court-annexed
dispute resolution South Carolina Law Review 67 245-265
Hernandez-Crespo Mariana D (2012) From noise to music The potential of the multi-door
courthouse model to advance systemic inclusion and participation as a foundation for sustainable
rule of law in Latin America Journal of Dispute Resolution 2012
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2009) Maintaining ADR integrity Alternatives to the High Cost of
Litigation 27(1) 1-9
Merry Sally Engle (1988) Legal pluralism Law amp Society Review 22 869ndash896
Stipanowich Thomas amp Lamare J Ryan (2013) Living with ADR Evolving perceptions and
use of mediation arbitration and conflict management in Fortune 1000 corporations Harvard
Negotiation Law Review 19 1-68
Assessment in Alternative Dispute Resolution
To receive credit for Alternative Dispute Resolution you must complete all course
assignments achieve a mark of at least 50 on the final exam and achieve an overall
course grade of at least 50
The weightings for each assessment item are as follows
Activity Credit Weight Date Due
Assignment 1 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 4
Assignment 2 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 8
Assignment 3 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 10
Assignment 4 oral presentation 10 of final grade End of Unit 11
Assignment 5 oral response 10 of final grade End of Unit 12
Final Examination 50 of final grade End of all Units
Total 100 of final grade
Assignments 1 and 2
You are required to submit two written online responses You may answer any one question
arising from each of the following unit clusters
bull Units 1 to 4
bull Units 5 to 8
All responses should be completed by the time you finish studying Unit 10
Written responses should be between 500 and 750 words each
Example question ldquoThink of an occasion when you consciously decided not to pursue a potential
grievance What were your reasons What would have stimulated you to pursue it Using the ideas and
terminology of this unit describe the conflict you experiencedrdquo
Assignment 3
For this assignment put yourself in the place of mediator who uses a facilitative style and who is
preparing to conduct interest-based mediation with two parties who have a legal dispute arising
out of an accident Your practice is to hold a separate private meeting with each of the parties
before the mediation starts to help assess the dispute and prepare the parties to engage in an
interest-based mediation process Part of that preparation consists in assisting the parties to
identify their real interests needs and concerns in relation to the conflict in which they find
themselves
With that in mind read the transcript of what one of the parties has told you as if you were
listening to them face to face Then prepare an oral submission as follows
Your submission should consist of five oral responses you might make to the client in order to
help prepare him for the upcoming mediation including a better awareness of his needs interests
concerns and possible settlement range
Each of the five responses should be in the following two part format
1 First restate (or reflect) something you have heard from the client to show that you
understand what you are being told This should take the form of a statement starting
with the words ldquoYou said helliprdquo or ldquoYou indicated helliprdquo or ldquoYou went on to say helliprdquo or
similar
2 Then follow that up with a question designed to bring out a need concern interest or
emotion of this party or a reframing statement that may help this party to view the
dispute in a different light A question may also be used to help clarify his position
options for settlement or potential range of settlement figures
A question probing interests may be worded something like ldquoBased on what you have
said it seems to me that what you are really interested in (concerned about) is hellip Would
that be correctrdquo A reframing statement might be in the form of ldquoWould another way of
putting it be helliprdquo A question for clarification might be ldquoDo I understand it correctly that
helliprdquo You are not restricted to these wordings Be creative
The essential goal of this assignment is to encourage you to think of ways a mediator might help
a disputing party prepare to engage in interest-based mediation and negotiation with a view to
settlement of the dispute
Assignment 4
For Assignment 4 put yourself in the place of a mediator who is starting the first mediation
session with two disputing parties As part of your opening remarks explain the intent and
process of mediation and your role as a mediator and try to create a safe and supportive
environment for the parties Record what you would say (Hint try not to read a prepared script)
The maximum recording length for this assignment is 5 minutes
Assignment 5
For Assignment 5 put yourself in the place of a mediator who is hearing an opening statement
(or ldquostoryrdquo) from one of the disputing parties As part of the mediation process summarize or
ldquorepeat backrdquo the statement you hear using the techniques and skills you have learned about in
this course Include at least one reframe Record your response to the statement you hear
The time limit indicated for this assignment is 11 minutes which includes listening to the story and
recording your summary
Final Exam
Final Exam The final examination is worth 50 of your total course mark It is a closed book
online exam written over 3 hours Please consult the Online Exams (MuchLearning) section of
the Procedures for Applying for and Writing Examinations in your online Student Manual and
visit httpregistrarathabascaucaexamsonlinestudent for more information
Part A of the exam comprises 15 multiple choice and truefalse questions (2 marks each) similar
to those in the self-study quizzes This part covers the whole course Part B comprises 6
questions (5 marks each) that are drawn from the learning objectives listed for the units in the
course Each question is to be answered in a paragraph Part C (40 marks) requires you to answer
8 questions (5 marks each) based on a scenario like the one presented in Assignment 3 The
questions ask you to analyze the facts given in relation to what you have learned about
negotiation mediation and hybrid processes
See exam procedures for information on how to book your exam and other questions you may
have
Kray Laura amp Thompson Leigh (2005) Gender stereotypes and negotiation performance An
examination of theory and research Research in Organizational Behavior 26 103-182
(source httpfacultybiohaasberkeleyedufaculty-listkray-laura )
Pearson L B (1957) ldquoThe four faces of peacerdquo The Honourable Lester Bowles Pearsonrsquos
acceptance speech upon presentation of the Nobel Peace Prize in 1957 Retrieved November 30
2011 from httpwwwunacorgenlink_learncanadapearsonspeechnobelasp
Queen v Cognos Inc [1993] 1 SCR 87
Wang Lu-in (2010) Negotiating the situation The reasonable person in context Lewis amp Clark
Law Review 14 1285-1311
White James J (1980) Machiavelli and the bar Ethical limitations on lying in negotiation Law
amp Social Inquiry 5 926ndash938
Unit 6
Unit 6 begins with an attempt to define ldquomediationrdquo in its various forms styles and strategies by
pointing out the commonalities among these elements This unit discusses the role of the
mediator the requirement to be neutral and other critical issues in mediation Unit 6 also
discusses the principles behind the use of mediation in the legal system and why mediation is
considered an ldquoalternativerdquo
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 6 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Define ldquomediationrdquo and describe its role in the legal system
2 Describe the role of the mediator and some of the skills required for acting in that role
3 Explain the difference between mediation and negotiation
4 Discuss the possible effects of mediation on the Canadian legal system and on our views
of justice
5 Explain how a mediator views conflict
6 Identify and describe various mediation models and mediatorsrsquo styles
7 Describe how the mediatorrsquos style affects mediation
8 Identify and explain some critical issues in mediation
9 Identify and describe the sources of power in a mediator
10 Identify and describe the forms of power that need to be monitored in mediation
Required Readings
Alexander Nadja (2011) The Mediation Meta-Model - the realities of mediation practice ADR
Bulletin Vol 12 No 6 Article 5
Maiese Michelle Neutrality Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess
Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted June 2005
httpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgbi-essayneutrality
Riskin Leonard L (2003) Decision-making in mediation The new old grid and the new new
grid system Notre Dame Law Review 79 1ndash53
Spangler Brad Problem-Solving Mediation Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and
Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted
September 2003 httpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgbi-essayproblem-solving-mediation
Spangler Brad Transformative Mediation Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi
Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted October
2003 httpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaytransformative-mediation
Optional Readings
Alfini James J (1991) Trashing bashing and hashing it out Is this the end of ldquogood
mediationrdquo Florida State Law Review 19 47-75
Glaser Tanya (2016) Summary of Christopher Moore The Mediation Process Practical
Strategies for Resolving Conflict (3rd ed 2004) San Francisco Jossey-Bass Publishers
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2015) Mediation Arbitration and Alternative Dispute Resolution
(ADR) International Encyclopedia of the Social and Behavioral Sciences Elsevier Ltd 2015
UC Irvine School of Law Research Paper No 2015-59
Morris C (1997) The trusted mediator In J Macfarlane (Ed) Rethinking disputes The
mediation alternative Toronto Emond Montgomery
Shapira Omer (2009) Exploring the concept of power in mediation Mediatorsrsquo sources of
power and influence tactics Ohio State Journal on Dispute Resolution 24 535-568
Silbey Susan S amp Merry Sally E (1986) Mediator settlement strategies Law amp Policy 8 7ndash
32 (source httpwebmitedussilbeywwwpubhtml)
Smyth Gemma (2009) Strengthening social justice in informal dispute resolution processes
through cultural competence Windsor Yearbook of Access to Justice 27 111ndash126
Unit 7
The primary focus of Unit 7 is on the mediation process and mediation skills This unit outlines
guidelines for conducting a mediation and the steps to be taken in preparing for and performing
dispute resolution It also provides tips for efficient and effective mediation and describes the
skills required to mediate a dispute
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 7 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe a process for facilitative mediation
2 Identify some common steps found in the mediation process
3 Describe required skills to be used by a mediator
4 Perform listening and questioning skills used by a mediator
5 Explain and critique the use of caucuses in mediation
Required Readings
Kaufman Sanda Michael Elliott and Deborah Shmueli Frames Framing and Reframing
Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium
University of Colorado Boulder Posted September 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayframinggt
Maiese Michelle Emotions Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess
Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted July 2005
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayemotiongt
Maiese Michelle Ground Rules Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess
Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted September 2004
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayground-rulesgt
Salem Richard Empathic Listening Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi
Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted July 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayempathic-listeninggt
Spangler Brad Caucus Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict
Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted June 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaycaucusgt
Optional Readings
Cleveland Mediation Center (Producer) (2010) Community mediation demosmdashOpening
statement [video] Cleveland OH Author Retrieved November 30 2011 from
httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Y1ABs7QfMYo
CommunityMediation (2016) Mediator Training Clip 1 - Agenda - Language amp Interruptions
[video] Retrieved July 12 2016 from httpswwwyoutubecomwatchv=X-mrHWhWIXA
Noesner G W and Mike Webster (1997) Crisis intervention using active listening skills in
negotiations FBI Law Enforcement Bulletin 66 13ndash19
Unit 8
Unit 8 examines the use of mediation in several areas including family disputes where it is now
common criminal matters and public policy and administrative proceedings This unit also
discusses issues of race culture and gender with respect to their possible effects on the
mediation process Finally Unit 8 outlines the ethical requirements of the mediator
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 8 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe various ways in which mediation is used in real-life situations
2 Describe in detail the use of mediation and the required process for mediation in family
disputes and in juvenile crime situations
3 Explain how mediation may be affected by and how it can be altered to accommodate
issues of gender and culture
4 Outline the ethical requirements of a mediator
5 Identify the ethical issues in victim-offender mediation (VOM)
6 List and explain the principles of consensus-building decision making
7 Describe the impact of culture in mediation
Required Readings
Hallevy Prof Gabriel (2011) Therapeutic victim-offender mediation within the criminal justice
process ndash Sharpening the evaluation of personal potential for rehabilitation while righting
wrongs under the alternative-dispute-resolution (ADR) philosophy Harvard Negotiation Law
Review 16 65-94 Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=2693515
Lande John (2012) The revolution in family law dispute resolution Journal of the American
Academy of Matrimonial Lawyers 24 411-449 University of Missouri School of Law Legal
Studies Research Paper No 2012-10 Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=2035605
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2011) Mediating multiculturally Culture and the ethical mediator In
Mediation ethics Cases amp Commentaries 305-338 Ellen Waldman ed San Francisco CA
Jossey-Bass 2011 UC Irvine School of Law Research Paper No 2012-28 Georgetown Public
Law Research Paper No 12-061
Umbreit Mark (2009) Restorative justice victim offender mediation overview (YouTube
video)
Optional Readings
ADR Institute of Canada Inc (2011) Code of Ethics and Code of Conduct for Mediators
Toronto ON Author
Bush RA Baruch (1994) Symposium The dilemmas of mediation practice ldquoA study of
ethical dilemmas and policy implicationsrdquo Journal of dispute resolution 1994(1) 1-56
Cormick G Dale N Emond P Sigurdson SG amp Stuart B (1996) Building consensus for
a sustainable future Putting principles into practice Ottawa Government of Canada (source
httppublicationsgccasitearchivee-
archivedhtmlurl=httppublicationsgccacollectionscollection_2016trnee-nrteeEn133-10-1-
1996-engpdf)
Gallagher Lora Elizabeth (2013) Detour ahead Victim-offender mediation as a mandatory
deviation program for juveniles University of Mississippi School of Law
Kahane David (2003) Dispute resolution and the politics of cultural generalization Negotiation
Journal 19 5ndash27
MacDonald J (Producer) amp Dickie B (Director) (2000) Hollow Water [Motion picture]
National Film Board of Canada
MacDonald J (Producer) amp Konowal C (Director) (1997) A Glimmer of Hope [Motion
picture] National Film Board of Canada
Macfarlane J (2003) Transforming relationships through participatory justice Ottawa Law
Commission of Canada Retrieved November 30 2011 from httpdsp-
psdpwgscgccaCollectionJL2-22-2003Epdf
Macfarlane J (2005) The emerging phenomenon of collaborative family law (CFL) A
qualitative study of CFL cases Ottawa Justice Canada
Native Womenrsquos Association of Canada (2007) Aboriginal women and the legal justice system
in Canada Issue Paper Corner Brook NL Author Retrieved November 30 2011 from
httpwwwlaagovnlcalaanawspdfnwac-legalpdf
OVC Bulletin 2000 (rev 2007) A Description of Victim-Offender Mediation Washington DC
Author Retrieved November 30 2011 from
httpswwwncjrsgovovc_archivesreportsrjbulletin1rjmc_2html
Umbreit Mark S Wilson Sheryl amp Warner Roberts Ann (2006) ldquoRestorative Justice for
Victims Offenders and Communityrdquo (PPT) (source
httpwwwcehdumnedusswRJPProjectsVictim-Offender-
DialogueRJ_Principlesdefaultasp)
Umbreit Mark S Coates R B amp Vos Betty (2001) Victim Impact of Restorative Justice
Conferencing with Juveniles What We Have Learned From Two Decades of Victim-Offender
Dialogue Through Mediation and Conferencing (source
httpwwwcehdumnedusswRJPProjectsVictim-Offender-
DialogueRestorative_Group_Conferencingdefaultasp)
United Nations Economic and Social Council (2002) Basic principles on the use of restorative
justice programmes in criminal matters Resolution 200212 Retrieved November 30 2011
from httpwwwunorgenecosocdocs2002resolution202002-12pdf
Unit 9
Unit 9 introduces new more creative processes that have been tailored to meet the unique needs
of participants the particular circumstances of disputes and the specific obstacles presented The
primary focus is on ADR processes that involve a third-party neutral evaluator such as the mini-
trial and judicial settlement conferences and the use of an ombudsperson This unit defines the
role of a neutral evaluator and describes the process used in each method considered
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 9 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe some hybrid ADR processes currently available
2 Describe the role and identify the qualities of a neutral evaluator
3 Describe the different processes used in each of the various hybrid models
4 Describe the role of an ombudsperson and identify some elements of the processes used
by an ombudsperson
Required Readings
Elliott David C (1995) Medarb Fraught with danger or ripe with opportunity Alberta Law
Review 34 163-179 (source httpwwwdavidelliottcadisputeresolutionhtm)
Rowe Mary (1991) The ombudsmanrsquos role in a dispute resolution system Negotiation journal
7(4) 353-361 (source httpmrowescriptsmiteduPublicationshtml)
Wittmann Neil C (2015) Judicial dispute resolution in the Court of Queenrsquos Bench Making
resolution accessible Canadian arbitration and mediation journal 25(1) 14-20 (source
httpadriccaresourcesjournal-articles)
Optional Readings
Agrios John A amp Agrios Janice A (2004) A handbook on judicial dispute resolution for
Canadian lawyers Canadian Forum on Civil Justice (source httpwwwcfcj-
fcjcorgclearinghousejudicial-dispute-resolution )
Alberta Law Reform Institute (1993) Civil litigation The judicial mini-trial Dispute Resolution
ndash Special Series Discussion Paper No 1 (source
httpswwwalriualbertacaindexphppublicationsLawadministration-of-justicealternate-
dispute-resolutioncivil-litigation-the-judicial-mini-trial- )
Creutzfeldt Naomi J and Bradford Ben (2015) Dispute resolution outside of courts Procedural
justice and decision acceptance among users of ombuds services in the UK Law amp Society
Review 50(4) Forthcoming Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=2805917
ldquoThe Mini-Trialrdquo (2016) Department of Justice Canada
Rooke John D (2009) Improving excellence Evaluation of the judicial dispute resolution
program in the Court of Queenrsquos Bench of Alberta Canadian Forum on Civil Justice (source
httpwwwcfcj-fcjcorgclearinghousejudicial-dispute-resolution )
Rowe Mary P (2009) An organizational ombuds office in a system for dealing with conflict
and learning from conflict or ldquoconflict management systemrdquo Harvard Negotiation Law Review
14 279-288 (source httpwwwhnlrorgarticlesarchive)
Semple Noel (2011) Judicial settlement-seeking in parenting disputes Consensus and
controversy Conflict Resolution Quarterly 29 No 3 309-332 Available at SSRN
httpssrncomabstract=1687268
Unit 10
This unit provides some background to the practice of resolving disputes using the technology of
the Internet It surveys some of the current methods of online dispute resolution (ODR) and
raises issues regarding its advantages and disadvantages
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 10 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe what is meant by online dispute resolution
2 Identify and describe some of the current types and methods of ODR in use
3 Identify and explain some advantages and disadvantages of ODR
Required Reading
Brannigan Colm (2008) Online dispute resolution In CCH alternative dispute resolution
practice manual (source httpmediatecaOnline-Dispute-Resolutionhtml)
Brett Jeanne M Olekalns Mara Friedman Ray Goates Nathan Anderson Cameron Lisco
Cara Cherry (2007) Sticks and stones language face and online dispute resolution Academy
of Management Journal 50(1) 85-99
Ebner N (2014) Negotiation via the (new) email In M Benoliel (Ed) Negotiation excellence
Successful deal making (2nd ed) Singapore World Scientific Publishing
Ebner N amp Zeleznikow J (2015) Fairness trust and security in online dispute resolution
Hamline Journal of Public Law and Policy 36(2) 143-160
Optional Readings
Brannigan Colm (2016) Online dispute resolution The tools of the future for mediators
arbitrators and lawyers are here today ADR Perspectives May 2016 (source
httpadriccaresourcesadr-perspectives-newsletter)
Civil Justice Council United Kingdom (2015) Online dispute resolution for low value civil
claims
Conference on Online Dispute Resolution (2013) Presentations and Papers Stanford Law
School
Civil Resolution Tribunal British Columbia (2016) ldquoCRT Overviewrdquo
European Commission ldquoAlternative and Online Dispute Resolution (ADRODR)rdquo
Goodman Joseph W (2003) The pros and cons of online dispute resolution An assessment of
cyber-mediation websites Duke Law amp Technology Review 2 1-16
International Journal of Online Dispute Resolution
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2016) Is ODR ADR Reflections of an ADR founder from the 15th
ODR conference Law Technology and Access to Justice
National Center for Technology and Dispute Resolution (2016) httpwwwodrinfo
Thompson Darin (2015) Creating new pathways to justice using simple artificial intelligence
and online dispute resolution International Journal of Online Dispute Resolution 2(1) 4-53
United Nations Commission on International Trade Law (2016) ldquoOnline Dispute Resolution
On-Line Resourcesrdquo
Virtual Mediation Lab
Unit 11
Unit 11 focuses on what has been learned about the design of suitable ADR processes and
systems It also explores the issue of how to evaluate the success of ADR initiatives and how to
determine which ADR method is appropriate in a given dispute and its context Within the
discussion of the pros and cons of ADR issues of culture and gender are again raised with the
concern about whether a process can be designed to accommodate everyone You will find
yourself needing to answer the question of whether alternative dispute resolution is a good
alternative
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 11 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Identify and describe the elements to be considered in designing an appropriate dispute
resolution process
2 Describe specific problems and concerns relating to culture and gender in attempts to
design appropriate dispute resolution processes
3 Describe some methods of evaluating dispute resolution processes and systems
4 Describe some measures of the effectiveness of alternative dispute resolution processes
and their effects on the legal system
Required Reading
Amsler (formerly Bingham) Lisa Blomgren (2009) Designing justice Legal institutions and
other systems for managing conflict Ohio State Journal on Dispute Resolution Forthcoming
Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=1294063
Brahm Eric and Julian Ouellet Designing New Dispute Resolution Systems Beyond
Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium
University of Colorado Boulder Posted September 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaydesigning-dispute-systemsgt
British Columbia Ministry of Attorney General (2016) Reaching resolution A guide to
designing public sector dispute resolution systems Victoria Ministry of Attorney General
Optional Readings
Baruch Bush Robert A (1989) Defining quality in dispute resolution Taxonomies and anti-
taxonomies of quality arguments Denver University Law Review 66 335ndash380
Galanter Marc amp Cahill Mia (1994) ldquoMost cases settlerdquo Judicial promotion and regulation of
settlements Stanford Law Review 46(6) 1339-1391
Greenberg Elayne E (2015) Fitting the forum to the pernicious fuss A dispute resolution
design to address implicit bias and lsquoisms in the workplace St Johnrsquos School of Law Legal
Studies Research Paper Series
Kelman Herbert C (2005) Building trust among enemies The central challenge for
international conflict resolution International Journal of Intercultural Relations 29 639-650
(source httpscholarharvardedusearchsitekelman)
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2009) Are there systemic ethics issues in dispute system design And
what we should [not] do about it Lessons from international and domestic fronts Harvard
Negotiation Law Review 14 195-231
Rabinovich-Einy Orna amp Katsh Ethan (2012) Technology and the future of dispute systems
design Harvard Negotiation Law Review 17 151ndash199 (source
httpwwwhnlrorgarticlesarchive)
Reuben Richard C (2005) Democracy and dispute resolution Systems design and the new
workplace Harvard Negotiation Law Review 14 1ndash342
Rolph Elizabeth amp Moller Erik (1995) Evaluating agency alternative dispute resolution
programs A usersrsquo guide to data collection and use Santa Monica CA Rand Corporation
Rowe Mary (2001) Designing integrated conflict management systems Guidelines for
practitioners and decision makers in organizations Cornell University Institute on Conflict
Resolution
Silbey Susan S amp Merry Sally Engle (1984) What Do Plaintiffs Want Reexamining the
Concept of Dispute Justice System Journal 9 151-178
United States Postal Service ldquoRedressrdquo
Various (2009) Dispute System Design Issue of Harvard Negotiation Law Review 14 1ndash342
Unit 12
Unit 12 considers the current trends of ADR in Canada and elsewhere and where it appears to be
headed in the foreseeable future This final unit also suggests ideas about the future effects of
ADR on the legal system on justice and on society
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 12 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe some current and future trends in ADR
2 Explain how the Canadian legal system has changed and continues to change with the
advancement of ADR
3 Describe the effect of ADR on societal views of ldquojusticerdquo
4 Explain your views on the appropriateness of ADR in the Canadian legal system
Required ReadingViewing
View some videos available through the International Mediation Institute Mediation Podcasts
Read some blog posts from the following sites
Mediatecom The Weekrsquos Best Blog Posts
International Mediation Institute Mediation Blogs
Optional Readings
Eisenberg Deborah Thompson (2016) What we know (and need to know) about court-annexed
dispute resolution South Carolina Law Review 67 245-265
Hernandez-Crespo Mariana D (2012) From noise to music The potential of the multi-door
courthouse model to advance systemic inclusion and participation as a foundation for sustainable
rule of law in Latin America Journal of Dispute Resolution 2012
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2009) Maintaining ADR integrity Alternatives to the High Cost of
Litigation 27(1) 1-9
Merry Sally Engle (1988) Legal pluralism Law amp Society Review 22 869ndash896
Stipanowich Thomas amp Lamare J Ryan (2013) Living with ADR Evolving perceptions and
use of mediation arbitration and conflict management in Fortune 1000 corporations Harvard
Negotiation Law Review 19 1-68
Assessment in Alternative Dispute Resolution
To receive credit for Alternative Dispute Resolution you must complete all course
assignments achieve a mark of at least 50 on the final exam and achieve an overall
course grade of at least 50
The weightings for each assessment item are as follows
Activity Credit Weight Date Due
Assignment 1 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 4
Assignment 2 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 8
Assignment 3 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 10
Assignment 4 oral presentation 10 of final grade End of Unit 11
Assignment 5 oral response 10 of final grade End of Unit 12
Final Examination 50 of final grade End of all Units
Total 100 of final grade
Assignments 1 and 2
You are required to submit two written online responses You may answer any one question
arising from each of the following unit clusters
bull Units 1 to 4
bull Units 5 to 8
All responses should be completed by the time you finish studying Unit 10
Written responses should be between 500 and 750 words each
Example question ldquoThink of an occasion when you consciously decided not to pursue a potential
grievance What were your reasons What would have stimulated you to pursue it Using the ideas and
terminology of this unit describe the conflict you experiencedrdquo
Assignment 3
For this assignment put yourself in the place of mediator who uses a facilitative style and who is
preparing to conduct interest-based mediation with two parties who have a legal dispute arising
out of an accident Your practice is to hold a separate private meeting with each of the parties
before the mediation starts to help assess the dispute and prepare the parties to engage in an
interest-based mediation process Part of that preparation consists in assisting the parties to
identify their real interests needs and concerns in relation to the conflict in which they find
themselves
With that in mind read the transcript of what one of the parties has told you as if you were
listening to them face to face Then prepare an oral submission as follows
Your submission should consist of five oral responses you might make to the client in order to
help prepare him for the upcoming mediation including a better awareness of his needs interests
concerns and possible settlement range
Each of the five responses should be in the following two part format
1 First restate (or reflect) something you have heard from the client to show that you
understand what you are being told This should take the form of a statement starting
with the words ldquoYou said helliprdquo or ldquoYou indicated helliprdquo or ldquoYou went on to say helliprdquo or
similar
2 Then follow that up with a question designed to bring out a need concern interest or
emotion of this party or a reframing statement that may help this party to view the
dispute in a different light A question may also be used to help clarify his position
options for settlement or potential range of settlement figures
A question probing interests may be worded something like ldquoBased on what you have
said it seems to me that what you are really interested in (concerned about) is hellip Would
that be correctrdquo A reframing statement might be in the form of ldquoWould another way of
putting it be helliprdquo A question for clarification might be ldquoDo I understand it correctly that
helliprdquo You are not restricted to these wordings Be creative
The essential goal of this assignment is to encourage you to think of ways a mediator might help
a disputing party prepare to engage in interest-based mediation and negotiation with a view to
settlement of the dispute
Assignment 4
For Assignment 4 put yourself in the place of a mediator who is starting the first mediation
session with two disputing parties As part of your opening remarks explain the intent and
process of mediation and your role as a mediator and try to create a safe and supportive
environment for the parties Record what you would say (Hint try not to read a prepared script)
The maximum recording length for this assignment is 5 minutes
Assignment 5
For Assignment 5 put yourself in the place of a mediator who is hearing an opening statement
(or ldquostoryrdquo) from one of the disputing parties As part of the mediation process summarize or
ldquorepeat backrdquo the statement you hear using the techniques and skills you have learned about in
this course Include at least one reframe Record your response to the statement you hear
The time limit indicated for this assignment is 11 minutes which includes listening to the story and
recording your summary
Final Exam
Final Exam The final examination is worth 50 of your total course mark It is a closed book
online exam written over 3 hours Please consult the Online Exams (MuchLearning) section of
the Procedures for Applying for and Writing Examinations in your online Student Manual and
visit httpregistrarathabascaucaexamsonlinestudent for more information
Part A of the exam comprises 15 multiple choice and truefalse questions (2 marks each) similar
to those in the self-study quizzes This part covers the whole course Part B comprises 6
questions (5 marks each) that are drawn from the learning objectives listed for the units in the
course Each question is to be answered in a paragraph Part C (40 marks) requires you to answer
8 questions (5 marks each) based on a scenario like the one presented in Assignment 3 The
questions ask you to analyze the facts given in relation to what you have learned about
negotiation mediation and hybrid processes
See exam procedures for information on how to book your exam and other questions you may
have
Required Readings
Alexander Nadja (2011) The Mediation Meta-Model - the realities of mediation practice ADR
Bulletin Vol 12 No 6 Article 5
Maiese Michelle Neutrality Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess
Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted June 2005
httpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgbi-essayneutrality
Riskin Leonard L (2003) Decision-making in mediation The new old grid and the new new
grid system Notre Dame Law Review 79 1ndash53
Spangler Brad Problem-Solving Mediation Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and
Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted
September 2003 httpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgbi-essayproblem-solving-mediation
Spangler Brad Transformative Mediation Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi
Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted October
2003 httpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaytransformative-mediation
Optional Readings
Alfini James J (1991) Trashing bashing and hashing it out Is this the end of ldquogood
mediationrdquo Florida State Law Review 19 47-75
Glaser Tanya (2016) Summary of Christopher Moore The Mediation Process Practical
Strategies for Resolving Conflict (3rd ed 2004) San Francisco Jossey-Bass Publishers
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2015) Mediation Arbitration and Alternative Dispute Resolution
(ADR) International Encyclopedia of the Social and Behavioral Sciences Elsevier Ltd 2015
UC Irvine School of Law Research Paper No 2015-59
Morris C (1997) The trusted mediator In J Macfarlane (Ed) Rethinking disputes The
mediation alternative Toronto Emond Montgomery
Shapira Omer (2009) Exploring the concept of power in mediation Mediatorsrsquo sources of
power and influence tactics Ohio State Journal on Dispute Resolution 24 535-568
Silbey Susan S amp Merry Sally E (1986) Mediator settlement strategies Law amp Policy 8 7ndash
32 (source httpwebmitedussilbeywwwpubhtml)
Smyth Gemma (2009) Strengthening social justice in informal dispute resolution processes
through cultural competence Windsor Yearbook of Access to Justice 27 111ndash126
Unit 7
The primary focus of Unit 7 is on the mediation process and mediation skills This unit outlines
guidelines for conducting a mediation and the steps to be taken in preparing for and performing
dispute resolution It also provides tips for efficient and effective mediation and describes the
skills required to mediate a dispute
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 7 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe a process for facilitative mediation
2 Identify some common steps found in the mediation process
3 Describe required skills to be used by a mediator
4 Perform listening and questioning skills used by a mediator
5 Explain and critique the use of caucuses in mediation
Required Readings
Kaufman Sanda Michael Elliott and Deborah Shmueli Frames Framing and Reframing
Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium
University of Colorado Boulder Posted September 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayframinggt
Maiese Michelle Emotions Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess
Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted July 2005
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayemotiongt
Maiese Michelle Ground Rules Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess
Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted September 2004
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayground-rulesgt
Salem Richard Empathic Listening Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi
Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted July 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayempathic-listeninggt
Spangler Brad Caucus Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict
Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted June 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaycaucusgt
Optional Readings
Cleveland Mediation Center (Producer) (2010) Community mediation demosmdashOpening
statement [video] Cleveland OH Author Retrieved November 30 2011 from
httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Y1ABs7QfMYo
CommunityMediation (2016) Mediator Training Clip 1 - Agenda - Language amp Interruptions
[video] Retrieved July 12 2016 from httpswwwyoutubecomwatchv=X-mrHWhWIXA
Noesner G W and Mike Webster (1997) Crisis intervention using active listening skills in
negotiations FBI Law Enforcement Bulletin 66 13ndash19
Unit 8
Unit 8 examines the use of mediation in several areas including family disputes where it is now
common criminal matters and public policy and administrative proceedings This unit also
discusses issues of race culture and gender with respect to their possible effects on the
mediation process Finally Unit 8 outlines the ethical requirements of the mediator
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 8 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe various ways in which mediation is used in real-life situations
2 Describe in detail the use of mediation and the required process for mediation in family
disputes and in juvenile crime situations
3 Explain how mediation may be affected by and how it can be altered to accommodate
issues of gender and culture
4 Outline the ethical requirements of a mediator
5 Identify the ethical issues in victim-offender mediation (VOM)
6 List and explain the principles of consensus-building decision making
7 Describe the impact of culture in mediation
Required Readings
Hallevy Prof Gabriel (2011) Therapeutic victim-offender mediation within the criminal justice
process ndash Sharpening the evaluation of personal potential for rehabilitation while righting
wrongs under the alternative-dispute-resolution (ADR) philosophy Harvard Negotiation Law
Review 16 65-94 Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=2693515
Lande John (2012) The revolution in family law dispute resolution Journal of the American
Academy of Matrimonial Lawyers 24 411-449 University of Missouri School of Law Legal
Studies Research Paper No 2012-10 Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=2035605
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2011) Mediating multiculturally Culture and the ethical mediator In
Mediation ethics Cases amp Commentaries 305-338 Ellen Waldman ed San Francisco CA
Jossey-Bass 2011 UC Irvine School of Law Research Paper No 2012-28 Georgetown Public
Law Research Paper No 12-061
Umbreit Mark (2009) Restorative justice victim offender mediation overview (YouTube
video)
Optional Readings
ADR Institute of Canada Inc (2011) Code of Ethics and Code of Conduct for Mediators
Toronto ON Author
Bush RA Baruch (1994) Symposium The dilemmas of mediation practice ldquoA study of
ethical dilemmas and policy implicationsrdquo Journal of dispute resolution 1994(1) 1-56
Cormick G Dale N Emond P Sigurdson SG amp Stuart B (1996) Building consensus for
a sustainable future Putting principles into practice Ottawa Government of Canada (source
httppublicationsgccasitearchivee-
archivedhtmlurl=httppublicationsgccacollectionscollection_2016trnee-nrteeEn133-10-1-
1996-engpdf)
Gallagher Lora Elizabeth (2013) Detour ahead Victim-offender mediation as a mandatory
deviation program for juveniles University of Mississippi School of Law
Kahane David (2003) Dispute resolution and the politics of cultural generalization Negotiation
Journal 19 5ndash27
MacDonald J (Producer) amp Dickie B (Director) (2000) Hollow Water [Motion picture]
National Film Board of Canada
MacDonald J (Producer) amp Konowal C (Director) (1997) A Glimmer of Hope [Motion
picture] National Film Board of Canada
Macfarlane J (2003) Transforming relationships through participatory justice Ottawa Law
Commission of Canada Retrieved November 30 2011 from httpdsp-
psdpwgscgccaCollectionJL2-22-2003Epdf
Macfarlane J (2005) The emerging phenomenon of collaborative family law (CFL) A
qualitative study of CFL cases Ottawa Justice Canada
Native Womenrsquos Association of Canada (2007) Aboriginal women and the legal justice system
in Canada Issue Paper Corner Brook NL Author Retrieved November 30 2011 from
httpwwwlaagovnlcalaanawspdfnwac-legalpdf
OVC Bulletin 2000 (rev 2007) A Description of Victim-Offender Mediation Washington DC
Author Retrieved November 30 2011 from
httpswwwncjrsgovovc_archivesreportsrjbulletin1rjmc_2html
Umbreit Mark S Wilson Sheryl amp Warner Roberts Ann (2006) ldquoRestorative Justice for
Victims Offenders and Communityrdquo (PPT) (source
httpwwwcehdumnedusswRJPProjectsVictim-Offender-
DialogueRJ_Principlesdefaultasp)
Umbreit Mark S Coates R B amp Vos Betty (2001) Victim Impact of Restorative Justice
Conferencing with Juveniles What We Have Learned From Two Decades of Victim-Offender
Dialogue Through Mediation and Conferencing (source
httpwwwcehdumnedusswRJPProjectsVictim-Offender-
DialogueRestorative_Group_Conferencingdefaultasp)
United Nations Economic and Social Council (2002) Basic principles on the use of restorative
justice programmes in criminal matters Resolution 200212 Retrieved November 30 2011
from httpwwwunorgenecosocdocs2002resolution202002-12pdf
Unit 9
Unit 9 introduces new more creative processes that have been tailored to meet the unique needs
of participants the particular circumstances of disputes and the specific obstacles presented The
primary focus is on ADR processes that involve a third-party neutral evaluator such as the mini-
trial and judicial settlement conferences and the use of an ombudsperson This unit defines the
role of a neutral evaluator and describes the process used in each method considered
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 9 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe some hybrid ADR processes currently available
2 Describe the role and identify the qualities of a neutral evaluator
3 Describe the different processes used in each of the various hybrid models
4 Describe the role of an ombudsperson and identify some elements of the processes used
by an ombudsperson
Required Readings
Elliott David C (1995) Medarb Fraught with danger or ripe with opportunity Alberta Law
Review 34 163-179 (source httpwwwdavidelliottcadisputeresolutionhtm)
Rowe Mary (1991) The ombudsmanrsquos role in a dispute resolution system Negotiation journal
7(4) 353-361 (source httpmrowescriptsmiteduPublicationshtml)
Wittmann Neil C (2015) Judicial dispute resolution in the Court of Queenrsquos Bench Making
resolution accessible Canadian arbitration and mediation journal 25(1) 14-20 (source
httpadriccaresourcesjournal-articles)
Optional Readings
Agrios John A amp Agrios Janice A (2004) A handbook on judicial dispute resolution for
Canadian lawyers Canadian Forum on Civil Justice (source httpwwwcfcj-
fcjcorgclearinghousejudicial-dispute-resolution )
Alberta Law Reform Institute (1993) Civil litigation The judicial mini-trial Dispute Resolution
ndash Special Series Discussion Paper No 1 (source
httpswwwalriualbertacaindexphppublicationsLawadministration-of-justicealternate-
dispute-resolutioncivil-litigation-the-judicial-mini-trial- )
Creutzfeldt Naomi J and Bradford Ben (2015) Dispute resolution outside of courts Procedural
justice and decision acceptance among users of ombuds services in the UK Law amp Society
Review 50(4) Forthcoming Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=2805917
ldquoThe Mini-Trialrdquo (2016) Department of Justice Canada
Rooke John D (2009) Improving excellence Evaluation of the judicial dispute resolution
program in the Court of Queenrsquos Bench of Alberta Canadian Forum on Civil Justice (source
httpwwwcfcj-fcjcorgclearinghousejudicial-dispute-resolution )
Rowe Mary P (2009) An organizational ombuds office in a system for dealing with conflict
and learning from conflict or ldquoconflict management systemrdquo Harvard Negotiation Law Review
14 279-288 (source httpwwwhnlrorgarticlesarchive)
Semple Noel (2011) Judicial settlement-seeking in parenting disputes Consensus and
controversy Conflict Resolution Quarterly 29 No 3 309-332 Available at SSRN
httpssrncomabstract=1687268
Unit 10
This unit provides some background to the practice of resolving disputes using the technology of
the Internet It surveys some of the current methods of online dispute resolution (ODR) and
raises issues regarding its advantages and disadvantages
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 10 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe what is meant by online dispute resolution
2 Identify and describe some of the current types and methods of ODR in use
3 Identify and explain some advantages and disadvantages of ODR
Required Reading
Brannigan Colm (2008) Online dispute resolution In CCH alternative dispute resolution
practice manual (source httpmediatecaOnline-Dispute-Resolutionhtml)
Brett Jeanne M Olekalns Mara Friedman Ray Goates Nathan Anderson Cameron Lisco
Cara Cherry (2007) Sticks and stones language face and online dispute resolution Academy
of Management Journal 50(1) 85-99
Ebner N (2014) Negotiation via the (new) email In M Benoliel (Ed) Negotiation excellence
Successful deal making (2nd ed) Singapore World Scientific Publishing
Ebner N amp Zeleznikow J (2015) Fairness trust and security in online dispute resolution
Hamline Journal of Public Law and Policy 36(2) 143-160
Optional Readings
Brannigan Colm (2016) Online dispute resolution The tools of the future for mediators
arbitrators and lawyers are here today ADR Perspectives May 2016 (source
httpadriccaresourcesadr-perspectives-newsletter)
Civil Justice Council United Kingdom (2015) Online dispute resolution for low value civil
claims
Conference on Online Dispute Resolution (2013) Presentations and Papers Stanford Law
School
Civil Resolution Tribunal British Columbia (2016) ldquoCRT Overviewrdquo
European Commission ldquoAlternative and Online Dispute Resolution (ADRODR)rdquo
Goodman Joseph W (2003) The pros and cons of online dispute resolution An assessment of
cyber-mediation websites Duke Law amp Technology Review 2 1-16
International Journal of Online Dispute Resolution
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2016) Is ODR ADR Reflections of an ADR founder from the 15th
ODR conference Law Technology and Access to Justice
National Center for Technology and Dispute Resolution (2016) httpwwwodrinfo
Thompson Darin (2015) Creating new pathways to justice using simple artificial intelligence
and online dispute resolution International Journal of Online Dispute Resolution 2(1) 4-53
United Nations Commission on International Trade Law (2016) ldquoOnline Dispute Resolution
On-Line Resourcesrdquo
Virtual Mediation Lab
Unit 11
Unit 11 focuses on what has been learned about the design of suitable ADR processes and
systems It also explores the issue of how to evaluate the success of ADR initiatives and how to
determine which ADR method is appropriate in a given dispute and its context Within the
discussion of the pros and cons of ADR issues of culture and gender are again raised with the
concern about whether a process can be designed to accommodate everyone You will find
yourself needing to answer the question of whether alternative dispute resolution is a good
alternative
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 11 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Identify and describe the elements to be considered in designing an appropriate dispute
resolution process
2 Describe specific problems and concerns relating to culture and gender in attempts to
design appropriate dispute resolution processes
3 Describe some methods of evaluating dispute resolution processes and systems
4 Describe some measures of the effectiveness of alternative dispute resolution processes
and their effects on the legal system
Required Reading
Amsler (formerly Bingham) Lisa Blomgren (2009) Designing justice Legal institutions and
other systems for managing conflict Ohio State Journal on Dispute Resolution Forthcoming
Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=1294063
Brahm Eric and Julian Ouellet Designing New Dispute Resolution Systems Beyond
Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium
University of Colorado Boulder Posted September 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaydesigning-dispute-systemsgt
British Columbia Ministry of Attorney General (2016) Reaching resolution A guide to
designing public sector dispute resolution systems Victoria Ministry of Attorney General
Optional Readings
Baruch Bush Robert A (1989) Defining quality in dispute resolution Taxonomies and anti-
taxonomies of quality arguments Denver University Law Review 66 335ndash380
Galanter Marc amp Cahill Mia (1994) ldquoMost cases settlerdquo Judicial promotion and regulation of
settlements Stanford Law Review 46(6) 1339-1391
Greenberg Elayne E (2015) Fitting the forum to the pernicious fuss A dispute resolution
design to address implicit bias and lsquoisms in the workplace St Johnrsquos School of Law Legal
Studies Research Paper Series
Kelman Herbert C (2005) Building trust among enemies The central challenge for
international conflict resolution International Journal of Intercultural Relations 29 639-650
(source httpscholarharvardedusearchsitekelman)
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2009) Are there systemic ethics issues in dispute system design And
what we should [not] do about it Lessons from international and domestic fronts Harvard
Negotiation Law Review 14 195-231
Rabinovich-Einy Orna amp Katsh Ethan (2012) Technology and the future of dispute systems
design Harvard Negotiation Law Review 17 151ndash199 (source
httpwwwhnlrorgarticlesarchive)
Reuben Richard C (2005) Democracy and dispute resolution Systems design and the new
workplace Harvard Negotiation Law Review 14 1ndash342
Rolph Elizabeth amp Moller Erik (1995) Evaluating agency alternative dispute resolution
programs A usersrsquo guide to data collection and use Santa Monica CA Rand Corporation
Rowe Mary (2001) Designing integrated conflict management systems Guidelines for
practitioners and decision makers in organizations Cornell University Institute on Conflict
Resolution
Silbey Susan S amp Merry Sally Engle (1984) What Do Plaintiffs Want Reexamining the
Concept of Dispute Justice System Journal 9 151-178
United States Postal Service ldquoRedressrdquo
Various (2009) Dispute System Design Issue of Harvard Negotiation Law Review 14 1ndash342
Unit 12
Unit 12 considers the current trends of ADR in Canada and elsewhere and where it appears to be
headed in the foreseeable future This final unit also suggests ideas about the future effects of
ADR on the legal system on justice and on society
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 12 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe some current and future trends in ADR
2 Explain how the Canadian legal system has changed and continues to change with the
advancement of ADR
3 Describe the effect of ADR on societal views of ldquojusticerdquo
4 Explain your views on the appropriateness of ADR in the Canadian legal system
Required ReadingViewing
View some videos available through the International Mediation Institute Mediation Podcasts
Read some blog posts from the following sites
Mediatecom The Weekrsquos Best Blog Posts
International Mediation Institute Mediation Blogs
Optional Readings
Eisenberg Deborah Thompson (2016) What we know (and need to know) about court-annexed
dispute resolution South Carolina Law Review 67 245-265
Hernandez-Crespo Mariana D (2012) From noise to music The potential of the multi-door
courthouse model to advance systemic inclusion and participation as a foundation for sustainable
rule of law in Latin America Journal of Dispute Resolution 2012
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2009) Maintaining ADR integrity Alternatives to the High Cost of
Litigation 27(1) 1-9
Merry Sally Engle (1988) Legal pluralism Law amp Society Review 22 869ndash896
Stipanowich Thomas amp Lamare J Ryan (2013) Living with ADR Evolving perceptions and
use of mediation arbitration and conflict management in Fortune 1000 corporations Harvard
Negotiation Law Review 19 1-68
Assessment in Alternative Dispute Resolution
To receive credit for Alternative Dispute Resolution you must complete all course
assignments achieve a mark of at least 50 on the final exam and achieve an overall
course grade of at least 50
The weightings for each assessment item are as follows
Activity Credit Weight Date Due
Assignment 1 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 4
Assignment 2 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 8
Assignment 3 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 10
Assignment 4 oral presentation 10 of final grade End of Unit 11
Assignment 5 oral response 10 of final grade End of Unit 12
Final Examination 50 of final grade End of all Units
Total 100 of final grade
Assignments 1 and 2
You are required to submit two written online responses You may answer any one question
arising from each of the following unit clusters
bull Units 1 to 4
bull Units 5 to 8
All responses should be completed by the time you finish studying Unit 10
Written responses should be between 500 and 750 words each
Example question ldquoThink of an occasion when you consciously decided not to pursue a potential
grievance What were your reasons What would have stimulated you to pursue it Using the ideas and
terminology of this unit describe the conflict you experiencedrdquo
Assignment 3
For this assignment put yourself in the place of mediator who uses a facilitative style and who is
preparing to conduct interest-based mediation with two parties who have a legal dispute arising
out of an accident Your practice is to hold a separate private meeting with each of the parties
before the mediation starts to help assess the dispute and prepare the parties to engage in an
interest-based mediation process Part of that preparation consists in assisting the parties to
identify their real interests needs and concerns in relation to the conflict in which they find
themselves
With that in mind read the transcript of what one of the parties has told you as if you were
listening to them face to face Then prepare an oral submission as follows
Your submission should consist of five oral responses you might make to the client in order to
help prepare him for the upcoming mediation including a better awareness of his needs interests
concerns and possible settlement range
Each of the five responses should be in the following two part format
1 First restate (or reflect) something you have heard from the client to show that you
understand what you are being told This should take the form of a statement starting
with the words ldquoYou said helliprdquo or ldquoYou indicated helliprdquo or ldquoYou went on to say helliprdquo or
similar
2 Then follow that up with a question designed to bring out a need concern interest or
emotion of this party or a reframing statement that may help this party to view the
dispute in a different light A question may also be used to help clarify his position
options for settlement or potential range of settlement figures
A question probing interests may be worded something like ldquoBased on what you have
said it seems to me that what you are really interested in (concerned about) is hellip Would
that be correctrdquo A reframing statement might be in the form of ldquoWould another way of
putting it be helliprdquo A question for clarification might be ldquoDo I understand it correctly that
helliprdquo You are not restricted to these wordings Be creative
The essential goal of this assignment is to encourage you to think of ways a mediator might help
a disputing party prepare to engage in interest-based mediation and negotiation with a view to
settlement of the dispute
Assignment 4
For Assignment 4 put yourself in the place of a mediator who is starting the first mediation
session with two disputing parties As part of your opening remarks explain the intent and
process of mediation and your role as a mediator and try to create a safe and supportive
environment for the parties Record what you would say (Hint try not to read a prepared script)
The maximum recording length for this assignment is 5 minutes
Assignment 5
For Assignment 5 put yourself in the place of a mediator who is hearing an opening statement
(or ldquostoryrdquo) from one of the disputing parties As part of the mediation process summarize or
ldquorepeat backrdquo the statement you hear using the techniques and skills you have learned about in
this course Include at least one reframe Record your response to the statement you hear
The time limit indicated for this assignment is 11 minutes which includes listening to the story and
recording your summary
Final Exam
Final Exam The final examination is worth 50 of your total course mark It is a closed book
online exam written over 3 hours Please consult the Online Exams (MuchLearning) section of
the Procedures for Applying for and Writing Examinations in your online Student Manual and
visit httpregistrarathabascaucaexamsonlinestudent for more information
Part A of the exam comprises 15 multiple choice and truefalse questions (2 marks each) similar
to those in the self-study quizzes This part covers the whole course Part B comprises 6
questions (5 marks each) that are drawn from the learning objectives listed for the units in the
course Each question is to be answered in a paragraph Part C (40 marks) requires you to answer
8 questions (5 marks each) based on a scenario like the one presented in Assignment 3 The
questions ask you to analyze the facts given in relation to what you have learned about
negotiation mediation and hybrid processes
See exam procedures for information on how to book your exam and other questions you may
have
Unit 7
The primary focus of Unit 7 is on the mediation process and mediation skills This unit outlines
guidelines for conducting a mediation and the steps to be taken in preparing for and performing
dispute resolution It also provides tips for efficient and effective mediation and describes the
skills required to mediate a dispute
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 7 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe a process for facilitative mediation
2 Identify some common steps found in the mediation process
3 Describe required skills to be used by a mediator
4 Perform listening and questioning skills used by a mediator
5 Explain and critique the use of caucuses in mediation
Required Readings
Kaufman Sanda Michael Elliott and Deborah Shmueli Frames Framing and Reframing
Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium
University of Colorado Boulder Posted September 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayframinggt
Maiese Michelle Emotions Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess
Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted July 2005
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayemotiongt
Maiese Michelle Ground Rules Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess
Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted September 2004
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayground-rulesgt
Salem Richard Empathic Listening Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi
Burgess Conflict Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted July 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessayempathic-listeninggt
Spangler Brad Caucus Beyond Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict
Information Consortium University of Colorado Boulder Posted June 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaycaucusgt
Optional Readings
Cleveland Mediation Center (Producer) (2010) Community mediation demosmdashOpening
statement [video] Cleveland OH Author Retrieved November 30 2011 from
httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Y1ABs7QfMYo
CommunityMediation (2016) Mediator Training Clip 1 - Agenda - Language amp Interruptions
[video] Retrieved July 12 2016 from httpswwwyoutubecomwatchv=X-mrHWhWIXA
Noesner G W and Mike Webster (1997) Crisis intervention using active listening skills in
negotiations FBI Law Enforcement Bulletin 66 13ndash19
Unit 8
Unit 8 examines the use of mediation in several areas including family disputes where it is now
common criminal matters and public policy and administrative proceedings This unit also
discusses issues of race culture and gender with respect to their possible effects on the
mediation process Finally Unit 8 outlines the ethical requirements of the mediator
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 8 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe various ways in which mediation is used in real-life situations
2 Describe in detail the use of mediation and the required process for mediation in family
disputes and in juvenile crime situations
3 Explain how mediation may be affected by and how it can be altered to accommodate
issues of gender and culture
4 Outline the ethical requirements of a mediator
5 Identify the ethical issues in victim-offender mediation (VOM)
6 List and explain the principles of consensus-building decision making
7 Describe the impact of culture in mediation
Required Readings
Hallevy Prof Gabriel (2011) Therapeutic victim-offender mediation within the criminal justice
process ndash Sharpening the evaluation of personal potential for rehabilitation while righting
wrongs under the alternative-dispute-resolution (ADR) philosophy Harvard Negotiation Law
Review 16 65-94 Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=2693515
Lande John (2012) The revolution in family law dispute resolution Journal of the American
Academy of Matrimonial Lawyers 24 411-449 University of Missouri School of Law Legal
Studies Research Paper No 2012-10 Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=2035605
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2011) Mediating multiculturally Culture and the ethical mediator In
Mediation ethics Cases amp Commentaries 305-338 Ellen Waldman ed San Francisco CA
Jossey-Bass 2011 UC Irvine School of Law Research Paper No 2012-28 Georgetown Public
Law Research Paper No 12-061
Umbreit Mark (2009) Restorative justice victim offender mediation overview (YouTube
video)
Optional Readings
ADR Institute of Canada Inc (2011) Code of Ethics and Code of Conduct for Mediators
Toronto ON Author
Bush RA Baruch (1994) Symposium The dilemmas of mediation practice ldquoA study of
ethical dilemmas and policy implicationsrdquo Journal of dispute resolution 1994(1) 1-56
Cormick G Dale N Emond P Sigurdson SG amp Stuart B (1996) Building consensus for
a sustainable future Putting principles into practice Ottawa Government of Canada (source
httppublicationsgccasitearchivee-
archivedhtmlurl=httppublicationsgccacollectionscollection_2016trnee-nrteeEn133-10-1-
1996-engpdf)
Gallagher Lora Elizabeth (2013) Detour ahead Victim-offender mediation as a mandatory
deviation program for juveniles University of Mississippi School of Law
Kahane David (2003) Dispute resolution and the politics of cultural generalization Negotiation
Journal 19 5ndash27
MacDonald J (Producer) amp Dickie B (Director) (2000) Hollow Water [Motion picture]
National Film Board of Canada
MacDonald J (Producer) amp Konowal C (Director) (1997) A Glimmer of Hope [Motion
picture] National Film Board of Canada
Macfarlane J (2003) Transforming relationships through participatory justice Ottawa Law
Commission of Canada Retrieved November 30 2011 from httpdsp-
psdpwgscgccaCollectionJL2-22-2003Epdf
Macfarlane J (2005) The emerging phenomenon of collaborative family law (CFL) A
qualitative study of CFL cases Ottawa Justice Canada
Native Womenrsquos Association of Canada (2007) Aboriginal women and the legal justice system
in Canada Issue Paper Corner Brook NL Author Retrieved November 30 2011 from
httpwwwlaagovnlcalaanawspdfnwac-legalpdf
OVC Bulletin 2000 (rev 2007) A Description of Victim-Offender Mediation Washington DC
Author Retrieved November 30 2011 from
httpswwwncjrsgovovc_archivesreportsrjbulletin1rjmc_2html
Umbreit Mark S Wilson Sheryl amp Warner Roberts Ann (2006) ldquoRestorative Justice for
Victims Offenders and Communityrdquo (PPT) (source
httpwwwcehdumnedusswRJPProjectsVictim-Offender-
DialogueRJ_Principlesdefaultasp)
Umbreit Mark S Coates R B amp Vos Betty (2001) Victim Impact of Restorative Justice
Conferencing with Juveniles What We Have Learned From Two Decades of Victim-Offender
Dialogue Through Mediation and Conferencing (source
httpwwwcehdumnedusswRJPProjectsVictim-Offender-
DialogueRestorative_Group_Conferencingdefaultasp)
United Nations Economic and Social Council (2002) Basic principles on the use of restorative
justice programmes in criminal matters Resolution 200212 Retrieved November 30 2011
from httpwwwunorgenecosocdocs2002resolution202002-12pdf
Unit 9
Unit 9 introduces new more creative processes that have been tailored to meet the unique needs
of participants the particular circumstances of disputes and the specific obstacles presented The
primary focus is on ADR processes that involve a third-party neutral evaluator such as the mini-
trial and judicial settlement conferences and the use of an ombudsperson This unit defines the
role of a neutral evaluator and describes the process used in each method considered
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 9 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe some hybrid ADR processes currently available
2 Describe the role and identify the qualities of a neutral evaluator
3 Describe the different processes used in each of the various hybrid models
4 Describe the role of an ombudsperson and identify some elements of the processes used
by an ombudsperson
Required Readings
Elliott David C (1995) Medarb Fraught with danger or ripe with opportunity Alberta Law
Review 34 163-179 (source httpwwwdavidelliottcadisputeresolutionhtm)
Rowe Mary (1991) The ombudsmanrsquos role in a dispute resolution system Negotiation journal
7(4) 353-361 (source httpmrowescriptsmiteduPublicationshtml)
Wittmann Neil C (2015) Judicial dispute resolution in the Court of Queenrsquos Bench Making
resolution accessible Canadian arbitration and mediation journal 25(1) 14-20 (source
httpadriccaresourcesjournal-articles)
Optional Readings
Agrios John A amp Agrios Janice A (2004) A handbook on judicial dispute resolution for
Canadian lawyers Canadian Forum on Civil Justice (source httpwwwcfcj-
fcjcorgclearinghousejudicial-dispute-resolution )
Alberta Law Reform Institute (1993) Civil litigation The judicial mini-trial Dispute Resolution
ndash Special Series Discussion Paper No 1 (source
httpswwwalriualbertacaindexphppublicationsLawadministration-of-justicealternate-
dispute-resolutioncivil-litigation-the-judicial-mini-trial- )
Creutzfeldt Naomi J and Bradford Ben (2015) Dispute resolution outside of courts Procedural
justice and decision acceptance among users of ombuds services in the UK Law amp Society
Review 50(4) Forthcoming Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=2805917
ldquoThe Mini-Trialrdquo (2016) Department of Justice Canada
Rooke John D (2009) Improving excellence Evaluation of the judicial dispute resolution
program in the Court of Queenrsquos Bench of Alberta Canadian Forum on Civil Justice (source
httpwwwcfcj-fcjcorgclearinghousejudicial-dispute-resolution )
Rowe Mary P (2009) An organizational ombuds office in a system for dealing with conflict
and learning from conflict or ldquoconflict management systemrdquo Harvard Negotiation Law Review
14 279-288 (source httpwwwhnlrorgarticlesarchive)
Semple Noel (2011) Judicial settlement-seeking in parenting disputes Consensus and
controversy Conflict Resolution Quarterly 29 No 3 309-332 Available at SSRN
httpssrncomabstract=1687268
Unit 10
This unit provides some background to the practice of resolving disputes using the technology of
the Internet It surveys some of the current methods of online dispute resolution (ODR) and
raises issues regarding its advantages and disadvantages
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 10 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe what is meant by online dispute resolution
2 Identify and describe some of the current types and methods of ODR in use
3 Identify and explain some advantages and disadvantages of ODR
Required Reading
Brannigan Colm (2008) Online dispute resolution In CCH alternative dispute resolution
practice manual (source httpmediatecaOnline-Dispute-Resolutionhtml)
Brett Jeanne M Olekalns Mara Friedman Ray Goates Nathan Anderson Cameron Lisco
Cara Cherry (2007) Sticks and stones language face and online dispute resolution Academy
of Management Journal 50(1) 85-99
Ebner N (2014) Negotiation via the (new) email In M Benoliel (Ed) Negotiation excellence
Successful deal making (2nd ed) Singapore World Scientific Publishing
Ebner N amp Zeleznikow J (2015) Fairness trust and security in online dispute resolution
Hamline Journal of Public Law and Policy 36(2) 143-160
Optional Readings
Brannigan Colm (2016) Online dispute resolution The tools of the future for mediators
arbitrators and lawyers are here today ADR Perspectives May 2016 (source
httpadriccaresourcesadr-perspectives-newsletter)
Civil Justice Council United Kingdom (2015) Online dispute resolution for low value civil
claims
Conference on Online Dispute Resolution (2013) Presentations and Papers Stanford Law
School
Civil Resolution Tribunal British Columbia (2016) ldquoCRT Overviewrdquo
European Commission ldquoAlternative and Online Dispute Resolution (ADRODR)rdquo
Goodman Joseph W (2003) The pros and cons of online dispute resolution An assessment of
cyber-mediation websites Duke Law amp Technology Review 2 1-16
International Journal of Online Dispute Resolution
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2016) Is ODR ADR Reflections of an ADR founder from the 15th
ODR conference Law Technology and Access to Justice
National Center for Technology and Dispute Resolution (2016) httpwwwodrinfo
Thompson Darin (2015) Creating new pathways to justice using simple artificial intelligence
and online dispute resolution International Journal of Online Dispute Resolution 2(1) 4-53
United Nations Commission on International Trade Law (2016) ldquoOnline Dispute Resolution
On-Line Resourcesrdquo
Virtual Mediation Lab
Unit 11
Unit 11 focuses on what has been learned about the design of suitable ADR processes and
systems It also explores the issue of how to evaluate the success of ADR initiatives and how to
determine which ADR method is appropriate in a given dispute and its context Within the
discussion of the pros and cons of ADR issues of culture and gender are again raised with the
concern about whether a process can be designed to accommodate everyone You will find
yourself needing to answer the question of whether alternative dispute resolution is a good
alternative
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 11 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Identify and describe the elements to be considered in designing an appropriate dispute
resolution process
2 Describe specific problems and concerns relating to culture and gender in attempts to
design appropriate dispute resolution processes
3 Describe some methods of evaluating dispute resolution processes and systems
4 Describe some measures of the effectiveness of alternative dispute resolution processes
and their effects on the legal system
Required Reading
Amsler (formerly Bingham) Lisa Blomgren (2009) Designing justice Legal institutions and
other systems for managing conflict Ohio State Journal on Dispute Resolution Forthcoming
Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=1294063
Brahm Eric and Julian Ouellet Designing New Dispute Resolution Systems Beyond
Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium
University of Colorado Boulder Posted September 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaydesigning-dispute-systemsgt
British Columbia Ministry of Attorney General (2016) Reaching resolution A guide to
designing public sector dispute resolution systems Victoria Ministry of Attorney General
Optional Readings
Baruch Bush Robert A (1989) Defining quality in dispute resolution Taxonomies and anti-
taxonomies of quality arguments Denver University Law Review 66 335ndash380
Galanter Marc amp Cahill Mia (1994) ldquoMost cases settlerdquo Judicial promotion and regulation of
settlements Stanford Law Review 46(6) 1339-1391
Greenberg Elayne E (2015) Fitting the forum to the pernicious fuss A dispute resolution
design to address implicit bias and lsquoisms in the workplace St Johnrsquos School of Law Legal
Studies Research Paper Series
Kelman Herbert C (2005) Building trust among enemies The central challenge for
international conflict resolution International Journal of Intercultural Relations 29 639-650
(source httpscholarharvardedusearchsitekelman)
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2009) Are there systemic ethics issues in dispute system design And
what we should [not] do about it Lessons from international and domestic fronts Harvard
Negotiation Law Review 14 195-231
Rabinovich-Einy Orna amp Katsh Ethan (2012) Technology and the future of dispute systems
design Harvard Negotiation Law Review 17 151ndash199 (source
httpwwwhnlrorgarticlesarchive)
Reuben Richard C (2005) Democracy and dispute resolution Systems design and the new
workplace Harvard Negotiation Law Review 14 1ndash342
Rolph Elizabeth amp Moller Erik (1995) Evaluating agency alternative dispute resolution
programs A usersrsquo guide to data collection and use Santa Monica CA Rand Corporation
Rowe Mary (2001) Designing integrated conflict management systems Guidelines for
practitioners and decision makers in organizations Cornell University Institute on Conflict
Resolution
Silbey Susan S amp Merry Sally Engle (1984) What Do Plaintiffs Want Reexamining the
Concept of Dispute Justice System Journal 9 151-178
United States Postal Service ldquoRedressrdquo
Various (2009) Dispute System Design Issue of Harvard Negotiation Law Review 14 1ndash342
Unit 12
Unit 12 considers the current trends of ADR in Canada and elsewhere and where it appears to be
headed in the foreseeable future This final unit also suggests ideas about the future effects of
ADR on the legal system on justice and on society
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 12 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe some current and future trends in ADR
2 Explain how the Canadian legal system has changed and continues to change with the
advancement of ADR
3 Describe the effect of ADR on societal views of ldquojusticerdquo
4 Explain your views on the appropriateness of ADR in the Canadian legal system
Required ReadingViewing
View some videos available through the International Mediation Institute Mediation Podcasts
Read some blog posts from the following sites
Mediatecom The Weekrsquos Best Blog Posts
International Mediation Institute Mediation Blogs
Optional Readings
Eisenberg Deborah Thompson (2016) What we know (and need to know) about court-annexed
dispute resolution South Carolina Law Review 67 245-265
Hernandez-Crespo Mariana D (2012) From noise to music The potential of the multi-door
courthouse model to advance systemic inclusion and participation as a foundation for sustainable
rule of law in Latin America Journal of Dispute Resolution 2012
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2009) Maintaining ADR integrity Alternatives to the High Cost of
Litigation 27(1) 1-9
Merry Sally Engle (1988) Legal pluralism Law amp Society Review 22 869ndash896
Stipanowich Thomas amp Lamare J Ryan (2013) Living with ADR Evolving perceptions and
use of mediation arbitration and conflict management in Fortune 1000 corporations Harvard
Negotiation Law Review 19 1-68
Assessment in Alternative Dispute Resolution
To receive credit for Alternative Dispute Resolution you must complete all course
assignments achieve a mark of at least 50 on the final exam and achieve an overall
course grade of at least 50
The weightings for each assessment item are as follows
Activity Credit Weight Date Due
Assignment 1 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 4
Assignment 2 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 8
Assignment 3 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 10
Assignment 4 oral presentation 10 of final grade End of Unit 11
Assignment 5 oral response 10 of final grade End of Unit 12
Final Examination 50 of final grade End of all Units
Total 100 of final grade
Assignments 1 and 2
You are required to submit two written online responses You may answer any one question
arising from each of the following unit clusters
bull Units 1 to 4
bull Units 5 to 8
All responses should be completed by the time you finish studying Unit 10
Written responses should be between 500 and 750 words each
Example question ldquoThink of an occasion when you consciously decided not to pursue a potential
grievance What were your reasons What would have stimulated you to pursue it Using the ideas and
terminology of this unit describe the conflict you experiencedrdquo
Assignment 3
For this assignment put yourself in the place of mediator who uses a facilitative style and who is
preparing to conduct interest-based mediation with two parties who have a legal dispute arising
out of an accident Your practice is to hold a separate private meeting with each of the parties
before the mediation starts to help assess the dispute and prepare the parties to engage in an
interest-based mediation process Part of that preparation consists in assisting the parties to
identify their real interests needs and concerns in relation to the conflict in which they find
themselves
With that in mind read the transcript of what one of the parties has told you as if you were
listening to them face to face Then prepare an oral submission as follows
Your submission should consist of five oral responses you might make to the client in order to
help prepare him for the upcoming mediation including a better awareness of his needs interests
concerns and possible settlement range
Each of the five responses should be in the following two part format
1 First restate (or reflect) something you have heard from the client to show that you
understand what you are being told This should take the form of a statement starting
with the words ldquoYou said helliprdquo or ldquoYou indicated helliprdquo or ldquoYou went on to say helliprdquo or
similar
2 Then follow that up with a question designed to bring out a need concern interest or
emotion of this party or a reframing statement that may help this party to view the
dispute in a different light A question may also be used to help clarify his position
options for settlement or potential range of settlement figures
A question probing interests may be worded something like ldquoBased on what you have
said it seems to me that what you are really interested in (concerned about) is hellip Would
that be correctrdquo A reframing statement might be in the form of ldquoWould another way of
putting it be helliprdquo A question for clarification might be ldquoDo I understand it correctly that
helliprdquo You are not restricted to these wordings Be creative
The essential goal of this assignment is to encourage you to think of ways a mediator might help
a disputing party prepare to engage in interest-based mediation and negotiation with a view to
settlement of the dispute
Assignment 4
For Assignment 4 put yourself in the place of a mediator who is starting the first mediation
session with two disputing parties As part of your opening remarks explain the intent and
process of mediation and your role as a mediator and try to create a safe and supportive
environment for the parties Record what you would say (Hint try not to read a prepared script)
The maximum recording length for this assignment is 5 minutes
Assignment 5
For Assignment 5 put yourself in the place of a mediator who is hearing an opening statement
(or ldquostoryrdquo) from one of the disputing parties As part of the mediation process summarize or
ldquorepeat backrdquo the statement you hear using the techniques and skills you have learned about in
this course Include at least one reframe Record your response to the statement you hear
The time limit indicated for this assignment is 11 minutes which includes listening to the story and
recording your summary
Final Exam
Final Exam The final examination is worth 50 of your total course mark It is a closed book
online exam written over 3 hours Please consult the Online Exams (MuchLearning) section of
the Procedures for Applying for and Writing Examinations in your online Student Manual and
visit httpregistrarathabascaucaexamsonlinestudent for more information
Part A of the exam comprises 15 multiple choice and truefalse questions (2 marks each) similar
to those in the self-study quizzes This part covers the whole course Part B comprises 6
questions (5 marks each) that are drawn from the learning objectives listed for the units in the
course Each question is to be answered in a paragraph Part C (40 marks) requires you to answer
8 questions (5 marks each) based on a scenario like the one presented in Assignment 3 The
questions ask you to analyze the facts given in relation to what you have learned about
negotiation mediation and hybrid processes
See exam procedures for information on how to book your exam and other questions you may
have
Optional Readings
Cleveland Mediation Center (Producer) (2010) Community mediation demosmdashOpening
statement [video] Cleveland OH Author Retrieved November 30 2011 from
httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Y1ABs7QfMYo
CommunityMediation (2016) Mediator Training Clip 1 - Agenda - Language amp Interruptions
[video] Retrieved July 12 2016 from httpswwwyoutubecomwatchv=X-mrHWhWIXA
Noesner G W and Mike Webster (1997) Crisis intervention using active listening skills in
negotiations FBI Law Enforcement Bulletin 66 13ndash19
Unit 8
Unit 8 examines the use of mediation in several areas including family disputes where it is now
common criminal matters and public policy and administrative proceedings This unit also
discusses issues of race culture and gender with respect to their possible effects on the
mediation process Finally Unit 8 outlines the ethical requirements of the mediator
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 8 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe various ways in which mediation is used in real-life situations
2 Describe in detail the use of mediation and the required process for mediation in family
disputes and in juvenile crime situations
3 Explain how mediation may be affected by and how it can be altered to accommodate
issues of gender and culture
4 Outline the ethical requirements of a mediator
5 Identify the ethical issues in victim-offender mediation (VOM)
6 List and explain the principles of consensus-building decision making
7 Describe the impact of culture in mediation
Required Readings
Hallevy Prof Gabriel (2011) Therapeutic victim-offender mediation within the criminal justice
process ndash Sharpening the evaluation of personal potential for rehabilitation while righting
wrongs under the alternative-dispute-resolution (ADR) philosophy Harvard Negotiation Law
Review 16 65-94 Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=2693515
Lande John (2012) The revolution in family law dispute resolution Journal of the American
Academy of Matrimonial Lawyers 24 411-449 University of Missouri School of Law Legal
Studies Research Paper No 2012-10 Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=2035605
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2011) Mediating multiculturally Culture and the ethical mediator In
Mediation ethics Cases amp Commentaries 305-338 Ellen Waldman ed San Francisco CA
Jossey-Bass 2011 UC Irvine School of Law Research Paper No 2012-28 Georgetown Public
Law Research Paper No 12-061
Umbreit Mark (2009) Restorative justice victim offender mediation overview (YouTube
video)
Optional Readings
ADR Institute of Canada Inc (2011) Code of Ethics and Code of Conduct for Mediators
Toronto ON Author
Bush RA Baruch (1994) Symposium The dilemmas of mediation practice ldquoA study of
ethical dilemmas and policy implicationsrdquo Journal of dispute resolution 1994(1) 1-56
Cormick G Dale N Emond P Sigurdson SG amp Stuart B (1996) Building consensus for
a sustainable future Putting principles into practice Ottawa Government of Canada (source
httppublicationsgccasitearchivee-
archivedhtmlurl=httppublicationsgccacollectionscollection_2016trnee-nrteeEn133-10-1-
1996-engpdf)
Gallagher Lora Elizabeth (2013) Detour ahead Victim-offender mediation as a mandatory
deviation program for juveniles University of Mississippi School of Law
Kahane David (2003) Dispute resolution and the politics of cultural generalization Negotiation
Journal 19 5ndash27
MacDonald J (Producer) amp Dickie B (Director) (2000) Hollow Water [Motion picture]
National Film Board of Canada
MacDonald J (Producer) amp Konowal C (Director) (1997) A Glimmer of Hope [Motion
picture] National Film Board of Canada
Macfarlane J (2003) Transforming relationships through participatory justice Ottawa Law
Commission of Canada Retrieved November 30 2011 from httpdsp-
psdpwgscgccaCollectionJL2-22-2003Epdf
Macfarlane J (2005) The emerging phenomenon of collaborative family law (CFL) A
qualitative study of CFL cases Ottawa Justice Canada
Native Womenrsquos Association of Canada (2007) Aboriginal women and the legal justice system
in Canada Issue Paper Corner Brook NL Author Retrieved November 30 2011 from
httpwwwlaagovnlcalaanawspdfnwac-legalpdf
OVC Bulletin 2000 (rev 2007) A Description of Victim-Offender Mediation Washington DC
Author Retrieved November 30 2011 from
httpswwwncjrsgovovc_archivesreportsrjbulletin1rjmc_2html
Umbreit Mark S Wilson Sheryl amp Warner Roberts Ann (2006) ldquoRestorative Justice for
Victims Offenders and Communityrdquo (PPT) (source
httpwwwcehdumnedusswRJPProjectsVictim-Offender-
DialogueRJ_Principlesdefaultasp)
Umbreit Mark S Coates R B amp Vos Betty (2001) Victim Impact of Restorative Justice
Conferencing with Juveniles What We Have Learned From Two Decades of Victim-Offender
Dialogue Through Mediation and Conferencing (source
httpwwwcehdumnedusswRJPProjectsVictim-Offender-
DialogueRestorative_Group_Conferencingdefaultasp)
United Nations Economic and Social Council (2002) Basic principles on the use of restorative
justice programmes in criminal matters Resolution 200212 Retrieved November 30 2011
from httpwwwunorgenecosocdocs2002resolution202002-12pdf
Unit 9
Unit 9 introduces new more creative processes that have been tailored to meet the unique needs
of participants the particular circumstances of disputes and the specific obstacles presented The
primary focus is on ADR processes that involve a third-party neutral evaluator such as the mini-
trial and judicial settlement conferences and the use of an ombudsperson This unit defines the
role of a neutral evaluator and describes the process used in each method considered
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 9 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe some hybrid ADR processes currently available
2 Describe the role and identify the qualities of a neutral evaluator
3 Describe the different processes used in each of the various hybrid models
4 Describe the role of an ombudsperson and identify some elements of the processes used
by an ombudsperson
Required Readings
Elliott David C (1995) Medarb Fraught with danger or ripe with opportunity Alberta Law
Review 34 163-179 (source httpwwwdavidelliottcadisputeresolutionhtm)
Rowe Mary (1991) The ombudsmanrsquos role in a dispute resolution system Negotiation journal
7(4) 353-361 (source httpmrowescriptsmiteduPublicationshtml)
Wittmann Neil C (2015) Judicial dispute resolution in the Court of Queenrsquos Bench Making
resolution accessible Canadian arbitration and mediation journal 25(1) 14-20 (source
httpadriccaresourcesjournal-articles)
Optional Readings
Agrios John A amp Agrios Janice A (2004) A handbook on judicial dispute resolution for
Canadian lawyers Canadian Forum on Civil Justice (source httpwwwcfcj-
fcjcorgclearinghousejudicial-dispute-resolution )
Alberta Law Reform Institute (1993) Civil litigation The judicial mini-trial Dispute Resolution
ndash Special Series Discussion Paper No 1 (source
httpswwwalriualbertacaindexphppublicationsLawadministration-of-justicealternate-
dispute-resolutioncivil-litigation-the-judicial-mini-trial- )
Creutzfeldt Naomi J and Bradford Ben (2015) Dispute resolution outside of courts Procedural
justice and decision acceptance among users of ombuds services in the UK Law amp Society
Review 50(4) Forthcoming Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=2805917
ldquoThe Mini-Trialrdquo (2016) Department of Justice Canada
Rooke John D (2009) Improving excellence Evaluation of the judicial dispute resolution
program in the Court of Queenrsquos Bench of Alberta Canadian Forum on Civil Justice (source
httpwwwcfcj-fcjcorgclearinghousejudicial-dispute-resolution )
Rowe Mary P (2009) An organizational ombuds office in a system for dealing with conflict
and learning from conflict or ldquoconflict management systemrdquo Harvard Negotiation Law Review
14 279-288 (source httpwwwhnlrorgarticlesarchive)
Semple Noel (2011) Judicial settlement-seeking in parenting disputes Consensus and
controversy Conflict Resolution Quarterly 29 No 3 309-332 Available at SSRN
httpssrncomabstract=1687268
Unit 10
This unit provides some background to the practice of resolving disputes using the technology of
the Internet It surveys some of the current methods of online dispute resolution (ODR) and
raises issues regarding its advantages and disadvantages
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 10 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe what is meant by online dispute resolution
2 Identify and describe some of the current types and methods of ODR in use
3 Identify and explain some advantages and disadvantages of ODR
Required Reading
Brannigan Colm (2008) Online dispute resolution In CCH alternative dispute resolution
practice manual (source httpmediatecaOnline-Dispute-Resolutionhtml)
Brett Jeanne M Olekalns Mara Friedman Ray Goates Nathan Anderson Cameron Lisco
Cara Cherry (2007) Sticks and stones language face and online dispute resolution Academy
of Management Journal 50(1) 85-99
Ebner N (2014) Negotiation via the (new) email In M Benoliel (Ed) Negotiation excellence
Successful deal making (2nd ed) Singapore World Scientific Publishing
Ebner N amp Zeleznikow J (2015) Fairness trust and security in online dispute resolution
Hamline Journal of Public Law and Policy 36(2) 143-160
Optional Readings
Brannigan Colm (2016) Online dispute resolution The tools of the future for mediators
arbitrators and lawyers are here today ADR Perspectives May 2016 (source
httpadriccaresourcesadr-perspectives-newsletter)
Civil Justice Council United Kingdom (2015) Online dispute resolution for low value civil
claims
Conference on Online Dispute Resolution (2013) Presentations and Papers Stanford Law
School
Civil Resolution Tribunal British Columbia (2016) ldquoCRT Overviewrdquo
European Commission ldquoAlternative and Online Dispute Resolution (ADRODR)rdquo
Goodman Joseph W (2003) The pros and cons of online dispute resolution An assessment of
cyber-mediation websites Duke Law amp Technology Review 2 1-16
International Journal of Online Dispute Resolution
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2016) Is ODR ADR Reflections of an ADR founder from the 15th
ODR conference Law Technology and Access to Justice
National Center for Technology and Dispute Resolution (2016) httpwwwodrinfo
Thompson Darin (2015) Creating new pathways to justice using simple artificial intelligence
and online dispute resolution International Journal of Online Dispute Resolution 2(1) 4-53
United Nations Commission on International Trade Law (2016) ldquoOnline Dispute Resolution
On-Line Resourcesrdquo
Virtual Mediation Lab
Unit 11
Unit 11 focuses on what has been learned about the design of suitable ADR processes and
systems It also explores the issue of how to evaluate the success of ADR initiatives and how to
determine which ADR method is appropriate in a given dispute and its context Within the
discussion of the pros and cons of ADR issues of culture and gender are again raised with the
concern about whether a process can be designed to accommodate everyone You will find
yourself needing to answer the question of whether alternative dispute resolution is a good
alternative
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 11 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Identify and describe the elements to be considered in designing an appropriate dispute
resolution process
2 Describe specific problems and concerns relating to culture and gender in attempts to
design appropriate dispute resolution processes
3 Describe some methods of evaluating dispute resolution processes and systems
4 Describe some measures of the effectiveness of alternative dispute resolution processes
and their effects on the legal system
Required Reading
Amsler (formerly Bingham) Lisa Blomgren (2009) Designing justice Legal institutions and
other systems for managing conflict Ohio State Journal on Dispute Resolution Forthcoming
Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=1294063
Brahm Eric and Julian Ouellet Designing New Dispute Resolution Systems Beyond
Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium
University of Colorado Boulder Posted September 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaydesigning-dispute-systemsgt
British Columbia Ministry of Attorney General (2016) Reaching resolution A guide to
designing public sector dispute resolution systems Victoria Ministry of Attorney General
Optional Readings
Baruch Bush Robert A (1989) Defining quality in dispute resolution Taxonomies and anti-
taxonomies of quality arguments Denver University Law Review 66 335ndash380
Galanter Marc amp Cahill Mia (1994) ldquoMost cases settlerdquo Judicial promotion and regulation of
settlements Stanford Law Review 46(6) 1339-1391
Greenberg Elayne E (2015) Fitting the forum to the pernicious fuss A dispute resolution
design to address implicit bias and lsquoisms in the workplace St Johnrsquos School of Law Legal
Studies Research Paper Series
Kelman Herbert C (2005) Building trust among enemies The central challenge for
international conflict resolution International Journal of Intercultural Relations 29 639-650
(source httpscholarharvardedusearchsitekelman)
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2009) Are there systemic ethics issues in dispute system design And
what we should [not] do about it Lessons from international and domestic fronts Harvard
Negotiation Law Review 14 195-231
Rabinovich-Einy Orna amp Katsh Ethan (2012) Technology and the future of dispute systems
design Harvard Negotiation Law Review 17 151ndash199 (source
httpwwwhnlrorgarticlesarchive)
Reuben Richard C (2005) Democracy and dispute resolution Systems design and the new
workplace Harvard Negotiation Law Review 14 1ndash342
Rolph Elizabeth amp Moller Erik (1995) Evaluating agency alternative dispute resolution
programs A usersrsquo guide to data collection and use Santa Monica CA Rand Corporation
Rowe Mary (2001) Designing integrated conflict management systems Guidelines for
practitioners and decision makers in organizations Cornell University Institute on Conflict
Resolution
Silbey Susan S amp Merry Sally Engle (1984) What Do Plaintiffs Want Reexamining the
Concept of Dispute Justice System Journal 9 151-178
United States Postal Service ldquoRedressrdquo
Various (2009) Dispute System Design Issue of Harvard Negotiation Law Review 14 1ndash342
Unit 12
Unit 12 considers the current trends of ADR in Canada and elsewhere and where it appears to be
headed in the foreseeable future This final unit also suggests ideas about the future effects of
ADR on the legal system on justice and on society
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 12 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe some current and future trends in ADR
2 Explain how the Canadian legal system has changed and continues to change with the
advancement of ADR
3 Describe the effect of ADR on societal views of ldquojusticerdquo
4 Explain your views on the appropriateness of ADR in the Canadian legal system
Required ReadingViewing
View some videos available through the International Mediation Institute Mediation Podcasts
Read some blog posts from the following sites
Mediatecom The Weekrsquos Best Blog Posts
International Mediation Institute Mediation Blogs
Optional Readings
Eisenberg Deborah Thompson (2016) What we know (and need to know) about court-annexed
dispute resolution South Carolina Law Review 67 245-265
Hernandez-Crespo Mariana D (2012) From noise to music The potential of the multi-door
courthouse model to advance systemic inclusion and participation as a foundation for sustainable
rule of law in Latin America Journal of Dispute Resolution 2012
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2009) Maintaining ADR integrity Alternatives to the High Cost of
Litigation 27(1) 1-9
Merry Sally Engle (1988) Legal pluralism Law amp Society Review 22 869ndash896
Stipanowich Thomas amp Lamare J Ryan (2013) Living with ADR Evolving perceptions and
use of mediation arbitration and conflict management in Fortune 1000 corporations Harvard
Negotiation Law Review 19 1-68
Assessment in Alternative Dispute Resolution
To receive credit for Alternative Dispute Resolution you must complete all course
assignments achieve a mark of at least 50 on the final exam and achieve an overall
course grade of at least 50
The weightings for each assessment item are as follows
Activity Credit Weight Date Due
Assignment 1 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 4
Assignment 2 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 8
Assignment 3 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 10
Assignment 4 oral presentation 10 of final grade End of Unit 11
Assignment 5 oral response 10 of final grade End of Unit 12
Final Examination 50 of final grade End of all Units
Total 100 of final grade
Assignments 1 and 2
You are required to submit two written online responses You may answer any one question
arising from each of the following unit clusters
bull Units 1 to 4
bull Units 5 to 8
All responses should be completed by the time you finish studying Unit 10
Written responses should be between 500 and 750 words each
Example question ldquoThink of an occasion when you consciously decided not to pursue a potential
grievance What were your reasons What would have stimulated you to pursue it Using the ideas and
terminology of this unit describe the conflict you experiencedrdquo
Assignment 3
For this assignment put yourself in the place of mediator who uses a facilitative style and who is
preparing to conduct interest-based mediation with two parties who have a legal dispute arising
out of an accident Your practice is to hold a separate private meeting with each of the parties
before the mediation starts to help assess the dispute and prepare the parties to engage in an
interest-based mediation process Part of that preparation consists in assisting the parties to
identify their real interests needs and concerns in relation to the conflict in which they find
themselves
With that in mind read the transcript of what one of the parties has told you as if you were
listening to them face to face Then prepare an oral submission as follows
Your submission should consist of five oral responses you might make to the client in order to
help prepare him for the upcoming mediation including a better awareness of his needs interests
concerns and possible settlement range
Each of the five responses should be in the following two part format
1 First restate (or reflect) something you have heard from the client to show that you
understand what you are being told This should take the form of a statement starting
with the words ldquoYou said helliprdquo or ldquoYou indicated helliprdquo or ldquoYou went on to say helliprdquo or
similar
2 Then follow that up with a question designed to bring out a need concern interest or
emotion of this party or a reframing statement that may help this party to view the
dispute in a different light A question may also be used to help clarify his position
options for settlement or potential range of settlement figures
A question probing interests may be worded something like ldquoBased on what you have
said it seems to me that what you are really interested in (concerned about) is hellip Would
that be correctrdquo A reframing statement might be in the form of ldquoWould another way of
putting it be helliprdquo A question for clarification might be ldquoDo I understand it correctly that
helliprdquo You are not restricted to these wordings Be creative
The essential goal of this assignment is to encourage you to think of ways a mediator might help
a disputing party prepare to engage in interest-based mediation and negotiation with a view to
settlement of the dispute
Assignment 4
For Assignment 4 put yourself in the place of a mediator who is starting the first mediation
session with two disputing parties As part of your opening remarks explain the intent and
process of mediation and your role as a mediator and try to create a safe and supportive
environment for the parties Record what you would say (Hint try not to read a prepared script)
The maximum recording length for this assignment is 5 minutes
Assignment 5
For Assignment 5 put yourself in the place of a mediator who is hearing an opening statement
(or ldquostoryrdquo) from one of the disputing parties As part of the mediation process summarize or
ldquorepeat backrdquo the statement you hear using the techniques and skills you have learned about in
this course Include at least one reframe Record your response to the statement you hear
The time limit indicated for this assignment is 11 minutes which includes listening to the story and
recording your summary
Final Exam
Final Exam The final examination is worth 50 of your total course mark It is a closed book
online exam written over 3 hours Please consult the Online Exams (MuchLearning) section of
the Procedures for Applying for and Writing Examinations in your online Student Manual and
visit httpregistrarathabascaucaexamsonlinestudent for more information
Part A of the exam comprises 15 multiple choice and truefalse questions (2 marks each) similar
to those in the self-study quizzes This part covers the whole course Part B comprises 6
questions (5 marks each) that are drawn from the learning objectives listed for the units in the
course Each question is to be answered in a paragraph Part C (40 marks) requires you to answer
8 questions (5 marks each) based on a scenario like the one presented in Assignment 3 The
questions ask you to analyze the facts given in relation to what you have learned about
negotiation mediation and hybrid processes
See exam procedures for information on how to book your exam and other questions you may
have
Lande John (2012) The revolution in family law dispute resolution Journal of the American
Academy of Matrimonial Lawyers 24 411-449 University of Missouri School of Law Legal
Studies Research Paper No 2012-10 Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=2035605
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2011) Mediating multiculturally Culture and the ethical mediator In
Mediation ethics Cases amp Commentaries 305-338 Ellen Waldman ed San Francisco CA
Jossey-Bass 2011 UC Irvine School of Law Research Paper No 2012-28 Georgetown Public
Law Research Paper No 12-061
Umbreit Mark (2009) Restorative justice victim offender mediation overview (YouTube
video)
Optional Readings
ADR Institute of Canada Inc (2011) Code of Ethics and Code of Conduct for Mediators
Toronto ON Author
Bush RA Baruch (1994) Symposium The dilemmas of mediation practice ldquoA study of
ethical dilemmas and policy implicationsrdquo Journal of dispute resolution 1994(1) 1-56
Cormick G Dale N Emond P Sigurdson SG amp Stuart B (1996) Building consensus for
a sustainable future Putting principles into practice Ottawa Government of Canada (source
httppublicationsgccasitearchivee-
archivedhtmlurl=httppublicationsgccacollectionscollection_2016trnee-nrteeEn133-10-1-
1996-engpdf)
Gallagher Lora Elizabeth (2013) Detour ahead Victim-offender mediation as a mandatory
deviation program for juveniles University of Mississippi School of Law
Kahane David (2003) Dispute resolution and the politics of cultural generalization Negotiation
Journal 19 5ndash27
MacDonald J (Producer) amp Dickie B (Director) (2000) Hollow Water [Motion picture]
National Film Board of Canada
MacDonald J (Producer) amp Konowal C (Director) (1997) A Glimmer of Hope [Motion
picture] National Film Board of Canada
Macfarlane J (2003) Transforming relationships through participatory justice Ottawa Law
Commission of Canada Retrieved November 30 2011 from httpdsp-
psdpwgscgccaCollectionJL2-22-2003Epdf
Macfarlane J (2005) The emerging phenomenon of collaborative family law (CFL) A
qualitative study of CFL cases Ottawa Justice Canada
Native Womenrsquos Association of Canada (2007) Aboriginal women and the legal justice system
in Canada Issue Paper Corner Brook NL Author Retrieved November 30 2011 from
httpwwwlaagovnlcalaanawspdfnwac-legalpdf
OVC Bulletin 2000 (rev 2007) A Description of Victim-Offender Mediation Washington DC
Author Retrieved November 30 2011 from
httpswwwncjrsgovovc_archivesreportsrjbulletin1rjmc_2html
Umbreit Mark S Wilson Sheryl amp Warner Roberts Ann (2006) ldquoRestorative Justice for
Victims Offenders and Communityrdquo (PPT) (source
httpwwwcehdumnedusswRJPProjectsVictim-Offender-
DialogueRJ_Principlesdefaultasp)
Umbreit Mark S Coates R B amp Vos Betty (2001) Victim Impact of Restorative Justice
Conferencing with Juveniles What We Have Learned From Two Decades of Victim-Offender
Dialogue Through Mediation and Conferencing (source
httpwwwcehdumnedusswRJPProjectsVictim-Offender-
DialogueRestorative_Group_Conferencingdefaultasp)
United Nations Economic and Social Council (2002) Basic principles on the use of restorative
justice programmes in criminal matters Resolution 200212 Retrieved November 30 2011
from httpwwwunorgenecosocdocs2002resolution202002-12pdf
Unit 9
Unit 9 introduces new more creative processes that have been tailored to meet the unique needs
of participants the particular circumstances of disputes and the specific obstacles presented The
primary focus is on ADR processes that involve a third-party neutral evaluator such as the mini-
trial and judicial settlement conferences and the use of an ombudsperson This unit defines the
role of a neutral evaluator and describes the process used in each method considered
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 9 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe some hybrid ADR processes currently available
2 Describe the role and identify the qualities of a neutral evaluator
3 Describe the different processes used in each of the various hybrid models
4 Describe the role of an ombudsperson and identify some elements of the processes used
by an ombudsperson
Required Readings
Elliott David C (1995) Medarb Fraught with danger or ripe with opportunity Alberta Law
Review 34 163-179 (source httpwwwdavidelliottcadisputeresolutionhtm)
Rowe Mary (1991) The ombudsmanrsquos role in a dispute resolution system Negotiation journal
7(4) 353-361 (source httpmrowescriptsmiteduPublicationshtml)
Wittmann Neil C (2015) Judicial dispute resolution in the Court of Queenrsquos Bench Making
resolution accessible Canadian arbitration and mediation journal 25(1) 14-20 (source
httpadriccaresourcesjournal-articles)
Optional Readings
Agrios John A amp Agrios Janice A (2004) A handbook on judicial dispute resolution for
Canadian lawyers Canadian Forum on Civil Justice (source httpwwwcfcj-
fcjcorgclearinghousejudicial-dispute-resolution )
Alberta Law Reform Institute (1993) Civil litigation The judicial mini-trial Dispute Resolution
ndash Special Series Discussion Paper No 1 (source
httpswwwalriualbertacaindexphppublicationsLawadministration-of-justicealternate-
dispute-resolutioncivil-litigation-the-judicial-mini-trial- )
Creutzfeldt Naomi J and Bradford Ben (2015) Dispute resolution outside of courts Procedural
justice and decision acceptance among users of ombuds services in the UK Law amp Society
Review 50(4) Forthcoming Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=2805917
ldquoThe Mini-Trialrdquo (2016) Department of Justice Canada
Rooke John D (2009) Improving excellence Evaluation of the judicial dispute resolution
program in the Court of Queenrsquos Bench of Alberta Canadian Forum on Civil Justice (source
httpwwwcfcj-fcjcorgclearinghousejudicial-dispute-resolution )
Rowe Mary P (2009) An organizational ombuds office in a system for dealing with conflict
and learning from conflict or ldquoconflict management systemrdquo Harvard Negotiation Law Review
14 279-288 (source httpwwwhnlrorgarticlesarchive)
Semple Noel (2011) Judicial settlement-seeking in parenting disputes Consensus and
controversy Conflict Resolution Quarterly 29 No 3 309-332 Available at SSRN
httpssrncomabstract=1687268
Unit 10
This unit provides some background to the practice of resolving disputes using the technology of
the Internet It surveys some of the current methods of online dispute resolution (ODR) and
raises issues regarding its advantages and disadvantages
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 10 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe what is meant by online dispute resolution
2 Identify and describe some of the current types and methods of ODR in use
3 Identify and explain some advantages and disadvantages of ODR
Required Reading
Brannigan Colm (2008) Online dispute resolution In CCH alternative dispute resolution
practice manual (source httpmediatecaOnline-Dispute-Resolutionhtml)
Brett Jeanne M Olekalns Mara Friedman Ray Goates Nathan Anderson Cameron Lisco
Cara Cherry (2007) Sticks and stones language face and online dispute resolution Academy
of Management Journal 50(1) 85-99
Ebner N (2014) Negotiation via the (new) email In M Benoliel (Ed) Negotiation excellence
Successful deal making (2nd ed) Singapore World Scientific Publishing
Ebner N amp Zeleznikow J (2015) Fairness trust and security in online dispute resolution
Hamline Journal of Public Law and Policy 36(2) 143-160
Optional Readings
Brannigan Colm (2016) Online dispute resolution The tools of the future for mediators
arbitrators and lawyers are here today ADR Perspectives May 2016 (source
httpadriccaresourcesadr-perspectives-newsletter)
Civil Justice Council United Kingdom (2015) Online dispute resolution for low value civil
claims
Conference on Online Dispute Resolution (2013) Presentations and Papers Stanford Law
School
Civil Resolution Tribunal British Columbia (2016) ldquoCRT Overviewrdquo
European Commission ldquoAlternative and Online Dispute Resolution (ADRODR)rdquo
Goodman Joseph W (2003) The pros and cons of online dispute resolution An assessment of
cyber-mediation websites Duke Law amp Technology Review 2 1-16
International Journal of Online Dispute Resolution
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2016) Is ODR ADR Reflections of an ADR founder from the 15th
ODR conference Law Technology and Access to Justice
National Center for Technology and Dispute Resolution (2016) httpwwwodrinfo
Thompson Darin (2015) Creating new pathways to justice using simple artificial intelligence
and online dispute resolution International Journal of Online Dispute Resolution 2(1) 4-53
United Nations Commission on International Trade Law (2016) ldquoOnline Dispute Resolution
On-Line Resourcesrdquo
Virtual Mediation Lab
Unit 11
Unit 11 focuses on what has been learned about the design of suitable ADR processes and
systems It also explores the issue of how to evaluate the success of ADR initiatives and how to
determine which ADR method is appropriate in a given dispute and its context Within the
discussion of the pros and cons of ADR issues of culture and gender are again raised with the
concern about whether a process can be designed to accommodate everyone You will find
yourself needing to answer the question of whether alternative dispute resolution is a good
alternative
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 11 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Identify and describe the elements to be considered in designing an appropriate dispute
resolution process
2 Describe specific problems and concerns relating to culture and gender in attempts to
design appropriate dispute resolution processes
3 Describe some methods of evaluating dispute resolution processes and systems
4 Describe some measures of the effectiveness of alternative dispute resolution processes
and their effects on the legal system
Required Reading
Amsler (formerly Bingham) Lisa Blomgren (2009) Designing justice Legal institutions and
other systems for managing conflict Ohio State Journal on Dispute Resolution Forthcoming
Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=1294063
Brahm Eric and Julian Ouellet Designing New Dispute Resolution Systems Beyond
Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium
University of Colorado Boulder Posted September 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaydesigning-dispute-systemsgt
British Columbia Ministry of Attorney General (2016) Reaching resolution A guide to
designing public sector dispute resolution systems Victoria Ministry of Attorney General
Optional Readings
Baruch Bush Robert A (1989) Defining quality in dispute resolution Taxonomies and anti-
taxonomies of quality arguments Denver University Law Review 66 335ndash380
Galanter Marc amp Cahill Mia (1994) ldquoMost cases settlerdquo Judicial promotion and regulation of
settlements Stanford Law Review 46(6) 1339-1391
Greenberg Elayne E (2015) Fitting the forum to the pernicious fuss A dispute resolution
design to address implicit bias and lsquoisms in the workplace St Johnrsquos School of Law Legal
Studies Research Paper Series
Kelman Herbert C (2005) Building trust among enemies The central challenge for
international conflict resolution International Journal of Intercultural Relations 29 639-650
(source httpscholarharvardedusearchsitekelman)
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2009) Are there systemic ethics issues in dispute system design And
what we should [not] do about it Lessons from international and domestic fronts Harvard
Negotiation Law Review 14 195-231
Rabinovich-Einy Orna amp Katsh Ethan (2012) Technology and the future of dispute systems
design Harvard Negotiation Law Review 17 151ndash199 (source
httpwwwhnlrorgarticlesarchive)
Reuben Richard C (2005) Democracy and dispute resolution Systems design and the new
workplace Harvard Negotiation Law Review 14 1ndash342
Rolph Elizabeth amp Moller Erik (1995) Evaluating agency alternative dispute resolution
programs A usersrsquo guide to data collection and use Santa Monica CA Rand Corporation
Rowe Mary (2001) Designing integrated conflict management systems Guidelines for
practitioners and decision makers in organizations Cornell University Institute on Conflict
Resolution
Silbey Susan S amp Merry Sally Engle (1984) What Do Plaintiffs Want Reexamining the
Concept of Dispute Justice System Journal 9 151-178
United States Postal Service ldquoRedressrdquo
Various (2009) Dispute System Design Issue of Harvard Negotiation Law Review 14 1ndash342
Unit 12
Unit 12 considers the current trends of ADR in Canada and elsewhere and where it appears to be
headed in the foreseeable future This final unit also suggests ideas about the future effects of
ADR on the legal system on justice and on society
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 12 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe some current and future trends in ADR
2 Explain how the Canadian legal system has changed and continues to change with the
advancement of ADR
3 Describe the effect of ADR on societal views of ldquojusticerdquo
4 Explain your views on the appropriateness of ADR in the Canadian legal system
Required ReadingViewing
View some videos available through the International Mediation Institute Mediation Podcasts
Read some blog posts from the following sites
Mediatecom The Weekrsquos Best Blog Posts
International Mediation Institute Mediation Blogs
Optional Readings
Eisenberg Deborah Thompson (2016) What we know (and need to know) about court-annexed
dispute resolution South Carolina Law Review 67 245-265
Hernandez-Crespo Mariana D (2012) From noise to music The potential of the multi-door
courthouse model to advance systemic inclusion and participation as a foundation for sustainable
rule of law in Latin America Journal of Dispute Resolution 2012
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2009) Maintaining ADR integrity Alternatives to the High Cost of
Litigation 27(1) 1-9
Merry Sally Engle (1988) Legal pluralism Law amp Society Review 22 869ndash896
Stipanowich Thomas amp Lamare J Ryan (2013) Living with ADR Evolving perceptions and
use of mediation arbitration and conflict management in Fortune 1000 corporations Harvard
Negotiation Law Review 19 1-68
Assessment in Alternative Dispute Resolution
To receive credit for Alternative Dispute Resolution you must complete all course
assignments achieve a mark of at least 50 on the final exam and achieve an overall
course grade of at least 50
The weightings for each assessment item are as follows
Activity Credit Weight Date Due
Assignment 1 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 4
Assignment 2 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 8
Assignment 3 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 10
Assignment 4 oral presentation 10 of final grade End of Unit 11
Assignment 5 oral response 10 of final grade End of Unit 12
Final Examination 50 of final grade End of all Units
Total 100 of final grade
Assignments 1 and 2
You are required to submit two written online responses You may answer any one question
arising from each of the following unit clusters
bull Units 1 to 4
bull Units 5 to 8
All responses should be completed by the time you finish studying Unit 10
Written responses should be between 500 and 750 words each
Example question ldquoThink of an occasion when you consciously decided not to pursue a potential
grievance What were your reasons What would have stimulated you to pursue it Using the ideas and
terminology of this unit describe the conflict you experiencedrdquo
Assignment 3
For this assignment put yourself in the place of mediator who uses a facilitative style and who is
preparing to conduct interest-based mediation with two parties who have a legal dispute arising
out of an accident Your practice is to hold a separate private meeting with each of the parties
before the mediation starts to help assess the dispute and prepare the parties to engage in an
interest-based mediation process Part of that preparation consists in assisting the parties to
identify their real interests needs and concerns in relation to the conflict in which they find
themselves
With that in mind read the transcript of what one of the parties has told you as if you were
listening to them face to face Then prepare an oral submission as follows
Your submission should consist of five oral responses you might make to the client in order to
help prepare him for the upcoming mediation including a better awareness of his needs interests
concerns and possible settlement range
Each of the five responses should be in the following two part format
1 First restate (or reflect) something you have heard from the client to show that you
understand what you are being told This should take the form of a statement starting
with the words ldquoYou said helliprdquo or ldquoYou indicated helliprdquo or ldquoYou went on to say helliprdquo or
similar
2 Then follow that up with a question designed to bring out a need concern interest or
emotion of this party or a reframing statement that may help this party to view the
dispute in a different light A question may also be used to help clarify his position
options for settlement or potential range of settlement figures
A question probing interests may be worded something like ldquoBased on what you have
said it seems to me that what you are really interested in (concerned about) is hellip Would
that be correctrdquo A reframing statement might be in the form of ldquoWould another way of
putting it be helliprdquo A question for clarification might be ldquoDo I understand it correctly that
helliprdquo You are not restricted to these wordings Be creative
The essential goal of this assignment is to encourage you to think of ways a mediator might help
a disputing party prepare to engage in interest-based mediation and negotiation with a view to
settlement of the dispute
Assignment 4
For Assignment 4 put yourself in the place of a mediator who is starting the first mediation
session with two disputing parties As part of your opening remarks explain the intent and
process of mediation and your role as a mediator and try to create a safe and supportive
environment for the parties Record what you would say (Hint try not to read a prepared script)
The maximum recording length for this assignment is 5 minutes
Assignment 5
For Assignment 5 put yourself in the place of a mediator who is hearing an opening statement
(or ldquostoryrdquo) from one of the disputing parties As part of the mediation process summarize or
ldquorepeat backrdquo the statement you hear using the techniques and skills you have learned about in
this course Include at least one reframe Record your response to the statement you hear
The time limit indicated for this assignment is 11 minutes which includes listening to the story and
recording your summary
Final Exam
Final Exam The final examination is worth 50 of your total course mark It is a closed book
online exam written over 3 hours Please consult the Online Exams (MuchLearning) section of
the Procedures for Applying for and Writing Examinations in your online Student Manual and
visit httpregistrarathabascaucaexamsonlinestudent for more information
Part A of the exam comprises 15 multiple choice and truefalse questions (2 marks each) similar
to those in the self-study quizzes This part covers the whole course Part B comprises 6
questions (5 marks each) that are drawn from the learning objectives listed for the units in the
course Each question is to be answered in a paragraph Part C (40 marks) requires you to answer
8 questions (5 marks each) based on a scenario like the one presented in Assignment 3 The
questions ask you to analyze the facts given in relation to what you have learned about
negotiation mediation and hybrid processes
See exam procedures for information on how to book your exam and other questions you may
have
Native Womenrsquos Association of Canada (2007) Aboriginal women and the legal justice system
in Canada Issue Paper Corner Brook NL Author Retrieved November 30 2011 from
httpwwwlaagovnlcalaanawspdfnwac-legalpdf
OVC Bulletin 2000 (rev 2007) A Description of Victim-Offender Mediation Washington DC
Author Retrieved November 30 2011 from
httpswwwncjrsgovovc_archivesreportsrjbulletin1rjmc_2html
Umbreit Mark S Wilson Sheryl amp Warner Roberts Ann (2006) ldquoRestorative Justice for
Victims Offenders and Communityrdquo (PPT) (source
httpwwwcehdumnedusswRJPProjectsVictim-Offender-
DialogueRJ_Principlesdefaultasp)
Umbreit Mark S Coates R B amp Vos Betty (2001) Victim Impact of Restorative Justice
Conferencing with Juveniles What We Have Learned From Two Decades of Victim-Offender
Dialogue Through Mediation and Conferencing (source
httpwwwcehdumnedusswRJPProjectsVictim-Offender-
DialogueRestorative_Group_Conferencingdefaultasp)
United Nations Economic and Social Council (2002) Basic principles on the use of restorative
justice programmes in criminal matters Resolution 200212 Retrieved November 30 2011
from httpwwwunorgenecosocdocs2002resolution202002-12pdf
Unit 9
Unit 9 introduces new more creative processes that have been tailored to meet the unique needs
of participants the particular circumstances of disputes and the specific obstacles presented The
primary focus is on ADR processes that involve a third-party neutral evaluator such as the mini-
trial and judicial settlement conferences and the use of an ombudsperson This unit defines the
role of a neutral evaluator and describes the process used in each method considered
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 9 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe some hybrid ADR processes currently available
2 Describe the role and identify the qualities of a neutral evaluator
3 Describe the different processes used in each of the various hybrid models
4 Describe the role of an ombudsperson and identify some elements of the processes used
by an ombudsperson
Required Readings
Elliott David C (1995) Medarb Fraught with danger or ripe with opportunity Alberta Law
Review 34 163-179 (source httpwwwdavidelliottcadisputeresolutionhtm)
Rowe Mary (1991) The ombudsmanrsquos role in a dispute resolution system Negotiation journal
7(4) 353-361 (source httpmrowescriptsmiteduPublicationshtml)
Wittmann Neil C (2015) Judicial dispute resolution in the Court of Queenrsquos Bench Making
resolution accessible Canadian arbitration and mediation journal 25(1) 14-20 (source
httpadriccaresourcesjournal-articles)
Optional Readings
Agrios John A amp Agrios Janice A (2004) A handbook on judicial dispute resolution for
Canadian lawyers Canadian Forum on Civil Justice (source httpwwwcfcj-
fcjcorgclearinghousejudicial-dispute-resolution )
Alberta Law Reform Institute (1993) Civil litigation The judicial mini-trial Dispute Resolution
ndash Special Series Discussion Paper No 1 (source
httpswwwalriualbertacaindexphppublicationsLawadministration-of-justicealternate-
dispute-resolutioncivil-litigation-the-judicial-mini-trial- )
Creutzfeldt Naomi J and Bradford Ben (2015) Dispute resolution outside of courts Procedural
justice and decision acceptance among users of ombuds services in the UK Law amp Society
Review 50(4) Forthcoming Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=2805917
ldquoThe Mini-Trialrdquo (2016) Department of Justice Canada
Rooke John D (2009) Improving excellence Evaluation of the judicial dispute resolution
program in the Court of Queenrsquos Bench of Alberta Canadian Forum on Civil Justice (source
httpwwwcfcj-fcjcorgclearinghousejudicial-dispute-resolution )
Rowe Mary P (2009) An organizational ombuds office in a system for dealing with conflict
and learning from conflict or ldquoconflict management systemrdquo Harvard Negotiation Law Review
14 279-288 (source httpwwwhnlrorgarticlesarchive)
Semple Noel (2011) Judicial settlement-seeking in parenting disputes Consensus and
controversy Conflict Resolution Quarterly 29 No 3 309-332 Available at SSRN
httpssrncomabstract=1687268
Unit 10
This unit provides some background to the practice of resolving disputes using the technology of
the Internet It surveys some of the current methods of online dispute resolution (ODR) and
raises issues regarding its advantages and disadvantages
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 10 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe what is meant by online dispute resolution
2 Identify and describe some of the current types and methods of ODR in use
3 Identify and explain some advantages and disadvantages of ODR
Required Reading
Brannigan Colm (2008) Online dispute resolution In CCH alternative dispute resolution
practice manual (source httpmediatecaOnline-Dispute-Resolutionhtml)
Brett Jeanne M Olekalns Mara Friedman Ray Goates Nathan Anderson Cameron Lisco
Cara Cherry (2007) Sticks and stones language face and online dispute resolution Academy
of Management Journal 50(1) 85-99
Ebner N (2014) Negotiation via the (new) email In M Benoliel (Ed) Negotiation excellence
Successful deal making (2nd ed) Singapore World Scientific Publishing
Ebner N amp Zeleznikow J (2015) Fairness trust and security in online dispute resolution
Hamline Journal of Public Law and Policy 36(2) 143-160
Optional Readings
Brannigan Colm (2016) Online dispute resolution The tools of the future for mediators
arbitrators and lawyers are here today ADR Perspectives May 2016 (source
httpadriccaresourcesadr-perspectives-newsletter)
Civil Justice Council United Kingdom (2015) Online dispute resolution for low value civil
claims
Conference on Online Dispute Resolution (2013) Presentations and Papers Stanford Law
School
Civil Resolution Tribunal British Columbia (2016) ldquoCRT Overviewrdquo
European Commission ldquoAlternative and Online Dispute Resolution (ADRODR)rdquo
Goodman Joseph W (2003) The pros and cons of online dispute resolution An assessment of
cyber-mediation websites Duke Law amp Technology Review 2 1-16
International Journal of Online Dispute Resolution
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2016) Is ODR ADR Reflections of an ADR founder from the 15th
ODR conference Law Technology and Access to Justice
National Center for Technology and Dispute Resolution (2016) httpwwwodrinfo
Thompson Darin (2015) Creating new pathways to justice using simple artificial intelligence
and online dispute resolution International Journal of Online Dispute Resolution 2(1) 4-53
United Nations Commission on International Trade Law (2016) ldquoOnline Dispute Resolution
On-Line Resourcesrdquo
Virtual Mediation Lab
Unit 11
Unit 11 focuses on what has been learned about the design of suitable ADR processes and
systems It also explores the issue of how to evaluate the success of ADR initiatives and how to
determine which ADR method is appropriate in a given dispute and its context Within the
discussion of the pros and cons of ADR issues of culture and gender are again raised with the
concern about whether a process can be designed to accommodate everyone You will find
yourself needing to answer the question of whether alternative dispute resolution is a good
alternative
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 11 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Identify and describe the elements to be considered in designing an appropriate dispute
resolution process
2 Describe specific problems and concerns relating to culture and gender in attempts to
design appropriate dispute resolution processes
3 Describe some methods of evaluating dispute resolution processes and systems
4 Describe some measures of the effectiveness of alternative dispute resolution processes
and their effects on the legal system
Required Reading
Amsler (formerly Bingham) Lisa Blomgren (2009) Designing justice Legal institutions and
other systems for managing conflict Ohio State Journal on Dispute Resolution Forthcoming
Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=1294063
Brahm Eric and Julian Ouellet Designing New Dispute Resolution Systems Beyond
Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium
University of Colorado Boulder Posted September 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaydesigning-dispute-systemsgt
British Columbia Ministry of Attorney General (2016) Reaching resolution A guide to
designing public sector dispute resolution systems Victoria Ministry of Attorney General
Optional Readings
Baruch Bush Robert A (1989) Defining quality in dispute resolution Taxonomies and anti-
taxonomies of quality arguments Denver University Law Review 66 335ndash380
Galanter Marc amp Cahill Mia (1994) ldquoMost cases settlerdquo Judicial promotion and regulation of
settlements Stanford Law Review 46(6) 1339-1391
Greenberg Elayne E (2015) Fitting the forum to the pernicious fuss A dispute resolution
design to address implicit bias and lsquoisms in the workplace St Johnrsquos School of Law Legal
Studies Research Paper Series
Kelman Herbert C (2005) Building trust among enemies The central challenge for
international conflict resolution International Journal of Intercultural Relations 29 639-650
(source httpscholarharvardedusearchsitekelman)
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2009) Are there systemic ethics issues in dispute system design And
what we should [not] do about it Lessons from international and domestic fronts Harvard
Negotiation Law Review 14 195-231
Rabinovich-Einy Orna amp Katsh Ethan (2012) Technology and the future of dispute systems
design Harvard Negotiation Law Review 17 151ndash199 (source
httpwwwhnlrorgarticlesarchive)
Reuben Richard C (2005) Democracy and dispute resolution Systems design and the new
workplace Harvard Negotiation Law Review 14 1ndash342
Rolph Elizabeth amp Moller Erik (1995) Evaluating agency alternative dispute resolution
programs A usersrsquo guide to data collection and use Santa Monica CA Rand Corporation
Rowe Mary (2001) Designing integrated conflict management systems Guidelines for
practitioners and decision makers in organizations Cornell University Institute on Conflict
Resolution
Silbey Susan S amp Merry Sally Engle (1984) What Do Plaintiffs Want Reexamining the
Concept of Dispute Justice System Journal 9 151-178
United States Postal Service ldquoRedressrdquo
Various (2009) Dispute System Design Issue of Harvard Negotiation Law Review 14 1ndash342
Unit 12
Unit 12 considers the current trends of ADR in Canada and elsewhere and where it appears to be
headed in the foreseeable future This final unit also suggests ideas about the future effects of
ADR on the legal system on justice and on society
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 12 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe some current and future trends in ADR
2 Explain how the Canadian legal system has changed and continues to change with the
advancement of ADR
3 Describe the effect of ADR on societal views of ldquojusticerdquo
4 Explain your views on the appropriateness of ADR in the Canadian legal system
Required ReadingViewing
View some videos available through the International Mediation Institute Mediation Podcasts
Read some blog posts from the following sites
Mediatecom The Weekrsquos Best Blog Posts
International Mediation Institute Mediation Blogs
Optional Readings
Eisenberg Deborah Thompson (2016) What we know (and need to know) about court-annexed
dispute resolution South Carolina Law Review 67 245-265
Hernandez-Crespo Mariana D (2012) From noise to music The potential of the multi-door
courthouse model to advance systemic inclusion and participation as a foundation for sustainable
rule of law in Latin America Journal of Dispute Resolution 2012
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2009) Maintaining ADR integrity Alternatives to the High Cost of
Litigation 27(1) 1-9
Merry Sally Engle (1988) Legal pluralism Law amp Society Review 22 869ndash896
Stipanowich Thomas amp Lamare J Ryan (2013) Living with ADR Evolving perceptions and
use of mediation arbitration and conflict management in Fortune 1000 corporations Harvard
Negotiation Law Review 19 1-68
Assessment in Alternative Dispute Resolution
To receive credit for Alternative Dispute Resolution you must complete all course
assignments achieve a mark of at least 50 on the final exam and achieve an overall
course grade of at least 50
The weightings for each assessment item are as follows
Activity Credit Weight Date Due
Assignment 1 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 4
Assignment 2 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 8
Assignment 3 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 10
Assignment 4 oral presentation 10 of final grade End of Unit 11
Assignment 5 oral response 10 of final grade End of Unit 12
Final Examination 50 of final grade End of all Units
Total 100 of final grade
Assignments 1 and 2
You are required to submit two written online responses You may answer any one question
arising from each of the following unit clusters
bull Units 1 to 4
bull Units 5 to 8
All responses should be completed by the time you finish studying Unit 10
Written responses should be between 500 and 750 words each
Example question ldquoThink of an occasion when you consciously decided not to pursue a potential
grievance What were your reasons What would have stimulated you to pursue it Using the ideas and
terminology of this unit describe the conflict you experiencedrdquo
Assignment 3
For this assignment put yourself in the place of mediator who uses a facilitative style and who is
preparing to conduct interest-based mediation with two parties who have a legal dispute arising
out of an accident Your practice is to hold a separate private meeting with each of the parties
before the mediation starts to help assess the dispute and prepare the parties to engage in an
interest-based mediation process Part of that preparation consists in assisting the parties to
identify their real interests needs and concerns in relation to the conflict in which they find
themselves
With that in mind read the transcript of what one of the parties has told you as if you were
listening to them face to face Then prepare an oral submission as follows
Your submission should consist of five oral responses you might make to the client in order to
help prepare him for the upcoming mediation including a better awareness of his needs interests
concerns and possible settlement range
Each of the five responses should be in the following two part format
1 First restate (or reflect) something you have heard from the client to show that you
understand what you are being told This should take the form of a statement starting
with the words ldquoYou said helliprdquo or ldquoYou indicated helliprdquo or ldquoYou went on to say helliprdquo or
similar
2 Then follow that up with a question designed to bring out a need concern interest or
emotion of this party or a reframing statement that may help this party to view the
dispute in a different light A question may also be used to help clarify his position
options for settlement or potential range of settlement figures
A question probing interests may be worded something like ldquoBased on what you have
said it seems to me that what you are really interested in (concerned about) is hellip Would
that be correctrdquo A reframing statement might be in the form of ldquoWould another way of
putting it be helliprdquo A question for clarification might be ldquoDo I understand it correctly that
helliprdquo You are not restricted to these wordings Be creative
The essential goal of this assignment is to encourage you to think of ways a mediator might help
a disputing party prepare to engage in interest-based mediation and negotiation with a view to
settlement of the dispute
Assignment 4
For Assignment 4 put yourself in the place of a mediator who is starting the first mediation
session with two disputing parties As part of your opening remarks explain the intent and
process of mediation and your role as a mediator and try to create a safe and supportive
environment for the parties Record what you would say (Hint try not to read a prepared script)
The maximum recording length for this assignment is 5 minutes
Assignment 5
For Assignment 5 put yourself in the place of a mediator who is hearing an opening statement
(or ldquostoryrdquo) from one of the disputing parties As part of the mediation process summarize or
ldquorepeat backrdquo the statement you hear using the techniques and skills you have learned about in
this course Include at least one reframe Record your response to the statement you hear
The time limit indicated for this assignment is 11 minutes which includes listening to the story and
recording your summary
Final Exam
Final Exam The final examination is worth 50 of your total course mark It is a closed book
online exam written over 3 hours Please consult the Online Exams (MuchLearning) section of
the Procedures for Applying for and Writing Examinations in your online Student Manual and
visit httpregistrarathabascaucaexamsonlinestudent for more information
Part A of the exam comprises 15 multiple choice and truefalse questions (2 marks each) similar
to those in the self-study quizzes This part covers the whole course Part B comprises 6
questions (5 marks each) that are drawn from the learning objectives listed for the units in the
course Each question is to be answered in a paragraph Part C (40 marks) requires you to answer
8 questions (5 marks each) based on a scenario like the one presented in Assignment 3 The
questions ask you to analyze the facts given in relation to what you have learned about
negotiation mediation and hybrid processes
See exam procedures for information on how to book your exam and other questions you may
have
Required Readings
Elliott David C (1995) Medarb Fraught with danger or ripe with opportunity Alberta Law
Review 34 163-179 (source httpwwwdavidelliottcadisputeresolutionhtm)
Rowe Mary (1991) The ombudsmanrsquos role in a dispute resolution system Negotiation journal
7(4) 353-361 (source httpmrowescriptsmiteduPublicationshtml)
Wittmann Neil C (2015) Judicial dispute resolution in the Court of Queenrsquos Bench Making
resolution accessible Canadian arbitration and mediation journal 25(1) 14-20 (source
httpadriccaresourcesjournal-articles)
Optional Readings
Agrios John A amp Agrios Janice A (2004) A handbook on judicial dispute resolution for
Canadian lawyers Canadian Forum on Civil Justice (source httpwwwcfcj-
fcjcorgclearinghousejudicial-dispute-resolution )
Alberta Law Reform Institute (1993) Civil litigation The judicial mini-trial Dispute Resolution
ndash Special Series Discussion Paper No 1 (source
httpswwwalriualbertacaindexphppublicationsLawadministration-of-justicealternate-
dispute-resolutioncivil-litigation-the-judicial-mini-trial- )
Creutzfeldt Naomi J and Bradford Ben (2015) Dispute resolution outside of courts Procedural
justice and decision acceptance among users of ombuds services in the UK Law amp Society
Review 50(4) Forthcoming Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=2805917
ldquoThe Mini-Trialrdquo (2016) Department of Justice Canada
Rooke John D (2009) Improving excellence Evaluation of the judicial dispute resolution
program in the Court of Queenrsquos Bench of Alberta Canadian Forum on Civil Justice (source
httpwwwcfcj-fcjcorgclearinghousejudicial-dispute-resolution )
Rowe Mary P (2009) An organizational ombuds office in a system for dealing with conflict
and learning from conflict or ldquoconflict management systemrdquo Harvard Negotiation Law Review
14 279-288 (source httpwwwhnlrorgarticlesarchive)
Semple Noel (2011) Judicial settlement-seeking in parenting disputes Consensus and
controversy Conflict Resolution Quarterly 29 No 3 309-332 Available at SSRN
httpssrncomabstract=1687268
Unit 10
This unit provides some background to the practice of resolving disputes using the technology of
the Internet It surveys some of the current methods of online dispute resolution (ODR) and
raises issues regarding its advantages and disadvantages
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 10 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe what is meant by online dispute resolution
2 Identify and describe some of the current types and methods of ODR in use
3 Identify and explain some advantages and disadvantages of ODR
Required Reading
Brannigan Colm (2008) Online dispute resolution In CCH alternative dispute resolution
practice manual (source httpmediatecaOnline-Dispute-Resolutionhtml)
Brett Jeanne M Olekalns Mara Friedman Ray Goates Nathan Anderson Cameron Lisco
Cara Cherry (2007) Sticks and stones language face and online dispute resolution Academy
of Management Journal 50(1) 85-99
Ebner N (2014) Negotiation via the (new) email In M Benoliel (Ed) Negotiation excellence
Successful deal making (2nd ed) Singapore World Scientific Publishing
Ebner N amp Zeleznikow J (2015) Fairness trust and security in online dispute resolution
Hamline Journal of Public Law and Policy 36(2) 143-160
Optional Readings
Brannigan Colm (2016) Online dispute resolution The tools of the future for mediators
arbitrators and lawyers are here today ADR Perspectives May 2016 (source
httpadriccaresourcesadr-perspectives-newsletter)
Civil Justice Council United Kingdom (2015) Online dispute resolution for low value civil
claims
Conference on Online Dispute Resolution (2013) Presentations and Papers Stanford Law
School
Civil Resolution Tribunal British Columbia (2016) ldquoCRT Overviewrdquo
European Commission ldquoAlternative and Online Dispute Resolution (ADRODR)rdquo
Goodman Joseph W (2003) The pros and cons of online dispute resolution An assessment of
cyber-mediation websites Duke Law amp Technology Review 2 1-16
International Journal of Online Dispute Resolution
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2016) Is ODR ADR Reflections of an ADR founder from the 15th
ODR conference Law Technology and Access to Justice
National Center for Technology and Dispute Resolution (2016) httpwwwodrinfo
Thompson Darin (2015) Creating new pathways to justice using simple artificial intelligence
and online dispute resolution International Journal of Online Dispute Resolution 2(1) 4-53
United Nations Commission on International Trade Law (2016) ldquoOnline Dispute Resolution
On-Line Resourcesrdquo
Virtual Mediation Lab
Unit 11
Unit 11 focuses on what has been learned about the design of suitable ADR processes and
systems It also explores the issue of how to evaluate the success of ADR initiatives and how to
determine which ADR method is appropriate in a given dispute and its context Within the
discussion of the pros and cons of ADR issues of culture and gender are again raised with the
concern about whether a process can be designed to accommodate everyone You will find
yourself needing to answer the question of whether alternative dispute resolution is a good
alternative
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 11 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Identify and describe the elements to be considered in designing an appropriate dispute
resolution process
2 Describe specific problems and concerns relating to culture and gender in attempts to
design appropriate dispute resolution processes
3 Describe some methods of evaluating dispute resolution processes and systems
4 Describe some measures of the effectiveness of alternative dispute resolution processes
and their effects on the legal system
Required Reading
Amsler (formerly Bingham) Lisa Blomgren (2009) Designing justice Legal institutions and
other systems for managing conflict Ohio State Journal on Dispute Resolution Forthcoming
Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=1294063
Brahm Eric and Julian Ouellet Designing New Dispute Resolution Systems Beyond
Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium
University of Colorado Boulder Posted September 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaydesigning-dispute-systemsgt
British Columbia Ministry of Attorney General (2016) Reaching resolution A guide to
designing public sector dispute resolution systems Victoria Ministry of Attorney General
Optional Readings
Baruch Bush Robert A (1989) Defining quality in dispute resolution Taxonomies and anti-
taxonomies of quality arguments Denver University Law Review 66 335ndash380
Galanter Marc amp Cahill Mia (1994) ldquoMost cases settlerdquo Judicial promotion and regulation of
settlements Stanford Law Review 46(6) 1339-1391
Greenberg Elayne E (2015) Fitting the forum to the pernicious fuss A dispute resolution
design to address implicit bias and lsquoisms in the workplace St Johnrsquos School of Law Legal
Studies Research Paper Series
Kelman Herbert C (2005) Building trust among enemies The central challenge for
international conflict resolution International Journal of Intercultural Relations 29 639-650
(source httpscholarharvardedusearchsitekelman)
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2009) Are there systemic ethics issues in dispute system design And
what we should [not] do about it Lessons from international and domestic fronts Harvard
Negotiation Law Review 14 195-231
Rabinovich-Einy Orna amp Katsh Ethan (2012) Technology and the future of dispute systems
design Harvard Negotiation Law Review 17 151ndash199 (source
httpwwwhnlrorgarticlesarchive)
Reuben Richard C (2005) Democracy and dispute resolution Systems design and the new
workplace Harvard Negotiation Law Review 14 1ndash342
Rolph Elizabeth amp Moller Erik (1995) Evaluating agency alternative dispute resolution
programs A usersrsquo guide to data collection and use Santa Monica CA Rand Corporation
Rowe Mary (2001) Designing integrated conflict management systems Guidelines for
practitioners and decision makers in organizations Cornell University Institute on Conflict
Resolution
Silbey Susan S amp Merry Sally Engle (1984) What Do Plaintiffs Want Reexamining the
Concept of Dispute Justice System Journal 9 151-178
United States Postal Service ldquoRedressrdquo
Various (2009) Dispute System Design Issue of Harvard Negotiation Law Review 14 1ndash342
Unit 12
Unit 12 considers the current trends of ADR in Canada and elsewhere and where it appears to be
headed in the foreseeable future This final unit also suggests ideas about the future effects of
ADR on the legal system on justice and on society
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 12 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe some current and future trends in ADR
2 Explain how the Canadian legal system has changed and continues to change with the
advancement of ADR
3 Describe the effect of ADR on societal views of ldquojusticerdquo
4 Explain your views on the appropriateness of ADR in the Canadian legal system
Required ReadingViewing
View some videos available through the International Mediation Institute Mediation Podcasts
Read some blog posts from the following sites
Mediatecom The Weekrsquos Best Blog Posts
International Mediation Institute Mediation Blogs
Optional Readings
Eisenberg Deborah Thompson (2016) What we know (and need to know) about court-annexed
dispute resolution South Carolina Law Review 67 245-265
Hernandez-Crespo Mariana D (2012) From noise to music The potential of the multi-door
courthouse model to advance systemic inclusion and participation as a foundation for sustainable
rule of law in Latin America Journal of Dispute Resolution 2012
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2009) Maintaining ADR integrity Alternatives to the High Cost of
Litigation 27(1) 1-9
Merry Sally Engle (1988) Legal pluralism Law amp Society Review 22 869ndash896
Stipanowich Thomas amp Lamare J Ryan (2013) Living with ADR Evolving perceptions and
use of mediation arbitration and conflict management in Fortune 1000 corporations Harvard
Negotiation Law Review 19 1-68
Assessment in Alternative Dispute Resolution
To receive credit for Alternative Dispute Resolution you must complete all course
assignments achieve a mark of at least 50 on the final exam and achieve an overall
course grade of at least 50
The weightings for each assessment item are as follows
Activity Credit Weight Date Due
Assignment 1 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 4
Assignment 2 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 8
Assignment 3 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 10
Assignment 4 oral presentation 10 of final grade End of Unit 11
Assignment 5 oral response 10 of final grade End of Unit 12
Final Examination 50 of final grade End of all Units
Total 100 of final grade
Assignments 1 and 2
You are required to submit two written online responses You may answer any one question
arising from each of the following unit clusters
bull Units 1 to 4
bull Units 5 to 8
All responses should be completed by the time you finish studying Unit 10
Written responses should be between 500 and 750 words each
Example question ldquoThink of an occasion when you consciously decided not to pursue a potential
grievance What were your reasons What would have stimulated you to pursue it Using the ideas and
terminology of this unit describe the conflict you experiencedrdquo
Assignment 3
For this assignment put yourself in the place of mediator who uses a facilitative style and who is
preparing to conduct interest-based mediation with two parties who have a legal dispute arising
out of an accident Your practice is to hold a separate private meeting with each of the parties
before the mediation starts to help assess the dispute and prepare the parties to engage in an
interest-based mediation process Part of that preparation consists in assisting the parties to
identify their real interests needs and concerns in relation to the conflict in which they find
themselves
With that in mind read the transcript of what one of the parties has told you as if you were
listening to them face to face Then prepare an oral submission as follows
Your submission should consist of five oral responses you might make to the client in order to
help prepare him for the upcoming mediation including a better awareness of his needs interests
concerns and possible settlement range
Each of the five responses should be in the following two part format
1 First restate (or reflect) something you have heard from the client to show that you
understand what you are being told This should take the form of a statement starting
with the words ldquoYou said helliprdquo or ldquoYou indicated helliprdquo or ldquoYou went on to say helliprdquo or
similar
2 Then follow that up with a question designed to bring out a need concern interest or
emotion of this party or a reframing statement that may help this party to view the
dispute in a different light A question may also be used to help clarify his position
options for settlement or potential range of settlement figures
A question probing interests may be worded something like ldquoBased on what you have
said it seems to me that what you are really interested in (concerned about) is hellip Would
that be correctrdquo A reframing statement might be in the form of ldquoWould another way of
putting it be helliprdquo A question for clarification might be ldquoDo I understand it correctly that
helliprdquo You are not restricted to these wordings Be creative
The essential goal of this assignment is to encourage you to think of ways a mediator might help
a disputing party prepare to engage in interest-based mediation and negotiation with a view to
settlement of the dispute
Assignment 4
For Assignment 4 put yourself in the place of a mediator who is starting the first mediation
session with two disputing parties As part of your opening remarks explain the intent and
process of mediation and your role as a mediator and try to create a safe and supportive
environment for the parties Record what you would say (Hint try not to read a prepared script)
The maximum recording length for this assignment is 5 minutes
Assignment 5
For Assignment 5 put yourself in the place of a mediator who is hearing an opening statement
(or ldquostoryrdquo) from one of the disputing parties As part of the mediation process summarize or
ldquorepeat backrdquo the statement you hear using the techniques and skills you have learned about in
this course Include at least one reframe Record your response to the statement you hear
The time limit indicated for this assignment is 11 minutes which includes listening to the story and
recording your summary
Final Exam
Final Exam The final examination is worth 50 of your total course mark It is a closed book
online exam written over 3 hours Please consult the Online Exams (MuchLearning) section of
the Procedures for Applying for and Writing Examinations in your online Student Manual and
visit httpregistrarathabascaucaexamsonlinestudent for more information
Part A of the exam comprises 15 multiple choice and truefalse questions (2 marks each) similar
to those in the self-study quizzes This part covers the whole course Part B comprises 6
questions (5 marks each) that are drawn from the learning objectives listed for the units in the
course Each question is to be answered in a paragraph Part C (40 marks) requires you to answer
8 questions (5 marks each) based on a scenario like the one presented in Assignment 3 The
questions ask you to analyze the facts given in relation to what you have learned about
negotiation mediation and hybrid processes
See exam procedures for information on how to book your exam and other questions you may
have
Unit 10
This unit provides some background to the practice of resolving disputes using the technology of
the Internet It surveys some of the current methods of online dispute resolution (ODR) and
raises issues regarding its advantages and disadvantages
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 10 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe what is meant by online dispute resolution
2 Identify and describe some of the current types and methods of ODR in use
3 Identify and explain some advantages and disadvantages of ODR
Required Reading
Brannigan Colm (2008) Online dispute resolution In CCH alternative dispute resolution
practice manual (source httpmediatecaOnline-Dispute-Resolutionhtml)
Brett Jeanne M Olekalns Mara Friedman Ray Goates Nathan Anderson Cameron Lisco
Cara Cherry (2007) Sticks and stones language face and online dispute resolution Academy
of Management Journal 50(1) 85-99
Ebner N (2014) Negotiation via the (new) email In M Benoliel (Ed) Negotiation excellence
Successful deal making (2nd ed) Singapore World Scientific Publishing
Ebner N amp Zeleznikow J (2015) Fairness trust and security in online dispute resolution
Hamline Journal of Public Law and Policy 36(2) 143-160
Optional Readings
Brannigan Colm (2016) Online dispute resolution The tools of the future for mediators
arbitrators and lawyers are here today ADR Perspectives May 2016 (source
httpadriccaresourcesadr-perspectives-newsletter)
Civil Justice Council United Kingdom (2015) Online dispute resolution for low value civil
claims
Conference on Online Dispute Resolution (2013) Presentations and Papers Stanford Law
School
Civil Resolution Tribunal British Columbia (2016) ldquoCRT Overviewrdquo
European Commission ldquoAlternative and Online Dispute Resolution (ADRODR)rdquo
Goodman Joseph W (2003) The pros and cons of online dispute resolution An assessment of
cyber-mediation websites Duke Law amp Technology Review 2 1-16
International Journal of Online Dispute Resolution
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2016) Is ODR ADR Reflections of an ADR founder from the 15th
ODR conference Law Technology and Access to Justice
National Center for Technology and Dispute Resolution (2016) httpwwwodrinfo
Thompson Darin (2015) Creating new pathways to justice using simple artificial intelligence
and online dispute resolution International Journal of Online Dispute Resolution 2(1) 4-53
United Nations Commission on International Trade Law (2016) ldquoOnline Dispute Resolution
On-Line Resourcesrdquo
Virtual Mediation Lab
Unit 11
Unit 11 focuses on what has been learned about the design of suitable ADR processes and
systems It also explores the issue of how to evaluate the success of ADR initiatives and how to
determine which ADR method is appropriate in a given dispute and its context Within the
discussion of the pros and cons of ADR issues of culture and gender are again raised with the
concern about whether a process can be designed to accommodate everyone You will find
yourself needing to answer the question of whether alternative dispute resolution is a good
alternative
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 11 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Identify and describe the elements to be considered in designing an appropriate dispute
resolution process
2 Describe specific problems and concerns relating to culture and gender in attempts to
design appropriate dispute resolution processes
3 Describe some methods of evaluating dispute resolution processes and systems
4 Describe some measures of the effectiveness of alternative dispute resolution processes
and their effects on the legal system
Required Reading
Amsler (formerly Bingham) Lisa Blomgren (2009) Designing justice Legal institutions and
other systems for managing conflict Ohio State Journal on Dispute Resolution Forthcoming
Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=1294063
Brahm Eric and Julian Ouellet Designing New Dispute Resolution Systems Beyond
Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium
University of Colorado Boulder Posted September 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaydesigning-dispute-systemsgt
British Columbia Ministry of Attorney General (2016) Reaching resolution A guide to
designing public sector dispute resolution systems Victoria Ministry of Attorney General
Optional Readings
Baruch Bush Robert A (1989) Defining quality in dispute resolution Taxonomies and anti-
taxonomies of quality arguments Denver University Law Review 66 335ndash380
Galanter Marc amp Cahill Mia (1994) ldquoMost cases settlerdquo Judicial promotion and regulation of
settlements Stanford Law Review 46(6) 1339-1391
Greenberg Elayne E (2015) Fitting the forum to the pernicious fuss A dispute resolution
design to address implicit bias and lsquoisms in the workplace St Johnrsquos School of Law Legal
Studies Research Paper Series
Kelman Herbert C (2005) Building trust among enemies The central challenge for
international conflict resolution International Journal of Intercultural Relations 29 639-650
(source httpscholarharvardedusearchsitekelman)
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2009) Are there systemic ethics issues in dispute system design And
what we should [not] do about it Lessons from international and domestic fronts Harvard
Negotiation Law Review 14 195-231
Rabinovich-Einy Orna amp Katsh Ethan (2012) Technology and the future of dispute systems
design Harvard Negotiation Law Review 17 151ndash199 (source
httpwwwhnlrorgarticlesarchive)
Reuben Richard C (2005) Democracy and dispute resolution Systems design and the new
workplace Harvard Negotiation Law Review 14 1ndash342
Rolph Elizabeth amp Moller Erik (1995) Evaluating agency alternative dispute resolution
programs A usersrsquo guide to data collection and use Santa Monica CA Rand Corporation
Rowe Mary (2001) Designing integrated conflict management systems Guidelines for
practitioners and decision makers in organizations Cornell University Institute on Conflict
Resolution
Silbey Susan S amp Merry Sally Engle (1984) What Do Plaintiffs Want Reexamining the
Concept of Dispute Justice System Journal 9 151-178
United States Postal Service ldquoRedressrdquo
Various (2009) Dispute System Design Issue of Harvard Negotiation Law Review 14 1ndash342
Unit 12
Unit 12 considers the current trends of ADR in Canada and elsewhere and where it appears to be
headed in the foreseeable future This final unit also suggests ideas about the future effects of
ADR on the legal system on justice and on society
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 12 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe some current and future trends in ADR
2 Explain how the Canadian legal system has changed and continues to change with the
advancement of ADR
3 Describe the effect of ADR on societal views of ldquojusticerdquo
4 Explain your views on the appropriateness of ADR in the Canadian legal system
Required ReadingViewing
View some videos available through the International Mediation Institute Mediation Podcasts
Read some blog posts from the following sites
Mediatecom The Weekrsquos Best Blog Posts
International Mediation Institute Mediation Blogs
Optional Readings
Eisenberg Deborah Thompson (2016) What we know (and need to know) about court-annexed
dispute resolution South Carolina Law Review 67 245-265
Hernandez-Crespo Mariana D (2012) From noise to music The potential of the multi-door
courthouse model to advance systemic inclusion and participation as a foundation for sustainable
rule of law in Latin America Journal of Dispute Resolution 2012
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2009) Maintaining ADR integrity Alternatives to the High Cost of
Litigation 27(1) 1-9
Merry Sally Engle (1988) Legal pluralism Law amp Society Review 22 869ndash896
Stipanowich Thomas amp Lamare J Ryan (2013) Living with ADR Evolving perceptions and
use of mediation arbitration and conflict management in Fortune 1000 corporations Harvard
Negotiation Law Review 19 1-68
Assessment in Alternative Dispute Resolution
To receive credit for Alternative Dispute Resolution you must complete all course
assignments achieve a mark of at least 50 on the final exam and achieve an overall
course grade of at least 50
The weightings for each assessment item are as follows
Activity Credit Weight Date Due
Assignment 1 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 4
Assignment 2 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 8
Assignment 3 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 10
Assignment 4 oral presentation 10 of final grade End of Unit 11
Assignment 5 oral response 10 of final grade End of Unit 12
Final Examination 50 of final grade End of all Units
Total 100 of final grade
Assignments 1 and 2
You are required to submit two written online responses You may answer any one question
arising from each of the following unit clusters
bull Units 1 to 4
bull Units 5 to 8
All responses should be completed by the time you finish studying Unit 10
Written responses should be between 500 and 750 words each
Example question ldquoThink of an occasion when you consciously decided not to pursue a potential
grievance What were your reasons What would have stimulated you to pursue it Using the ideas and
terminology of this unit describe the conflict you experiencedrdquo
Assignment 3
For this assignment put yourself in the place of mediator who uses a facilitative style and who is
preparing to conduct interest-based mediation with two parties who have a legal dispute arising
out of an accident Your practice is to hold a separate private meeting with each of the parties
before the mediation starts to help assess the dispute and prepare the parties to engage in an
interest-based mediation process Part of that preparation consists in assisting the parties to
identify their real interests needs and concerns in relation to the conflict in which they find
themselves
With that in mind read the transcript of what one of the parties has told you as if you were
listening to them face to face Then prepare an oral submission as follows
Your submission should consist of five oral responses you might make to the client in order to
help prepare him for the upcoming mediation including a better awareness of his needs interests
concerns and possible settlement range
Each of the five responses should be in the following two part format
1 First restate (or reflect) something you have heard from the client to show that you
understand what you are being told This should take the form of a statement starting
with the words ldquoYou said helliprdquo or ldquoYou indicated helliprdquo or ldquoYou went on to say helliprdquo or
similar
2 Then follow that up with a question designed to bring out a need concern interest or
emotion of this party or a reframing statement that may help this party to view the
dispute in a different light A question may also be used to help clarify his position
options for settlement or potential range of settlement figures
A question probing interests may be worded something like ldquoBased on what you have
said it seems to me that what you are really interested in (concerned about) is hellip Would
that be correctrdquo A reframing statement might be in the form of ldquoWould another way of
putting it be helliprdquo A question for clarification might be ldquoDo I understand it correctly that
helliprdquo You are not restricted to these wordings Be creative
The essential goal of this assignment is to encourage you to think of ways a mediator might help
a disputing party prepare to engage in interest-based mediation and negotiation with a view to
settlement of the dispute
Assignment 4
For Assignment 4 put yourself in the place of a mediator who is starting the first mediation
session with two disputing parties As part of your opening remarks explain the intent and
process of mediation and your role as a mediator and try to create a safe and supportive
environment for the parties Record what you would say (Hint try not to read a prepared script)
The maximum recording length for this assignment is 5 minutes
Assignment 5
For Assignment 5 put yourself in the place of a mediator who is hearing an opening statement
(or ldquostoryrdquo) from one of the disputing parties As part of the mediation process summarize or
ldquorepeat backrdquo the statement you hear using the techniques and skills you have learned about in
this course Include at least one reframe Record your response to the statement you hear
The time limit indicated for this assignment is 11 minutes which includes listening to the story and
recording your summary
Final Exam
Final Exam The final examination is worth 50 of your total course mark It is a closed book
online exam written over 3 hours Please consult the Online Exams (MuchLearning) section of
the Procedures for Applying for and Writing Examinations in your online Student Manual and
visit httpregistrarathabascaucaexamsonlinestudent for more information
Part A of the exam comprises 15 multiple choice and truefalse questions (2 marks each) similar
to those in the self-study quizzes This part covers the whole course Part B comprises 6
questions (5 marks each) that are drawn from the learning objectives listed for the units in the
course Each question is to be answered in a paragraph Part C (40 marks) requires you to answer
8 questions (5 marks each) based on a scenario like the one presented in Assignment 3 The
questions ask you to analyze the facts given in relation to what you have learned about
negotiation mediation and hybrid processes
See exam procedures for information on how to book your exam and other questions you may
have
European Commission ldquoAlternative and Online Dispute Resolution (ADRODR)rdquo
Goodman Joseph W (2003) The pros and cons of online dispute resolution An assessment of
cyber-mediation websites Duke Law amp Technology Review 2 1-16
International Journal of Online Dispute Resolution
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2016) Is ODR ADR Reflections of an ADR founder from the 15th
ODR conference Law Technology and Access to Justice
National Center for Technology and Dispute Resolution (2016) httpwwwodrinfo
Thompson Darin (2015) Creating new pathways to justice using simple artificial intelligence
and online dispute resolution International Journal of Online Dispute Resolution 2(1) 4-53
United Nations Commission on International Trade Law (2016) ldquoOnline Dispute Resolution
On-Line Resourcesrdquo
Virtual Mediation Lab
Unit 11
Unit 11 focuses on what has been learned about the design of suitable ADR processes and
systems It also explores the issue of how to evaluate the success of ADR initiatives and how to
determine which ADR method is appropriate in a given dispute and its context Within the
discussion of the pros and cons of ADR issues of culture and gender are again raised with the
concern about whether a process can be designed to accommodate everyone You will find
yourself needing to answer the question of whether alternative dispute resolution is a good
alternative
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 11 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Identify and describe the elements to be considered in designing an appropriate dispute
resolution process
2 Describe specific problems and concerns relating to culture and gender in attempts to
design appropriate dispute resolution processes
3 Describe some methods of evaluating dispute resolution processes and systems
4 Describe some measures of the effectiveness of alternative dispute resolution processes
and their effects on the legal system
Required Reading
Amsler (formerly Bingham) Lisa Blomgren (2009) Designing justice Legal institutions and
other systems for managing conflict Ohio State Journal on Dispute Resolution Forthcoming
Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=1294063
Brahm Eric and Julian Ouellet Designing New Dispute Resolution Systems Beyond
Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium
University of Colorado Boulder Posted September 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaydesigning-dispute-systemsgt
British Columbia Ministry of Attorney General (2016) Reaching resolution A guide to
designing public sector dispute resolution systems Victoria Ministry of Attorney General
Optional Readings
Baruch Bush Robert A (1989) Defining quality in dispute resolution Taxonomies and anti-
taxonomies of quality arguments Denver University Law Review 66 335ndash380
Galanter Marc amp Cahill Mia (1994) ldquoMost cases settlerdquo Judicial promotion and regulation of
settlements Stanford Law Review 46(6) 1339-1391
Greenberg Elayne E (2015) Fitting the forum to the pernicious fuss A dispute resolution
design to address implicit bias and lsquoisms in the workplace St Johnrsquos School of Law Legal
Studies Research Paper Series
Kelman Herbert C (2005) Building trust among enemies The central challenge for
international conflict resolution International Journal of Intercultural Relations 29 639-650
(source httpscholarharvardedusearchsitekelman)
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2009) Are there systemic ethics issues in dispute system design And
what we should [not] do about it Lessons from international and domestic fronts Harvard
Negotiation Law Review 14 195-231
Rabinovich-Einy Orna amp Katsh Ethan (2012) Technology and the future of dispute systems
design Harvard Negotiation Law Review 17 151ndash199 (source
httpwwwhnlrorgarticlesarchive)
Reuben Richard C (2005) Democracy and dispute resolution Systems design and the new
workplace Harvard Negotiation Law Review 14 1ndash342
Rolph Elizabeth amp Moller Erik (1995) Evaluating agency alternative dispute resolution
programs A usersrsquo guide to data collection and use Santa Monica CA Rand Corporation
Rowe Mary (2001) Designing integrated conflict management systems Guidelines for
practitioners and decision makers in organizations Cornell University Institute on Conflict
Resolution
Silbey Susan S amp Merry Sally Engle (1984) What Do Plaintiffs Want Reexamining the
Concept of Dispute Justice System Journal 9 151-178
United States Postal Service ldquoRedressrdquo
Various (2009) Dispute System Design Issue of Harvard Negotiation Law Review 14 1ndash342
Unit 12
Unit 12 considers the current trends of ADR in Canada and elsewhere and where it appears to be
headed in the foreseeable future This final unit also suggests ideas about the future effects of
ADR on the legal system on justice and on society
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 12 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe some current and future trends in ADR
2 Explain how the Canadian legal system has changed and continues to change with the
advancement of ADR
3 Describe the effect of ADR on societal views of ldquojusticerdquo
4 Explain your views on the appropriateness of ADR in the Canadian legal system
Required ReadingViewing
View some videos available through the International Mediation Institute Mediation Podcasts
Read some blog posts from the following sites
Mediatecom The Weekrsquos Best Blog Posts
International Mediation Institute Mediation Blogs
Optional Readings
Eisenberg Deborah Thompson (2016) What we know (and need to know) about court-annexed
dispute resolution South Carolina Law Review 67 245-265
Hernandez-Crespo Mariana D (2012) From noise to music The potential of the multi-door
courthouse model to advance systemic inclusion and participation as a foundation for sustainable
rule of law in Latin America Journal of Dispute Resolution 2012
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2009) Maintaining ADR integrity Alternatives to the High Cost of
Litigation 27(1) 1-9
Merry Sally Engle (1988) Legal pluralism Law amp Society Review 22 869ndash896
Stipanowich Thomas amp Lamare J Ryan (2013) Living with ADR Evolving perceptions and
use of mediation arbitration and conflict management in Fortune 1000 corporations Harvard
Negotiation Law Review 19 1-68
Assessment in Alternative Dispute Resolution
To receive credit for Alternative Dispute Resolution you must complete all course
assignments achieve a mark of at least 50 on the final exam and achieve an overall
course grade of at least 50
The weightings for each assessment item are as follows
Activity Credit Weight Date Due
Assignment 1 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 4
Assignment 2 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 8
Assignment 3 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 10
Assignment 4 oral presentation 10 of final grade End of Unit 11
Assignment 5 oral response 10 of final grade End of Unit 12
Final Examination 50 of final grade End of all Units
Total 100 of final grade
Assignments 1 and 2
You are required to submit two written online responses You may answer any one question
arising from each of the following unit clusters
bull Units 1 to 4
bull Units 5 to 8
All responses should be completed by the time you finish studying Unit 10
Written responses should be between 500 and 750 words each
Example question ldquoThink of an occasion when you consciously decided not to pursue a potential
grievance What were your reasons What would have stimulated you to pursue it Using the ideas and
terminology of this unit describe the conflict you experiencedrdquo
Assignment 3
For this assignment put yourself in the place of mediator who uses a facilitative style and who is
preparing to conduct interest-based mediation with two parties who have a legal dispute arising
out of an accident Your practice is to hold a separate private meeting with each of the parties
before the mediation starts to help assess the dispute and prepare the parties to engage in an
interest-based mediation process Part of that preparation consists in assisting the parties to
identify their real interests needs and concerns in relation to the conflict in which they find
themselves
With that in mind read the transcript of what one of the parties has told you as if you were
listening to them face to face Then prepare an oral submission as follows
Your submission should consist of five oral responses you might make to the client in order to
help prepare him for the upcoming mediation including a better awareness of his needs interests
concerns and possible settlement range
Each of the five responses should be in the following two part format
1 First restate (or reflect) something you have heard from the client to show that you
understand what you are being told This should take the form of a statement starting
with the words ldquoYou said helliprdquo or ldquoYou indicated helliprdquo or ldquoYou went on to say helliprdquo or
similar
2 Then follow that up with a question designed to bring out a need concern interest or
emotion of this party or a reframing statement that may help this party to view the
dispute in a different light A question may also be used to help clarify his position
options for settlement or potential range of settlement figures
A question probing interests may be worded something like ldquoBased on what you have
said it seems to me that what you are really interested in (concerned about) is hellip Would
that be correctrdquo A reframing statement might be in the form of ldquoWould another way of
putting it be helliprdquo A question for clarification might be ldquoDo I understand it correctly that
helliprdquo You are not restricted to these wordings Be creative
The essential goal of this assignment is to encourage you to think of ways a mediator might help
a disputing party prepare to engage in interest-based mediation and negotiation with a view to
settlement of the dispute
Assignment 4
For Assignment 4 put yourself in the place of a mediator who is starting the first mediation
session with two disputing parties As part of your opening remarks explain the intent and
process of mediation and your role as a mediator and try to create a safe and supportive
environment for the parties Record what you would say (Hint try not to read a prepared script)
The maximum recording length for this assignment is 5 minutes
Assignment 5
For Assignment 5 put yourself in the place of a mediator who is hearing an opening statement
(or ldquostoryrdquo) from one of the disputing parties As part of the mediation process summarize or
ldquorepeat backrdquo the statement you hear using the techniques and skills you have learned about in
this course Include at least one reframe Record your response to the statement you hear
The time limit indicated for this assignment is 11 minutes which includes listening to the story and
recording your summary
Final Exam
Final Exam The final examination is worth 50 of your total course mark It is a closed book
online exam written over 3 hours Please consult the Online Exams (MuchLearning) section of
the Procedures for Applying for and Writing Examinations in your online Student Manual and
visit httpregistrarathabascaucaexamsonlinestudent for more information
Part A of the exam comprises 15 multiple choice and truefalse questions (2 marks each) similar
to those in the self-study quizzes This part covers the whole course Part B comprises 6
questions (5 marks each) that are drawn from the learning objectives listed for the units in the
course Each question is to be answered in a paragraph Part C (40 marks) requires you to answer
8 questions (5 marks each) based on a scenario like the one presented in Assignment 3 The
questions ask you to analyze the facts given in relation to what you have learned about
negotiation mediation and hybrid processes
See exam procedures for information on how to book your exam and other questions you may
have
4 Describe some measures of the effectiveness of alternative dispute resolution processes
and their effects on the legal system
Required Reading
Amsler (formerly Bingham) Lisa Blomgren (2009) Designing justice Legal institutions and
other systems for managing conflict Ohio State Journal on Dispute Resolution Forthcoming
Available at SSRN httpssrncomabstract=1294063
Brahm Eric and Julian Ouellet Designing New Dispute Resolution Systems Beyond
Intractability Eds Guy Burgess and Heidi Burgess Conflict Information Consortium
University of Colorado Boulder Posted September 2003
lthttpwwwbeyondintractabilityorgessaydesigning-dispute-systemsgt
British Columbia Ministry of Attorney General (2016) Reaching resolution A guide to
designing public sector dispute resolution systems Victoria Ministry of Attorney General
Optional Readings
Baruch Bush Robert A (1989) Defining quality in dispute resolution Taxonomies and anti-
taxonomies of quality arguments Denver University Law Review 66 335ndash380
Galanter Marc amp Cahill Mia (1994) ldquoMost cases settlerdquo Judicial promotion and regulation of
settlements Stanford Law Review 46(6) 1339-1391
Greenberg Elayne E (2015) Fitting the forum to the pernicious fuss A dispute resolution
design to address implicit bias and lsquoisms in the workplace St Johnrsquos School of Law Legal
Studies Research Paper Series
Kelman Herbert C (2005) Building trust among enemies The central challenge for
international conflict resolution International Journal of Intercultural Relations 29 639-650
(source httpscholarharvardedusearchsitekelman)
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2009) Are there systemic ethics issues in dispute system design And
what we should [not] do about it Lessons from international and domestic fronts Harvard
Negotiation Law Review 14 195-231
Rabinovich-Einy Orna amp Katsh Ethan (2012) Technology and the future of dispute systems
design Harvard Negotiation Law Review 17 151ndash199 (source
httpwwwhnlrorgarticlesarchive)
Reuben Richard C (2005) Democracy and dispute resolution Systems design and the new
workplace Harvard Negotiation Law Review 14 1ndash342
Rolph Elizabeth amp Moller Erik (1995) Evaluating agency alternative dispute resolution
programs A usersrsquo guide to data collection and use Santa Monica CA Rand Corporation
Rowe Mary (2001) Designing integrated conflict management systems Guidelines for
practitioners and decision makers in organizations Cornell University Institute on Conflict
Resolution
Silbey Susan S amp Merry Sally Engle (1984) What Do Plaintiffs Want Reexamining the
Concept of Dispute Justice System Journal 9 151-178
United States Postal Service ldquoRedressrdquo
Various (2009) Dispute System Design Issue of Harvard Negotiation Law Review 14 1ndash342
Unit 12
Unit 12 considers the current trends of ADR in Canada and elsewhere and where it appears to be
headed in the foreseeable future This final unit also suggests ideas about the future effects of
ADR on the legal system on justice and on society
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 12 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe some current and future trends in ADR
2 Explain how the Canadian legal system has changed and continues to change with the
advancement of ADR
3 Describe the effect of ADR on societal views of ldquojusticerdquo
4 Explain your views on the appropriateness of ADR in the Canadian legal system
Required ReadingViewing
View some videos available through the International Mediation Institute Mediation Podcasts
Read some blog posts from the following sites
Mediatecom The Weekrsquos Best Blog Posts
International Mediation Institute Mediation Blogs
Optional Readings
Eisenberg Deborah Thompson (2016) What we know (and need to know) about court-annexed
dispute resolution South Carolina Law Review 67 245-265
Hernandez-Crespo Mariana D (2012) From noise to music The potential of the multi-door
courthouse model to advance systemic inclusion and participation as a foundation for sustainable
rule of law in Latin America Journal of Dispute Resolution 2012
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2009) Maintaining ADR integrity Alternatives to the High Cost of
Litigation 27(1) 1-9
Merry Sally Engle (1988) Legal pluralism Law amp Society Review 22 869ndash896
Stipanowich Thomas amp Lamare J Ryan (2013) Living with ADR Evolving perceptions and
use of mediation arbitration and conflict management in Fortune 1000 corporations Harvard
Negotiation Law Review 19 1-68
Assessment in Alternative Dispute Resolution
To receive credit for Alternative Dispute Resolution you must complete all course
assignments achieve a mark of at least 50 on the final exam and achieve an overall
course grade of at least 50
The weightings for each assessment item are as follows
Activity Credit Weight Date Due
Assignment 1 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 4
Assignment 2 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 8
Assignment 3 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 10
Assignment 4 oral presentation 10 of final grade End of Unit 11
Assignment 5 oral response 10 of final grade End of Unit 12
Final Examination 50 of final grade End of all Units
Total 100 of final grade
Assignments 1 and 2
You are required to submit two written online responses You may answer any one question
arising from each of the following unit clusters
bull Units 1 to 4
bull Units 5 to 8
All responses should be completed by the time you finish studying Unit 10
Written responses should be between 500 and 750 words each
Example question ldquoThink of an occasion when you consciously decided not to pursue a potential
grievance What were your reasons What would have stimulated you to pursue it Using the ideas and
terminology of this unit describe the conflict you experiencedrdquo
Assignment 3
For this assignment put yourself in the place of mediator who uses a facilitative style and who is
preparing to conduct interest-based mediation with two parties who have a legal dispute arising
out of an accident Your practice is to hold a separate private meeting with each of the parties
before the mediation starts to help assess the dispute and prepare the parties to engage in an
interest-based mediation process Part of that preparation consists in assisting the parties to
identify their real interests needs and concerns in relation to the conflict in which they find
themselves
With that in mind read the transcript of what one of the parties has told you as if you were
listening to them face to face Then prepare an oral submission as follows
Your submission should consist of five oral responses you might make to the client in order to
help prepare him for the upcoming mediation including a better awareness of his needs interests
concerns and possible settlement range
Each of the five responses should be in the following two part format
1 First restate (or reflect) something you have heard from the client to show that you
understand what you are being told This should take the form of a statement starting
with the words ldquoYou said helliprdquo or ldquoYou indicated helliprdquo or ldquoYou went on to say helliprdquo or
similar
2 Then follow that up with a question designed to bring out a need concern interest or
emotion of this party or a reframing statement that may help this party to view the
dispute in a different light A question may also be used to help clarify his position
options for settlement or potential range of settlement figures
A question probing interests may be worded something like ldquoBased on what you have
said it seems to me that what you are really interested in (concerned about) is hellip Would
that be correctrdquo A reframing statement might be in the form of ldquoWould another way of
putting it be helliprdquo A question for clarification might be ldquoDo I understand it correctly that
helliprdquo You are not restricted to these wordings Be creative
The essential goal of this assignment is to encourage you to think of ways a mediator might help
a disputing party prepare to engage in interest-based mediation and negotiation with a view to
settlement of the dispute
Assignment 4
For Assignment 4 put yourself in the place of a mediator who is starting the first mediation
session with two disputing parties As part of your opening remarks explain the intent and
process of mediation and your role as a mediator and try to create a safe and supportive
environment for the parties Record what you would say (Hint try not to read a prepared script)
The maximum recording length for this assignment is 5 minutes
Assignment 5
For Assignment 5 put yourself in the place of a mediator who is hearing an opening statement
(or ldquostoryrdquo) from one of the disputing parties As part of the mediation process summarize or
ldquorepeat backrdquo the statement you hear using the techniques and skills you have learned about in
this course Include at least one reframe Record your response to the statement you hear
The time limit indicated for this assignment is 11 minutes which includes listening to the story and
recording your summary
Final Exam
Final Exam The final examination is worth 50 of your total course mark It is a closed book
online exam written over 3 hours Please consult the Online Exams (MuchLearning) section of
the Procedures for Applying for and Writing Examinations in your online Student Manual and
visit httpregistrarathabascaucaexamsonlinestudent for more information
Part A of the exam comprises 15 multiple choice and truefalse questions (2 marks each) similar
to those in the self-study quizzes This part covers the whole course Part B comprises 6
questions (5 marks each) that are drawn from the learning objectives listed for the units in the
course Each question is to be answered in a paragraph Part C (40 marks) requires you to answer
8 questions (5 marks each) based on a scenario like the one presented in Assignment 3 The
questions ask you to analyze the facts given in relation to what you have learned about
negotiation mediation and hybrid processes
See exam procedures for information on how to book your exam and other questions you may
have
Rowe Mary (2001) Designing integrated conflict management systems Guidelines for
practitioners and decision makers in organizations Cornell University Institute on Conflict
Resolution
Silbey Susan S amp Merry Sally Engle (1984) What Do Plaintiffs Want Reexamining the
Concept of Dispute Justice System Journal 9 151-178
United States Postal Service ldquoRedressrdquo
Various (2009) Dispute System Design Issue of Harvard Negotiation Law Review 14 1ndash342
Unit 12
Unit 12 considers the current trends of ADR in Canada and elsewhere and where it appears to be
headed in the foreseeable future This final unit also suggests ideas about the future effects of
ADR on the legal system on justice and on society
Learning Objectives
When you have completed Unit 12 you should be able to achieve the following learning
objectives
1 Describe some current and future trends in ADR
2 Explain how the Canadian legal system has changed and continues to change with the
advancement of ADR
3 Describe the effect of ADR on societal views of ldquojusticerdquo
4 Explain your views on the appropriateness of ADR in the Canadian legal system
Required ReadingViewing
View some videos available through the International Mediation Institute Mediation Podcasts
Read some blog posts from the following sites
Mediatecom The Weekrsquos Best Blog Posts
International Mediation Institute Mediation Blogs
Optional Readings
Eisenberg Deborah Thompson (2016) What we know (and need to know) about court-annexed
dispute resolution South Carolina Law Review 67 245-265
Hernandez-Crespo Mariana D (2012) From noise to music The potential of the multi-door
courthouse model to advance systemic inclusion and participation as a foundation for sustainable
rule of law in Latin America Journal of Dispute Resolution 2012
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2009) Maintaining ADR integrity Alternatives to the High Cost of
Litigation 27(1) 1-9
Merry Sally Engle (1988) Legal pluralism Law amp Society Review 22 869ndash896
Stipanowich Thomas amp Lamare J Ryan (2013) Living with ADR Evolving perceptions and
use of mediation arbitration and conflict management in Fortune 1000 corporations Harvard
Negotiation Law Review 19 1-68
Assessment in Alternative Dispute Resolution
To receive credit for Alternative Dispute Resolution you must complete all course
assignments achieve a mark of at least 50 on the final exam and achieve an overall
course grade of at least 50
The weightings for each assessment item are as follows
Activity Credit Weight Date Due
Assignment 1 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 4
Assignment 2 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 8
Assignment 3 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 10
Assignment 4 oral presentation 10 of final grade End of Unit 11
Assignment 5 oral response 10 of final grade End of Unit 12
Final Examination 50 of final grade End of all Units
Total 100 of final grade
Assignments 1 and 2
You are required to submit two written online responses You may answer any one question
arising from each of the following unit clusters
bull Units 1 to 4
bull Units 5 to 8
All responses should be completed by the time you finish studying Unit 10
Written responses should be between 500 and 750 words each
Example question ldquoThink of an occasion when you consciously decided not to pursue a potential
grievance What were your reasons What would have stimulated you to pursue it Using the ideas and
terminology of this unit describe the conflict you experiencedrdquo
Assignment 3
For this assignment put yourself in the place of mediator who uses a facilitative style and who is
preparing to conduct interest-based mediation with two parties who have a legal dispute arising
out of an accident Your practice is to hold a separate private meeting with each of the parties
before the mediation starts to help assess the dispute and prepare the parties to engage in an
interest-based mediation process Part of that preparation consists in assisting the parties to
identify their real interests needs and concerns in relation to the conflict in which they find
themselves
With that in mind read the transcript of what one of the parties has told you as if you were
listening to them face to face Then prepare an oral submission as follows
Your submission should consist of five oral responses you might make to the client in order to
help prepare him for the upcoming mediation including a better awareness of his needs interests
concerns and possible settlement range
Each of the five responses should be in the following two part format
1 First restate (or reflect) something you have heard from the client to show that you
understand what you are being told This should take the form of a statement starting
with the words ldquoYou said helliprdquo or ldquoYou indicated helliprdquo or ldquoYou went on to say helliprdquo or
similar
2 Then follow that up with a question designed to bring out a need concern interest or
emotion of this party or a reframing statement that may help this party to view the
dispute in a different light A question may also be used to help clarify his position
options for settlement or potential range of settlement figures
A question probing interests may be worded something like ldquoBased on what you have
said it seems to me that what you are really interested in (concerned about) is hellip Would
that be correctrdquo A reframing statement might be in the form of ldquoWould another way of
putting it be helliprdquo A question for clarification might be ldquoDo I understand it correctly that
helliprdquo You are not restricted to these wordings Be creative
The essential goal of this assignment is to encourage you to think of ways a mediator might help
a disputing party prepare to engage in interest-based mediation and negotiation with a view to
settlement of the dispute
Assignment 4
For Assignment 4 put yourself in the place of a mediator who is starting the first mediation
session with two disputing parties As part of your opening remarks explain the intent and
process of mediation and your role as a mediator and try to create a safe and supportive
environment for the parties Record what you would say (Hint try not to read a prepared script)
The maximum recording length for this assignment is 5 minutes
Assignment 5
For Assignment 5 put yourself in the place of a mediator who is hearing an opening statement
(or ldquostoryrdquo) from one of the disputing parties As part of the mediation process summarize or
ldquorepeat backrdquo the statement you hear using the techniques and skills you have learned about in
this course Include at least one reframe Record your response to the statement you hear
The time limit indicated for this assignment is 11 minutes which includes listening to the story and
recording your summary
Final Exam
Final Exam The final examination is worth 50 of your total course mark It is a closed book
online exam written over 3 hours Please consult the Online Exams (MuchLearning) section of
the Procedures for Applying for and Writing Examinations in your online Student Manual and
visit httpregistrarathabascaucaexamsonlinestudent for more information
Part A of the exam comprises 15 multiple choice and truefalse questions (2 marks each) similar
to those in the self-study quizzes This part covers the whole course Part B comprises 6
questions (5 marks each) that are drawn from the learning objectives listed for the units in the
course Each question is to be answered in a paragraph Part C (40 marks) requires you to answer
8 questions (5 marks each) based on a scenario like the one presented in Assignment 3 The
questions ask you to analyze the facts given in relation to what you have learned about
negotiation mediation and hybrid processes
See exam procedures for information on how to book your exam and other questions you may
have
Optional Readings
Eisenberg Deborah Thompson (2016) What we know (and need to know) about court-annexed
dispute resolution South Carolina Law Review 67 245-265
Hernandez-Crespo Mariana D (2012) From noise to music The potential of the multi-door
courthouse model to advance systemic inclusion and participation as a foundation for sustainable
rule of law in Latin America Journal of Dispute Resolution 2012
Menkel-Meadow Carrie (2009) Maintaining ADR integrity Alternatives to the High Cost of
Litigation 27(1) 1-9
Merry Sally Engle (1988) Legal pluralism Law amp Society Review 22 869ndash896
Stipanowich Thomas amp Lamare J Ryan (2013) Living with ADR Evolving perceptions and
use of mediation arbitration and conflict management in Fortune 1000 corporations Harvard
Negotiation Law Review 19 1-68
Assessment in Alternative Dispute Resolution
To receive credit for Alternative Dispute Resolution you must complete all course
assignments achieve a mark of at least 50 on the final exam and achieve an overall
course grade of at least 50
The weightings for each assessment item are as follows
Activity Credit Weight Date Due
Assignment 1 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 4
Assignment 2 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 8
Assignment 3 written response 10 of final grade End of Unit 10
Assignment 4 oral presentation 10 of final grade End of Unit 11
Assignment 5 oral response 10 of final grade End of Unit 12
Final Examination 50 of final grade End of all Units
Total 100 of final grade
Assignments 1 and 2
You are required to submit two written online responses You may answer any one question
arising from each of the following unit clusters
bull Units 1 to 4
bull Units 5 to 8
All responses should be completed by the time you finish studying Unit 10
Written responses should be between 500 and 750 words each
Example question ldquoThink of an occasion when you consciously decided not to pursue a potential
grievance What were your reasons What would have stimulated you to pursue it Using the ideas and
terminology of this unit describe the conflict you experiencedrdquo
Assignment 3
For this assignment put yourself in the place of mediator who uses a facilitative style and who is
preparing to conduct interest-based mediation with two parties who have a legal dispute arising
out of an accident Your practice is to hold a separate private meeting with each of the parties
before the mediation starts to help assess the dispute and prepare the parties to engage in an
interest-based mediation process Part of that preparation consists in assisting the parties to
identify their real interests needs and concerns in relation to the conflict in which they find
themselves
With that in mind read the transcript of what one of the parties has told you as if you were
listening to them face to face Then prepare an oral submission as follows
Your submission should consist of five oral responses you might make to the client in order to
help prepare him for the upcoming mediation including a better awareness of his needs interests
concerns and possible settlement range
Each of the five responses should be in the following two part format
1 First restate (or reflect) something you have heard from the client to show that you
understand what you are being told This should take the form of a statement starting
with the words ldquoYou said helliprdquo or ldquoYou indicated helliprdquo or ldquoYou went on to say helliprdquo or
similar
2 Then follow that up with a question designed to bring out a need concern interest or
emotion of this party or a reframing statement that may help this party to view the
dispute in a different light A question may also be used to help clarify his position
options for settlement or potential range of settlement figures
A question probing interests may be worded something like ldquoBased on what you have
said it seems to me that what you are really interested in (concerned about) is hellip Would
that be correctrdquo A reframing statement might be in the form of ldquoWould another way of
putting it be helliprdquo A question for clarification might be ldquoDo I understand it correctly that
helliprdquo You are not restricted to these wordings Be creative
The essential goal of this assignment is to encourage you to think of ways a mediator might help
a disputing party prepare to engage in interest-based mediation and negotiation with a view to
settlement of the dispute
Assignment 4
For Assignment 4 put yourself in the place of a mediator who is starting the first mediation
session with two disputing parties As part of your opening remarks explain the intent and
process of mediation and your role as a mediator and try to create a safe and supportive
environment for the parties Record what you would say (Hint try not to read a prepared script)
The maximum recording length for this assignment is 5 minutes
Assignment 5
For Assignment 5 put yourself in the place of a mediator who is hearing an opening statement
(or ldquostoryrdquo) from one of the disputing parties As part of the mediation process summarize or
ldquorepeat backrdquo the statement you hear using the techniques and skills you have learned about in
this course Include at least one reframe Record your response to the statement you hear
The time limit indicated for this assignment is 11 minutes which includes listening to the story and
recording your summary
Final Exam
Final Exam The final examination is worth 50 of your total course mark It is a closed book
online exam written over 3 hours Please consult the Online Exams (MuchLearning) section of
the Procedures for Applying for and Writing Examinations in your online Student Manual and
visit httpregistrarathabascaucaexamsonlinestudent for more information
Part A of the exam comprises 15 multiple choice and truefalse questions (2 marks each) similar
to those in the self-study quizzes This part covers the whole course Part B comprises 6
questions (5 marks each) that are drawn from the learning objectives listed for the units in the
course Each question is to be answered in a paragraph Part C (40 marks) requires you to answer
8 questions (5 marks each) based on a scenario like the one presented in Assignment 3 The
questions ask you to analyze the facts given in relation to what you have learned about
negotiation mediation and hybrid processes
See exam procedures for information on how to book your exam and other questions you may
have
Assignments 1 and 2
You are required to submit two written online responses You may answer any one question
arising from each of the following unit clusters
bull Units 1 to 4
bull Units 5 to 8
All responses should be completed by the time you finish studying Unit 10
Written responses should be between 500 and 750 words each
Example question ldquoThink of an occasion when you consciously decided not to pursue a potential
grievance What were your reasons What would have stimulated you to pursue it Using the ideas and
terminology of this unit describe the conflict you experiencedrdquo
Assignment 3
For this assignment put yourself in the place of mediator who uses a facilitative style and who is
preparing to conduct interest-based mediation with two parties who have a legal dispute arising
out of an accident Your practice is to hold a separate private meeting with each of the parties
before the mediation starts to help assess the dispute and prepare the parties to engage in an
interest-based mediation process Part of that preparation consists in assisting the parties to
identify their real interests needs and concerns in relation to the conflict in which they find
themselves
With that in mind read the transcript of what one of the parties has told you as if you were
listening to them face to face Then prepare an oral submission as follows
Your submission should consist of five oral responses you might make to the client in order to
help prepare him for the upcoming mediation including a better awareness of his needs interests
concerns and possible settlement range
Each of the five responses should be in the following two part format
1 First restate (or reflect) something you have heard from the client to show that you
understand what you are being told This should take the form of a statement starting
with the words ldquoYou said helliprdquo or ldquoYou indicated helliprdquo or ldquoYou went on to say helliprdquo or
similar
2 Then follow that up with a question designed to bring out a need concern interest or
emotion of this party or a reframing statement that may help this party to view the
dispute in a different light A question may also be used to help clarify his position
options for settlement or potential range of settlement figures
A question probing interests may be worded something like ldquoBased on what you have
said it seems to me that what you are really interested in (concerned about) is hellip Would
that be correctrdquo A reframing statement might be in the form of ldquoWould another way of
putting it be helliprdquo A question for clarification might be ldquoDo I understand it correctly that
helliprdquo You are not restricted to these wordings Be creative
The essential goal of this assignment is to encourage you to think of ways a mediator might help
a disputing party prepare to engage in interest-based mediation and negotiation with a view to
settlement of the dispute
Assignment 4
For Assignment 4 put yourself in the place of a mediator who is starting the first mediation
session with two disputing parties As part of your opening remarks explain the intent and
process of mediation and your role as a mediator and try to create a safe and supportive
environment for the parties Record what you would say (Hint try not to read a prepared script)
The maximum recording length for this assignment is 5 minutes
Assignment 5
For Assignment 5 put yourself in the place of a mediator who is hearing an opening statement
(or ldquostoryrdquo) from one of the disputing parties As part of the mediation process summarize or
ldquorepeat backrdquo the statement you hear using the techniques and skills you have learned about in
this course Include at least one reframe Record your response to the statement you hear
The time limit indicated for this assignment is 11 minutes which includes listening to the story and
recording your summary
Final Exam
Final Exam The final examination is worth 50 of your total course mark It is a closed book
online exam written over 3 hours Please consult the Online Exams (MuchLearning) section of
the Procedures for Applying for and Writing Examinations in your online Student Manual and
visit httpregistrarathabascaucaexamsonlinestudent for more information
Part A of the exam comprises 15 multiple choice and truefalse questions (2 marks each) similar
to those in the self-study quizzes This part covers the whole course Part B comprises 6
questions (5 marks each) that are drawn from the learning objectives listed for the units in the
course Each question is to be answered in a paragraph Part C (40 marks) requires you to answer
8 questions (5 marks each) based on a scenario like the one presented in Assignment 3 The
questions ask you to analyze the facts given in relation to what you have learned about
negotiation mediation and hybrid processes
See exam procedures for information on how to book your exam and other questions you may
have
dispute in a different light A question may also be used to help clarify his position
options for settlement or potential range of settlement figures
A question probing interests may be worded something like ldquoBased on what you have
said it seems to me that what you are really interested in (concerned about) is hellip Would
that be correctrdquo A reframing statement might be in the form of ldquoWould another way of
putting it be helliprdquo A question for clarification might be ldquoDo I understand it correctly that
helliprdquo You are not restricted to these wordings Be creative
The essential goal of this assignment is to encourage you to think of ways a mediator might help
a disputing party prepare to engage in interest-based mediation and negotiation with a view to
settlement of the dispute
Assignment 4
For Assignment 4 put yourself in the place of a mediator who is starting the first mediation
session with two disputing parties As part of your opening remarks explain the intent and
process of mediation and your role as a mediator and try to create a safe and supportive
environment for the parties Record what you would say (Hint try not to read a prepared script)
The maximum recording length for this assignment is 5 minutes
Assignment 5
For Assignment 5 put yourself in the place of a mediator who is hearing an opening statement
(or ldquostoryrdquo) from one of the disputing parties As part of the mediation process summarize or
ldquorepeat backrdquo the statement you hear using the techniques and skills you have learned about in
this course Include at least one reframe Record your response to the statement you hear
The time limit indicated for this assignment is 11 minutes which includes listening to the story and
recording your summary
Final Exam
Final Exam The final examination is worth 50 of your total course mark It is a closed book
online exam written over 3 hours Please consult the Online Exams (MuchLearning) section of
the Procedures for Applying for and Writing Examinations in your online Student Manual and
visit httpregistrarathabascaucaexamsonlinestudent for more information
Part A of the exam comprises 15 multiple choice and truefalse questions (2 marks each) similar
to those in the self-study quizzes This part covers the whole course Part B comprises 6
questions (5 marks each) that are drawn from the learning objectives listed for the units in the
course Each question is to be answered in a paragraph Part C (40 marks) requires you to answer
8 questions (5 marks each) based on a scenario like the one presented in Assignment 3 The
questions ask you to analyze the facts given in relation to what you have learned about
negotiation mediation and hybrid processes
See exam procedures for information on how to book your exam and other questions you may
have
Part A of the exam comprises 15 multiple choice and truefalse questions (2 marks each) similar
to those in the self-study quizzes This part covers the whole course Part B comprises 6
questions (5 marks each) that are drawn from the learning objectives listed for the units in the
course Each question is to be answered in a paragraph Part C (40 marks) requires you to answer
8 questions (5 marks each) based on a scenario like the one presented in Assignment 3 The
questions ask you to analyze the facts given in relation to what you have learned about
negotiation mediation and hybrid processes
See exam procedures for information on how to book your exam and other questions you may
have